MRV OSM6500 networking device Command Reference

OSM6500 Command Reference

Part 1 System Configuration

Part 2 Interface Configuration

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Part 4 IP Service Configuration

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Part 6 MPLS Configuration

Part 7 VPN Configuration

Part 8 Access Configuration

Part 9 Security Configuration

Part 10 Reliability Configuration

Part 11 ACL and QoS Configuration

OSM6500 Command Reference

Document No.

Product version

OSM6500_030806_CR_V2.20.1

Version 2.2 Build 00050

How to Use This Manual

Target Readers

This Manual is intended for the system administrator who configures and manages the

OSM6500 series switch router.

Outline

This Manual introduces in detail the configuration commands for the OSM6500.

For the introduction and software configuration methods of the

OSM6500, refer to the OSM6500 Configuration Manual.

Note

This Manual comprises ten parts:


This part introduces related commands for system configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:

Chapter Title Contents

Chapter 1 System Management

Chapter 2

Chapter 3

Chapter 4

Chapter 5

Chapter 6

System Monitoring and

Diagnosing

SNTP

NM S

SNMP

File System

Introduces commands for system management.

Introduces commands for system monitoring and diagnosing.

Introduces commands for configuring

SNTP.

Introduces commands for configuring the

NMS.


SNMP.

Introduces commands for the file system.


This part introduces related commands for interface configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces Introduces commands for configuring

Ethernet interfaces.

Chapter 8 POS* Introduces commands for configuring

POS interfaces.

Chapter 9 ATM * Introduces commands for configuring

ATM interfaces.

Chapter 10 Trunk Introduces commands for configuring

Trunk interfaces.

Chapter 11 Sub-Interface Introduces commands for configuring sub-interfaces.

Note: *Please check for availability


This part introduces related commands for configuring the link layer protocols. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 12 FDB Introduces commands for configuring the

FDB.

Chapter 13 VLAN Introduces commands for configuring

VLANs.

Chapter 14 STP/RSTP/MSTP Introduces commands for configuring

STP, RSTP and MSTP.

Chapter 15 GVRP Introduces commands for configuring

GVRP.

Chapter 16 IGMP Snooping Introduces commands for configuring

IGMP Snooping.

Chapter 17 ERRP Introduces commands for configuring

ERRP.

Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template Introduces commands for configuring PPP

Virtual Templates.

Chapter 19 CHDLC* Introduces commands for configuring the

CHDLC.



This part introduces related commands for configuring the IP services. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 20 ARP

Chapter 21 DHCP Server

Chapter 22 DHCP Relay

Chapter 23 DHCP Client


ARP.


DHCP Server.


DHCP Relay.


DHCP Client.

Chapter 24 UDP Forward Introduces commands for configuring

UDP Forwarding.

Chapter 25 DNS Client Introduces commands for configuring the

DNS Client.

Chapter 26 NAT* Introduce commands for configuring

NAT.



This part introduces related commands for configuring routing protocols. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 27 Route Interface

Chapter 28 Unicast Routes

Chapter 29 RIP

Chapter 30 OSPF

Chapter 31 BGP

Chapter 32 ISIS

Chapter 33 Routing Policy

Chapter 34 Multicast Route

Introduces commands for configuring routing interfaces.

Introduce the basic configuration commands for unicast routing.

Introduce commands for configuring RIP.


OSPF.


BGP.


ISIS.

Introduces commands for configuring routing policies.

Introduces commands for configuring multicast routing.


This part introduces related commands for MPLS configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 35 MPLS Introduces commands for configuring

MPLS.


This part introduces related commands for VPN configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 36 L2VPN

Chapter 37 VPLS*

Chapter 38 L3VPN


L2VPN.


VPLS.


L3VPN.


This part introduces related commands for access configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 39 PPPoE

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Chapter 41 Portal*

Chapter 42 NAS


PPPoE.


802.1x.


Portal.


NAS commands.



This part introduces related commands for security configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 43 RADIUS

Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client*

Chapter 45 COPS*

Chapter 46 LOOPDETECT


RADIUS.


TACACS+ Client.


COPS.


LOOPDETECT.

Part 10 Reliability Configuration

This part introduces related commands for reliability configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 47 VRRP Introduces commands for configuring

VRRP.

Part 11 ACL and QoS Configuration

This part introduces related commands for ACL and QoS configuration. To be specific, it contains the following contents:


Chapter 48 ACL

Chapter 49 QoS

Chapter 50 Policy Routing*


ACLs.


QoS.

Introduce commands for configuring

Policy Routing.

Conventions

Conventions for icons are listed as follows:

Icon Description

Caution

This icon alerts users to some precautions.

This icon provides some text -related information and some guidance for users, and helps users understand the text better.

Note

Table of Contents

Chapter 1 System Management .....................................................................................................................1-1

1.1 backup......................................................................................................................................................1-1

1.2 clear...........................................................................................................................................................1-1

1.3 config backup period ..........................................................................................................................1-1

1.4 config hot period ..................................................................................................................................1-2

1.5 config ssh auth_timeout .....................................................................................................................1-3

1.6 config syscontact...................................................................................................................................1-3

1.7 config syslocation .................................................................................................................................1-4

1.8 enable........................................................................................................................................................1-4

1.9 enable-password...................................................................................................................................1-4

1.10 erase........................................................................................................................................................1-4

1.11 exit...........................................................................................................................................................1-5

1.12 help .........................................................................................................................................................1-5

1.13 hostname...............................................................................................................................................1-5

1.14 idle-timeout..........................................................................................................................................1-6

1.15 kill session.............................................................................................................................................1-6

1.16 list............................................................................................................................................................1-7

1.17 logout .....................................................................................................................................................1-7

1.18 no ssh session ......................................................................................................................................1-7

1.19 reboot .....................................................................................................................................................1-8

1.20 save configuration ..............................................................................................................................1-8

1.21 service ssh.............................................................................................................................................1-8

1.22 set time...................................................................................................................................................1-9

1.23 set zone gmt .........................................................................................................................................1-9

1.24 show backup period....................................................................................................................... 1-10

1.25 show hot period............................................................................................................................... 1-10

1.26 show module .................................................................................................................................... 1-11

1.27 show run-configuration ................................................................................................................ 1-11

1.28 show ssh session.............................................................................................................................. 1-12

1.29 show ssh version ............................................................................................................................. 1-12

1.30 show start-configuration .............................................................................................................. 1-12

1.31 show time........................................................................................................................................... 1-13

1.32 show zone.......................................................................................................................................... 1-13

1.33 switchover ............................................................................................................................................1-1

Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing.......................................................................................2-2

2.1 config syslog [enable|disable] .........................................................................................................2-2

2.2 config syslog monitor-terminal [enable|disable]......................................................................2-2

2.3 config syslog server [add|delete] ...................................................................................................2-3

2.4 config syslog server [enable|disable]............................................................................................2-3

2.5 config syslog server lowest-level ....................................................................................................2-4

2.6 config syslog server type ...................................................................................................................2-4

2.7 monitor lowest-level............................................................................................................................2-5

2.8 monitor timestamp ..............................................................................................................................2-5

2.9 monitor type...........................................................................................................................................2-6

2.10 ping.........................................................................................................................................................2-6

2.11 record command-line server [enable|disable].........................................................................2-7

2.12 show monitor configuration ...........................................................................................................2-7

1

2.13 show syslog configuration ..............................................................................................................2-8

2.14 show system resource.......................................................................................................................2-8

2.15 terminal monitor ................................................................................................................................2-8

2.16 traceroute..............................................................................................................................................2-9

2.17 traceroute mode..................................................................................................................................2-9

Chapter 3 SNTP ...................................................................................................................................................3-1

3.1 debug sntp ..............................................................................................................................................3-1

3.2 service sntp-client [enable|disable]...............................................................................................3-1

3.3 service sntp-server [enable|disable]..............................................................................................3-1

3.4 show sntp-client....................................................................................................................................3-2

3.5 show sntp-server ..................................................................................................................................3-2

3.6 sntp-client mode [anycast] subnet <A.B.C.D/M>.....................................................................3-2

3.7 sntp-client mode [unicast | multicast] server ipaddr <A.B.C.D>........................................3-3

3.8 sntp-client update-interval................................................................................................................3-3

3.9 sntp-server mode {[unicast]}*1 {[multicast] broadcast ipaddr <A.B.C.D/M>}*1 {[anycast] subnet

<A.B.C.D/M>}*1 .........................................................................................................................................3-4

3.10 sntp-server update-interval <16-1024>.......................................................................................3-4

Chapter 4 NMS Commands ............................................................................................................................4-1

4.1 config access-control............................................................................................................................4-1

4.2 config nms-access-profile ..................................................................................................................4-1

4.3 config nms-access-profile add ipaddress .....................................................................................4-2

4.4 config nms-access-profile delete ipaddress .................................................................................4-2

4.5 nms-access-profile ................................................................................................................................4-2

4.6 show nms-access-profile....................................................................................................................4-3

Chapter 5 SNMP Commands..........................................................................................................................5-1

5.1 config snmp community....................................................................................................................5-1

5.2 config snmp trapreceiver add ..........................................................................................................5-1

5.3 config snmp trapreceiver delete......................................................................................................5-1

5.4 config snmp trap type .........................................................................................................................5-2

5.5 service snmp ..........................................................................................................................................5-2

5.6 service snmp trap .................................................................................................................................5-3

5.7 show snmp community-string.........................................................................................................5-3

5.8 show snmp trap type ..........................................................................................................................5-4

5.9 show snmp trapreceiver.....................................................................................................................5-4

Chapter 6 File System ........................................................................................................................................6-1

6.1 blockdevice .............................................................................................................................................6-1

6.2 cd................................................................................................................................................................6-1

6.3 copy...........................................................................................................................................................6-2

6.4 dir...............................................................................................................................................................6-2

6.5 mkdir........................................................................................................................................................6-3

6.6 pwd ...........................................................................................................................................................6-3

6.7 remove .....................................................................................................................................................6-4

6.8 rename......................................................................................................................................................6-4

6.9 rmdir .........................................................................................................................................................6-5

Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces .........................................................................................................................7-1

7.1 accesslimit...............................................................................................................................................7-1

7.2 auto............................................................................................................................................................7-1

7.3 clear statistic...........................................................................................................................................7-2

7.4 duplex.......................................................................................................................................................7-2

7.5 flowcontrol..............................................................................................................................................7-3

7.6 forward L2 ..............................................................................................................................................7-3

2

7.7 interface ethernet ..................................................................................................................................7-4

7.8 mirror .......................................................................................................................................................7-4

7.9 q-in-q ce-port..........................................................................................................................................7-5

7.10 q-in-q pe-port.......................................................................................................................................7-5

7.11 show interface ethernet ....................................................................................................................7-6

7.12 show mirror .........................................................................................................................................7-6

7.13 speed.......................................................................................................................................................7-7

Chapter 8 POS* ....................................................................................................................................................8-1

8.1 clock ..........................................................................................................................................................8-1

8.2 crc...............................................................................................................................................................8-1

8.3 encapsulation.........................................................................................................................................8-2

8.4 flag c2........................................................................................................................................................8-2

8.5 frame.........................................................................................................................................................8-3

8.6 interface pos ...........................................................................................................................................8-4

8.7 loopback ..................................................................................................................................................8-4

8.8 scramble...................................................................................................................................................8-5

8.9 show interface pos ...............................................................................................................................8-5

Chapter 9 ATM*...................................................................................................................................................9-1

9.1 atm clock internal.................................................................................................................................9-1

9.2 atm mtu....................................................................................................................................................9-1

9.3 debug atm oam .....................................................................................................................................9-2

9.4 debug pppoeoa......................................................................................................................................9-2

9.5 encapsulation.........................................................................................................................................9-2

9.6 interface atm...........................................................................................................................................9-3

9.7 ip address................................................................................................................................................9-3

9.8 oam retry.................................................................................................................................................9-4

9.9 oam-pvc ...................................................................................................................................................9-4

9.10 protocol ip.............................................................................................................................................9-5

9.11 protocol pppoe ....................................................................................................................................9-5

9.12 pvc ...........................................................................................................................................................9-6

9.13 pvc test send aal5 packet .................................................................................................................9-6

9.14 pvc test send oam...............................................................................................................................9-7

9.15 service [cbr|ubr].................................................................................................................................9-7

9.16 service [vbr-nrt|vbr-rt] ....................................................................................................................9-8

9.17 service ubre ..........................................................................................................................................9-8

9.18 show atm chip statistics ...................................................................................................................9-9

9.19 show atm phyport statistics............................................................................................................9-9

9.20 show interface atm.......................................................................................................................... 9-10

9.21 show interface atm subinterface ................................................................................................ 9-10

9.22 show interface atm pvc slot/port.subport.............................................................................. 9-10

9.23 show pvc statistics .......................................................................................................................... 9-11

9.24 shutdown........................................................................................................................................... 9-11

Chapter 10 Trunk.............................................................................................................................................. 10-1

10.1 clear stats............................................................................................................................................ 10-1

10.2 forward L2 enable ........................................................................................................................... 10-1

10.3 grouping............................................................................................................................................. 10-1

10.4 interface trunk.................................................................................................................................. 10-2

10.5 policy................................................................................................................................................... 10-2

10.6 show interface trunk ...................................................................................................................... 10-3

Chapter 11 Sub-Interface............................................................................................................................... 11-1

11.1 encapsulation dot1q....................................................................................................................... 11-1

3

11.2 interface ethernet............................................................................................................................. 11-1

11.3 show interface subinterface ......................................................................................................... 11-2

Chapter 12 FDB ................................................................................................................................................. 12-1

12.1 fdb agingtime ................................................................................................................................... 12-1

12.2 fdb drop.............................................................................................................................................. 12-1

12.3 fdbentry.............................................................................................................................................. 12-1

12.4 show fdb............................................................................................................................................. 12-2

12.5 show fdb agingtime........................................................................................................................ 12-3

Chapter 13 VLAN ............................................................................................................................................. 13-1

13.1 interface supervlan ......................................................................................................................... 13-1

13.2 interface vlan .................................................................................................................................... 13-1

13.3 [add|delete] port............................................................................................................................. 13-2

13.4 [add|delete] subvlan ..................................................................................................................... 13-2

13.5 [add|delete] trunk.......................................................................................................................... 13-3

13.6 show interface supervlan.............................................................................................................. 13-3

13.7 show interface vlan......................................................................................................................... 13-4

Chapter 14 STP/RSTP/MSTP ....................................................................................................................... 14-1

14.1 config spanning-tree ...................................................................................................................... 14-1

14.2 spanning-tree [enable|disable] .................................................................................................. 14-1

14.3 spanning-tree priority.................................................................................................................... 14-1

14.4 spanning-tree maximum-age ...................................................................................................... 14-2

14.5 spanning-tree hello-time............................................................................................................... 14-2

14.6 spanning-tree forward-delay ...................................................................................................... 14-3

14.7 spanning-tree port path-cost....................................................................................................... 14-3

14.8 spanning-tree trunk path-cost..................................................................................................... 14-4

14.9 spanning-tree port priority .......................................................................................................... 14-4

14.10 spanning-tree trunk priority ..................................................................................................... 14-5

14.11 spanning-tree port non-stp ........................................................................................................ 14-6

14.12 spanning-tree trunk non-stp ..................................................................................................... 14-6

14.13 spanning-tree port p2p................................................................................................................ 14-6

14.14 spanning-tree trunk p2p............................................................................................................. 14-7

14.15 spanning-tree port edge.............................................................................................................. 14-8

14.16 spanning-tree trunk edge ........................................................................................................... 14-8

14.17 spanning-tree port mcheck ........................................................................................................ 14-9

14.18 spanning-tree trunk mcheck ..................................................................................................... 14-9

14.19 spanning-tree mode ...................................................................................................................14-10

14.20 show spanning-tree ....................................................................................................................14-10

14.21 show spanning-tree port ..........................................................................................................14-10

14.22 show spanning-tree trunk........................................................................................................14-11

Chapter 15 GVRP ............................................................................................................................................. 15-1

15.1 config gvrp ........................................................................................................................................ 15-1

15.2 config gvrp port ............................................................................................................................... 15-1

15.3 config gvrp port registration ....................................................................................................... 15-2

15.4 config gvrp timer............................................................................................................................. 15-2

15.5 show gvrp .......................................................................................................................................... 15-3

Chapter 16 IGMP SNOOPING ................................................................................................................... 16-1

16.1 igmp_snooping enable .................................................................................................................. 16-1

16.2 igmp_snooping delete vlan <name> group ........................................................................... 16-1

16.3 igmp_snooping delete all ............................................................................................................. 16-2

16.4 igmp_snooping queryinterval .................................................................................................... 16-2

16.5 igmp_snooping responsetime..................................................................................................... 16-3

4

16.6 igmp_snooping robust .................................................................................................................. 16-3

16.7 igmp_snooping addqueryport.................................................................................................... 16-4

16.8 igmp_snooping delqueryport..................................................................................................... 16-4

16.9 show igmp_snooping groupcount ............................................................................................ 16-5

16.10 show igmp_snooping hosttimeout ......................................................................................... 16-5

16.11 show igmp_snooping queryinterval ...................................................................................... 16-5

16.12 show igmp_snooping responsetime ....................................................................................... 16-6

16.13 show igmp_snooping robust .................................................................................................... 16-6

16.14 show igmp_snooping.................................................................................................................. 16-7

16.15 show igmp_snooping grouplife ............................................................................................... 16-7

16.16 show igmp_snooping queryport config ................................................................................ 16-7

Chapter 17 ERRP............................................................................................................................................... 17-1

17.1 config errp ......................................................................................................................................... 17-1

17.2 errp [enable|disable] ..................................................................................................................... 17-1

17.3 create errp domain <name> {<1-64>}*1 ................................................................................... 17-1

17.4 config errp domain <name> mode [master|transit]........................................................... 17-2

17.5 config errp domain <name> add control_vlan <name>.................................................... 17-2

17.6 config errp domain <name> delete control_vlan................................................................. 17-3

17.7 config errp domain <name> [add|delete] protected_vlan <name> ............................. 17-3

17.8 config errp domain <name> add [primary_port|secondary_port] <slot/port> ...... 17-4

17.9 config errp domain <name> delete [primary_port|secondary_port]........................... 17-4

17.10 config errp domain <name> [hello_time|hello_fail_time] <time> ............................. 17-5

17.11 config errp domain <name> [upflush_fail_time|downflush_fail_time] <time>.... 17-5

17.12 config errp domain <name> [enable|disable] .................................................................... 17-6

17.13 show errp domain {<name>}*1 ................................................................................................ 17-6

17.14 debug errp ....................................................................................................................................... 17-6

Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template .............................................................................................................. 18-1

18.1 dhcpc-proxy server-ip ................................................................................................................... 18-1

18.2 ip address........................................................................................................................................... 18-1

18.3 ip igmp access-group ..................................................................................................................... 18-1

18.4 ip igmp member-timeout ............................................................................................................. 18-2

18.5 ip igmp querier-timeout ............................................................................................................... 18-2

18.6 ip igmp query-interval .................................................................................................................. 18-3

18.7 ip igmp static-group....................................................................................................................... 18-3

18.8 ip pim [dense-mode*] .................................................................................................................... 18-3

18.9 ip pim [sparse-mode]..................................................................................................................... 18-4

18.10 ip pim bsr-border .......................................................................................................................... 18-4

18.11 ip pim downstream-filter........................................................................................................... 18-4

18.12 ip pim dr-priority.......................................................................................................................... 18-5

18.13 ip pim neighbor-filter .................................................................................................................. 18-5

18.14 ip pim query-interval................................................................................................................... 18-6

18.15 ip pim source-dr-filter group .................................................................................................... 18-6

18.16 ip pim source-dr-filter source................................................................................................... 18-6

18.17 peer ip-address pool .................................................................................................................... 18-7

18.18 peer ip-address type .................................................................................................................... 18-7

18.19 ppp authentication ....................................................................................................................... 18-8

18.20 ppp authentication retransmit times ...................................................................................... 18-8

18.21 ppp authentication retransmit interval ................................................................................. 18-9

18.22 ppp ipcp [dns|wins] [primary| secondary] <A.B.C.D> ................................................. 18-9

18.23 ppp ipcp [wins|dns] [primary|secondary] [accept|reject] .........................................18-10

18.24 ppp lcp keepalive interval .......................................................................................................18-10

5

18.25 ppp lcp keepalive times ............................................................................................................18-10

18.26 ppp lcp mru ..................................................................................................................................18-11

18.27 ppp lcp retransmit interval......................................................................................................18-11

18.28 ppp lcp retransmit times ..........................................................................................................18-12

18.29 ppp reauthentication [disable|<60-65535>] ......................................................................18-12

18.30 pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <name> ........................................................................18-12

18.31 pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port>.................................................................18-13

18.32 pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port.subifno> .................................................18-13

Chapter 19 CHDLC* ........................................................................................................................................ 19-1

19.1 chdlc debug ....................................................................................................................................... 19-1

19.2 chdlc debug packet in .................................................................................................................... 19-1

19.3 chdlc debug packet out ................................................................................................................. 19-2

19.4 chdlc keepalive................................................................................................................................. 19-2

19.5 chdlc send address request.......................................................................................................... 19-3

Chapter 20 ARP ................................................................................................................................................. 20-1

20.1 arp slot ................................................................................................................................................ 20-1

20.2 clear arp-cache.................................................................................................................................. 20-2

20.3 config interface all freearp interval ........................................................................................... 20-2

20.4 ip static-arp........................................................................................................................................ 20-3

20.5 ip proxy-arp ...................................................................................................................................... 20-3

20.6 show arp............................................................................................................................................. 20-4

20.7 show arp count................................................................................................................................. 20-4

20.8 subvlan-proxy-arp .......................................................................................................................... 20-5

Chapter 21 DHCP Server............................................................................................................................... 21-1

21.1 config dhcps options <name> domain-name {<name>}*1 ................................................ 21-1

21.2 config dhcps options <name>[dns|wins] [add|delete] <A.B.C.D>.............................. 21-1

21.3 config dhcps relay-agent............................................................................................................... 21-2

21.4 config dhcps pool <name> [active|inactive]......................................................................... 21-2

21.5 config dhcps pool <name> [exclude|include] <A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D>}*1 .................. 21-2

21.6 config dhcps pool <name> gateway [add|delete] <A.B.C.D> ........................................ 21-3

21.7 config dhcps pool <name> lease [<1-525600>|infinite]..................................................... 21-3

21.8 config dhcps pool <name> params <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-525600>|infinite] 21-3

21.9 config dhcps pool <name> reserved add <mac> <A.B.C.D>........................................... 21-4

21.10 config dhcps pool <name> reserved delete <A.B.C.D>................................................... 21-4

21.11 create dhcps pool <name> ......................................................................................................... 21-5

21.12 delete dhcps pool <name>......................................................................................................... 21-5

21.13 service dhcps [enable|disable]................................................................................................. 21-5

21.14 show dhcps config........................................................................................................................ 21-6

21.15 show dhcps options <name> .................................................................................................... 21-6

21.16 show dhcps pool ........................................................................................................................... 21-7

21.17 show dhcps relay-agent.............................................................................................................. 21-7

21.18 show dhcps status......................................................................................................................... 21-7

21.19 show dhcps stat pool [all|<name>] ....................................................................................... 21-7

21.20 show dhcps stat server ................................................................................................................ 21-8

Chapter 22 DHCP Relay ................................................................................................................................ 22-1

22.1 config dhcpr hoplimit .................................................................................................................... 22-1

22.2 config dhcpr serverip..................................................................................................................... 22-1

22.3 dhcpr forward-limit ....................................................................................................................... 22-2

22.4 service dhcpr [enable|disable] ................................................................................................... 22-2

22.5 show dhcpr forward-limit statistic............................................................................................ 22-2

22.6 show dhcpr packetsstatistics....................................................................................................... 22-3

6

22.7 show dhcp serverip ........................................................................................................................ 22-3

22.8 show dhcpr status........................................................................................................................... 22-3

Chapter 23 DHCP Client Proxy................................................................................................................... 23-1

23.1 debug dhcpc...................................................................................................................................... 23-1

23.2 service dhcpc-proxy ....................................................................................................................... 23-1

23.3 show debug dhcpc.......................................................................................................................... 23-2

23.4 show dhcpc-proxy .......................................................................................................................... 23-2

Chapter 24 UDP Forward .............................................................................................................................. 24-1

24.1 config udpforward enable............................................................................................................ 24-1

24.2 ip forward-protocol udp ............................................................................................................... 24-1

24.3 ip forward-protocol udp name ................................................................................................... 24-2

24.4 ip helper-address............................................................................................................................. 24-2

24.5 show ip helper-address................................................................................................................. 24-3

24.6 show udpforward ........................................................................................................................... 24-3

24.7 show udpforward lib ..................................................................................................................... 24-3

Chapter 25 DNS Client................................................................................................................................... 25-1

25.1 config dns domain .......................................................................................................................... 25-1

25.2 config dns server add..................................................................................................................... 25-1

25.3 config dns server delete ................................................................................................................ 25-2

25.4 gethostbyname ................................................................................................................................. 25-2

25.5 service dns enable ........................................................................................................................... 25-2

25.6 show dns buf .................................................................................................................................... 25-3

25.7 show dns info ................................................................................................................................... 25-3

Chapter 26 NAT* .............................................................................................................................................. 26-1

26.1 clear ip nat statistics ....................................................................................................................... 26-1

26.2 clear ip nat translation ................................................................................................................... 26-1

26.3 clear ip nat translation vrf <name>........................................................................................... 26-1

26.4 ip nat [enable|disable] .................................................................................................................. 26-2

26.5 ip nat [inside | outside] ................................................................................................................ 26-2

26.6 ip nat inside destination list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name>............................. 26-3

26.7 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet|pos] <slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1 26-3

26.8 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1 26-4

26.9 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1 26-5

26.10 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf <name>}*1 .... 26-5

26.11 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> pat {vrf <name>}*1 26-6

26.12 ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1 ............................... 26-7

26.13 ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface [ethernet|pos] <slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1 26-8

26.14 ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1 26-8

26.15 ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1 ........ 26-9

26.16 ip nat outside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf <name>}*1 .. 26-9

26.17 ip nat outside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1 ..........................26-10

26.18 ip nat pool......................................................................................................................................26-10

26.19 ip nat translation icmp-timeout .............................................................................................26-11

26.20 ip nat translation tcp-timeout .................................................................................................26-11

26.21 ip nat translation udp-timeout ...............................................................................................26-12

26.22 show ip nat statistics..................................................................................................................26-12

26.23 show ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1 ................................................................................26-13

26.24 show ip nat translation vrf <name> .....................................................................................26-13

26.25 show running-config nat..........................................................................................................26-14

Chapter 27 Routing Interface....................................................................................................................... 27-1

27.1 Interface .............................................................................................................................................. 27-1

7

27.2 Interface loopback........................................................................................................................... 27-1

27.3 ip address........................................................................................................................................... 27-1

27.4 show interface .................................................................................................................................. 27-2

27.5 show interface loopback ............................................................................................................... 27-3

Chapter 28 Unicast Routes............................................................................................................................ 28-1

28.1 ip route................................................................................................................................................ 28-1

28.2 show ip route .................................................................................................................................... 28-2

Chapter 29 RIP................................................................................................................................................... 29-1

29.1 address-family ipv4 vrf ................................................................................................................. 29-1

29.2 debug rip............................................................................................................................................ 29-1

29.3 default-metric ................................................................................................................................... 29-2

29.4 distance............................................................................................................................................... 29-2

29.5 distribute-list..................................................................................................................................... 29-3

29.6 ip rip authentication mode........................................................................................................... 29-3

29.7 ip rip receive version...................................................................................................................... 29-4

29.8 ip rip send version .......................................................................................................................... 29-4

29.9 ip rip split-horizon .......................................................................................................................... 29-5

29.10 neighbor ........................................................................................................................................... 29-5

29.11 network ............................................................................................................................................ 29-6

29.12 nexthop cisco-compatible........................................................................................................... 29-7

29.13 offset-list........................................................................................................................................... 29-7

29.14 passive-interface............................................................................................................................ 29-8

29.15 redistribute ...................................................................................................................................... 29-8

29.16 router rip.......................................................................................................................................... 29-9

29.17 show ip rip ...................................................................................................................................... 29-9

29.18 show ip rip database..................................................................................................................29-10

29.19 timers basic ...................................................................................................................................29-10

29.20 version ............................................................................................................................................29-11

Chapter 30 OSPF............................................................................................................................................... 30-1

30.1 area authentication ......................................................................................................................... 30-1

30.2 area default-cost .............................................................................................................................. 30-1

30.3 area filter-list..................................................................................................................................... 30-2

30.4 area nssa............................................................................................................................................. 30-3

30.5 area range .......................................................................................................................................... 30-4

30.6 area stub ............................................................................................................................................. 30-4

30.7 area virtual-link ............................................................................................................................... 30-5

30.8 auto-cost reference-bandwidth ................................................................................................... 30-6

30.9 clear ip ospf neighbor .................................................................................................................... 30-7

30.10 compatible rfc1583........................................................................................................................ 30-7

30.11 debug ospf event........................................................................................................................... 30-8

30.12 debug ospf ism............................................................................................................................... 30-8

30.13 debug ospf lsa ................................................................................................................................ 30-9

30.14 debug ospf nsm ............................................................................................................................. 30-9

30.15 debug ospf nssa...........................................................................................................................30-10

30.16 debug ospf opaque.....................................................................................................................30-10

30.17 debug ospf packet.......................................................................................................................30-10

30.18 debug ospf rm..............................................................................................................................30-11

30.19 debug ospf te................................................................................................................................30-11

30.20 default-information originate .................................................................................................30-12

30.21 default-metric...............................................................................................................................30-13

30.22 distance...........................................................................................................................................30-13

8

30.23 distance ospf.................................................................................................................................30-14

30.24 distribute-list in ...........................................................................................................................30-14

30.25 distribute-list out.........................................................................................................................30-15

30.26 ip ospf authentication ................................................................................................................30-15

30.27 ip ospf authentication-key .......................................................................................................30-16

30.28 ip ospf cost ....................................................................................................................................30-16

30.29 ip ospf dead-interval..................................................................................................................30-17

30.30 ip ospf hello-interval..................................................................................................................30-17

30.31 ip ospf message-digest-key......................................................................................................30-18

30.32 ip ospf mtu-ignore ......................................................................................................................30-18

30.33 ip ospf network............................................................................................................................30-18

30.34 ip ospf priority.............................................................................................................................30-19

30.35 ip ospf retransmit-interval .......................................................................................................30-19

30.36 ip ospf transmit-delay ...............................................................................................................30-20

30.37 maximum-paths ..........................................................................................................................30-20

30.38 network ..........................................................................................................................................30-21

30.39 no debug ospf all.........................................................................................................................30-21

30.40 passive-interface..........................................................................................................................30-21

30.41 redistribute ....................................................................................................................................30-22

30.42 router ospf.....................................................................................................................................30-23

30.43 router-id .........................................................................................................................................30-23

30.44 show debug ospf.........................................................................................................................30-23

30.45 show ip ospf..................................................................................................................................30-24

30.46 show ip ospf border-routers ....................................................................................................30-24

30.47 show ip ospf database...............................................................................................................30-24

30.48 show ip ospf interface ...............................................................................................................30-25

30.49 show ip ospf neighbor...............................................................................................................30-25

30.50 show ip ospf neighbor detail...................................................................................................30-26

30.51 show ip ospf route......................................................................................................................30-26

30.52 show ip ospf request-list...........................................................................................................30-26

30.53 show ip ospf retransmission-list............................................................................................30-27

30.54 show ip ospf virtual-links ........................................................................................................30-27

30.55 summary-address .......................................................................................................................30-27

30.56 timers lsa-group-pacing............................................................................................................30-28

30.57 timers spf .......................................................................................................................................30-28

Chapter 31 BGP ................................................................................................................................................. 31-1

31.1 aggregate-address........................................................................................................................... 31-1

31.2 auto-summary .................................................................................................................................. 31-1

31.3 bgp always-compare-med............................................................................................................ 31-2

31.4 bgp bestpath as-path ignore........................................................................................................ 31-2

31.5 bgp bestpath compare-routerid.................................................................................................. 31-3

31.6 bgp bestpath med confed ............................................................................................................. 31-3

31.7 bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst......................................................................................... 31-3

31.8 bgp client-to-client reflection ...................................................................................................... 31-4

31.9 bgp cluster-id.................................................................................................................................... 31-4

31.10 bgp confederation identifier...................................................................................................... 31-5

31.11 bgp confederation peers ............................................................................................................. 31-5

31.12 bgp dampening.............................................................................................................................. 31-6

31.13 bgp default ipv4-unicast............................................................................................................. 31-7

31.14 bgp default local-preference...................................................................................................... 31-7

31.15 bgp default route-target filter................................................................................................... 31-8

9

31.16 bgp deterministic-med ................................................................................................................ 31-8

31.17 bgp fast-external-fallover ........................................................................................................... 31-8

31.18 bgp router-id .................................................................................................................................. 31-9

31.19 clear ip bgp...................................................................................................................................... 31-9

31.20 clear ip bgp dampening............................................................................................................31-10

31.21 clear ip bgp flap-statistics.........................................................................................................31-10

31.22 debug bgp......................................................................................................................................31-10

31.23 default-information originate .................................................................................................31-11

31.24 default-metric...............................................................................................................................31-11

31.25 distance bgp..................................................................................................................................31-12

31.26 ip as-path access-list...................................................................................................................31-12

31.27 ip community-list........................................................................................................................31-13

31.28 maximum-paths ..........................................................................................................................31-13

31.29 maximum-paths ibgp ................................................................................................................31-14

31.30 neighbor activate.........................................................................................................................31-14

31.31 neighbor default-originate .......................................................................................................31-15

31.32 neighbor description ..................................................................................................................31-15

31.33 neighbor distribute-list..............................................................................................................31-16

31.34 neighbor ebgp-multihop...........................................................................................................31-16

31.35 neighbor filter-list .......................................................................................................................31-17

31.36 neighbor maximum-prefix.......................................................................................................31-17

31.37 neighbor next-hop-self..............................................................................................................31-18

31.38 neighbor password.....................................................................................................................31-19

31.39 neighbor peer-group ..................................................................................................................31-19

31.40 neighbor plain-password .........................................................................................................31-19

31.41 neighbor prefix-list.....................................................................................................................31-20

31.42 neighbor remote-as.....................................................................................................................31-20

31.43 neighbor route-map ...................................................................................................................31-21

31.44 neighbor route-reflector-client................................................................................................31-21

31.45 neighbor send-community.......................................................................................................31-22

31.46 neighbor shutdown ....................................................................................................................31-23

31.47 neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound ...............................................................................31-23

31.48 neighbor timers............................................................................................................................31-23

31.49 neighbor timers connect ...........................................................................................................31-24

31.50 neighbor update-source ............................................................................................................31-24

31.51 network ..........................................................................................................................................31-25

31.52 network backdoor.......................................................................................................................31-25

31.53 redistribute ....................................................................................................................................31-26

31.54 router bgp ......................................................................................................................................31-26

31.55 show debug bgp ..........................................................................................................................31-27

31.56 show ip bgp ..................................................................................................................................31-27

31.57 show ip bgp cidr-only ...............................................................................................................31-27

31.58 show ip bgp community...........................................................................................................31-27

31.59 show ip bgp community-list...................................................................................................31-28

31.60 show ip bgp dampened-paths................................................................................................31-28

31.61 show ip bgp filter-list.................................................................................................................31-28

31.62 show ip bgp flap-statistics .......................................................................................................31-29

31.63 show ip bgp neighbors ..............................................................................................................31-29

31.64 show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes ..........................................................................31-29

31.65 show ip bgp neighbors received-routes ..............................................................................31-30

31.66 show ip bgp neighbors routes ................................................................................................31-30

10

31.67 show ip bgp peer-group ...........................................................................................................31-30

31.68 show ip bgp prefix-list ..............................................................................................................31-31

31.69 show ip bgp regexp ....................................................................................................................31-31

31.70 show ip bgp summary ..............................................................................................................31-31

31.71 synchronization ...........................................................................................................................31-31

31.72 timers bgp......................................................................................................................................31-32

Chapter 32 ISIS ................................................................................................................................................. 32-1

32.1 area-password.................................................................................................................................. 32-1

32.2 authentication mode ...................................................................................................................... 32-2

32.3 clear ip isis......................................................................................................................................... 32-2

32.4 domain-password ........................................................................................................................... 32-3

32.5 debug isis ........................................................................................................................................... 32-4

32.6 default-information originate ..................................................................................................... 32-4

32.7 distance............................................................................................................................................... 32-5

32.8 dynamic-hostname ......................................................................................................................... 32-5

32.9 hostname dynamic.......................................................................................................................... 32-5

32.10 ignore-lsp-errors ............................................................................................................................ 32-6

32.11 ip router isis.................................................................................................................................... 32-6

32.12 isis circuit-type............................................................................................................................... 32-7

32.13 isis csnp-interval............................................................................................................................ 32-7

32.14 isis hello-interval........................................................................................................................... 32-8

32.15 isis hello-multiplier ...................................................................................................................... 32-9

32.16 isis hello padding.......................................................................................................................... 32-9

32.17 isis lsp-interval.............................................................................................................................32-10

32.18 isis mesh-group ...........................................................................................................................32-10

32.19 isis mesh-group blocked...........................................................................................................32-11

32.20 isis metric.......................................................................................................................................32-11

32.21 isis password................................................................................................................................32-12

32.22 isis priority ....................................................................................................................................32-13

32.23 isis restart grace-period.............................................................................................................32-13

32.24 isis restart helper.........................................................................................................................32-14

32.25 isis restart-hello-interval...........................................................................................................32-14

32.26 isis retransmit-interval ..............................................................................................................32-14

32.27 isis wide-metric............................................................................................................................32-15

32.28 is-type .............................................................................................................................................32-15

32.29 lsp-gen-interval............................................................................................................................32-16

32.30 lsp-refresh-interval .....................................................................................................................32-17

32.31 max-area-addresses ....................................................................................................................32-17

32.32 max-lsp-lifetime...........................................................................................................................32-18

32.33 maximum-paths ..........................................................................................................................32-18

32.34 metric-style....................................................................................................................................32-19

32.35 net.....................................................................................................................................................32-19

32.36 passive-interface..........................................................................................................................32-20

32.37 prc-interval....................................................................................................................................32-20

32.38 redistribute ....................................................................................................................................32-21

32.39 redistribute isis ............................................................................................................................32-22

32.40 restart isis.......................................................................................................................................32-22

32.41 restart-timer ..................................................................................................................................32-22

32.42 router isis .......................................................................................................................................32-23

32.43 set-overload-bit............................................................................................................................32-23

32.44 show clns is-neighbors ..............................................................................................................32-24

11

32.45 show clns neighbors...................................................................................................................32-24

32.46 show ip isis route ........................................................................................................................32-25

32.47 show isis database......................................................................................................................32-25

32.48 show isis interface.......................................................................................................................32-26

32.49 show isis topology ......................................................................................................................32-26

32.50 spf-interval ....................................................................................................................................32-26

32.51 summary-address .......................................................................................................................32-27

32.52 show isis counter.........................................................................................................................32-28

32.53 show isis interface counter.......................................................................................................32-28

32.54 show running-config isis..........................................................................................................32-28

Chapter 33 Route Policy................................................................................................................................. 33-1

33.1 access-list route ................................................................................................................................ 33-1

33.2 access-list route description ......................................................................................................... 33-2

33.3 ip prefix-list....................................................................................................................................... 33-2

33.4 ip prefix-list description ................................................................................................................ 33-3

33.5 match ip address prefix-list ......................................................................................................... 33-4

33.6 match metric ..................................................................................................................................... 33-4

33.7 route-map .......................................................................................................................................... 33-5

33.8 set metric ............................................................................................................................................ 33-6

33.9 Show access-list route .................................................................................................................... 33-7

33.10 show ip prefix-list......................................................................................................................... 33-7

33.11 show route-map ............................................................................................................................ 33-8

Chapter 34 Multicast Route .......................................................................................................................... 34-1

34.1 Layer 3 multicast............................................................................................................................. 34-1

34.1.1 clear ip mroute .................................................................................................................... 34-1

34.1.2 ip multicast-routing........................................................................................................... 34-1

34.1.3 show ip mroute ................................................................................................................... 34-2

34.1.4 show ip rpf............................................................................................................................ 34-2

34.1.5 show running-config ip-multicast................................................................................ 34-3

34.2 IGMP ................................................................................................................................................... 34-3

34.2.1 clear ip igmp ......................................................................................................................... 34-3

34.2.2 debug igmp ........................................................................................................................... 34-4

34.2.3 ip igmp access-group ........................................................................................................ 34-4

34.2.4 ip igmp member-timeout................................................................................................. 34-5

34.2.5 ip igmp querier-timeout................................................................................................... 34-5

34.2.6 ip igmp query-interval...................................................................................................... 34-6

34.2.7 ip igmp static-group .......................................................................................................... 34-7

34.2.8 show debug igmp ............................................................................................................... 34-7

34.2.9 show ip igmp group .......................................................................................................... 34-8

34.2.10 show ip igmp timer ......................................................................................................... 34-8

34.3 PIM....................................................................................................................................................... 34-9

34.3.1 debug pim............................................................................................................................. 34-9

34.3.2 ip pim bsr-border..............................................................................................................34-10

34.3.3 ip pim bsr-candidate .......................................................................................................34-10

34.3.4 ip pim downstream-filter...............................................................................................34-11

34.3.5 ip pim dr-priority .............................................................................................................34-11

34.3.6 ip pim message-interval.................................................................................................34-12

34.3.7 ip pim sparse-mode.........................................................................................................34-12

34.3.8 ip pim neighbor-filter......................................................................................................34-13

34.3.9 ip pim query-interval ......................................................................................................34-14

34.3.10 ip pim rp-address <A. B. C. D> .................................................................................34-14

12

34.3.11 ip pim rp-candidate .......................................................................................................34-15

34.3.12 ip pim source-dr-filter group .....................................................................................34-16

34.3.13 ip pim source-dr-filter source ....................................................................................34-17

34.3.14 show debug pim.............................................................................................................34-17

34.3.15 show ip pim bsr-router.................................................................................................34-17

34.3.16 show ip pim interface ...................................................................................................34-18

34.3.17 show ip pim neighbor...................................................................................................34-18

34.3.18 show ip pim rp ................................................................................................................34-19

34.3.19 show ip pim rp-candidate ...........................................................................................34-19

34.3.20 show ip pim rp-hash <A. B. C. D> ...........................................................................34-20

Chapter 35 MPLS.............................................................................................................................................. 35-1

35.1 mpls ip ................................................................................................................................................ 35-1

35.2 mpls label protocol ldp ................................................................................................................. 35-1

35.3 mpls ldp advertise-labels.............................................................................................................. 35-2

35.4 mpls ldp backoff .............................................................................................................................. 35-2

35.5 mpls ldp discovery ......................................................................................................................... 35-3

35.6 mpls ldp discovery transport-address ..................................................................................... 35-4

35.7 mpls ldp holdtime........................................................................................................................... 35-4

35.8 mpls ldp loop-detection ................................................................................................................ 35-5

35.9 mpls ldp router-id........................................................................................................................... 35-5

35.10 mpls ldp targeted-sessions ........................................................................................................ 35-6

35.11 mpls signalling advertise implicit-null.................................................................................. 35-7

35.12 show mpls ldp backoff ................................................................................................................ 35-7

35.13 show mpls ldp bindings ............................................................................................................. 35-8

35.14 show mpls ldp discovery ........................................................................................................... 35-8

35.15 show mpls ldp interfaces............................................................................................................ 35-9

35.16 show mpls ldp neighbor............................................................................................................. 35-9

35.17 show mpls ldp parameters ......................................................................................................35-10

Chapter 36 L2 VPN Commands .................................................................................................................. 36-1

36.1 debug lspm l2vpn ........................................................................................................................... 36-1

36.2 debug mpls l2transport ................................................................................................................. 36-1

36.3 mpls l2transport route ................................................................................................................... 36-2

36.4 mpls static l2transport route........................................................................................................ 36-2

36.5 show mpls l2 transport vc ............................................................................................................ 36-3

Chapter 37 VPLS Commands* .................................................................................................................... 37-1

37.1 debug mpls vpls .............................................................................................................................. 37-1

37.2 mpls vpls............................................................................................................................................ 37-1

37.3 mpls vpls disable............................................................................................................................. 37-2

37.4 mpls vpls domain............................................................................................................................ 37-2

37.5 mpls vpls enable .............................................................................................................................. 37-3

37.6 mpls vpls OUI .................................................................................................................................. 37-3

37.7 show interface vpls......................................................................................................................... 37-4

37.8 show mpls vpls domain................................................................................................................ 37-4

37.9 show mpls vpls peer ...................................................................................................................... 37-4

37.10 show mpls vpls pseudowire ..................................................................................................... 37-5

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands ....................................................................................... 38-1

38.1 address-family.................................................................................................................................. 38-1

38.2 clear ip route vrf .............................................................................................................................. 38-1

38.3 exit-address-family ......................................................................................................................... 38-2

38.4 import map <route-map-name> ................................................................................................ 38-2

38.5 import vrf........................................................................................................................................... 38-3

13

38.6 ip route <A.B.C.D/M> vrf ........................................................................................................... 38-3

38.7 ip route vrf......................................................................................................................................... 38-4

38.8 ip vrf forwarding vrf_name......................................................................................................... 38-5

38.9 ip vrf vrf_name ................................................................................................................................ 38-5

38.10 maximum routes ........................................................................................................................... 38-6

38.11 neighbor {ip-address } activate ................................................................................................. 38-6

38.12 rd ........................................................................................................................................................ 38-7

38.13 route-target ..................................................................................................................................... 38-8

38.14 show ip bgp vpnv4 all................................................................................................................. 38-8

38.15 show ip bgp vpnv4 all dampened-paths .............................................................................. 38-9

38.16 show ip bgp vpnv4 all flap-statistics...................................................................................... 38-9

38.17 show ip bgp vpnv4 all labels..................................................................................................... 38-9

38.18 show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors ..........................................................................................38-10

38.19 show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> advertised-routes ................................38-10

38.20 show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> routes ......................................................38-10

38.21 show ip bgp vpnv4 all summary ...........................................................................................38-11

38.22 show ip bgp vpnv4 rd ...............................................................................................................38-11

38.23 show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf vrf-name...........................................................................................38-11

38.24 show ip route vrf.........................................................................................................................38-12

38.25 show ip vrf ....................................................................................................................................38-12

Chapter 39 PPPoE ............................................................................................................................................. 39-1

39.1 debug pppoe ..................................................................................................................................... 39-1

39.2 description ......................................................................................................................................... 39-1

39.3 max-sessions-per-mac limit ......................................................................................................... 39-2

39.4 pppoe [enable|disable] ................................................................................................................. 39-2

39.5 pppoe max-sessions-limit............................................................................................................. 39-3

39.6 pppoe no-nas-user-max-time...................................................................................................... 39-3

39.7 pppoe profile .................................................................................................................................... 39-3

39.8 pppoe threshold-sessions-limit <0-60000>............................................................................. 39-4

39.9 pppoe user DowntrafficrateThreshold <8-2147483647>.................................................... 39-4

39.10 pppoe user UptrafficrateThreshold <8-2147483647>........................................................ 39-5

39.11 pppoeuser ratetrap_display [enable|disable]..................................................................... 39-5

39.12 service dhcpc-proxy [enable|disable] ................................................................................... 39-5

39.13 service pppoe [enable|disable] ................................................................................................ 39-6

39.14 show interface ethernet <portlist> pppoe ............................................................................ 39-6

39.15 show pppoe bind .......................................................................................................................... 39-7

39.16 show pppoe config ....................................................................................................................... 39-7

39.17 show pppoe profile ...................................................................................................................... 39-7

39.18 show pppoeuser DowntrafficrateThreshold........................................................................ 39-7

39.19 show pppoeuser uptrafficrateThreshold .............................................................................. 39-8

39.20 virtual-template ............................................................................................................................. 39-8

Chapter 40 802.1x*............................................................................................................................................ 40-1

40.1 config dot1x authenticate-protocol [chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|pap]................................ 40-1

40.2 config dot1x clear-statistic............................................................................................................ 40-1

40.3 config dot1x keepalive [enable|disable]................................................................................. 40-1

40.4 config dot1x keepalive max-no-response-count <2-30> .................................................... 40-2

40.5 config dot1x keepalive mechanism [ping-pong|state-machine] .................................... 40-2

40.6 config dot1x keepalive ping-pong-period <60-600> ........................................................... 40-3

40.7 config dot1x keepalive state-machine-period <10-3600> .................................................. 40-3

40.8 config dot1x max-req <1-10>....................................................................................................... 40-3

40.9 config dot1x pae force-logoff all................................................................................................. 40-4

14

40.10 config dot1x pae force-logoff id <0-65535>.......................................................................... 40-4

40.11 config dot1x pae force-logoff ip <A.B.C.D>......................................................................... 40-4

40.12 config dot1x pae force-logoff mac <address> {port <port>}*1 ...................................... 40-5

40.13 config dot1x pae force-logoff port <port> ............................................................................ 40-5

40.14 config dot1x quiet-period <0-65535> ..................................................................................... 40-5

40.15 config dot1x re-authentication [enable|disable] ................................................................ 40-6

40.16 config dot1x re-authentication period <1-65535>.............................................................. 40-6

40.17 config dot1x server-timeout <1-65535>................................................................................. 40-7

40.18 config dot1x session-timeout-type [reauthentication|logoff]........................................ 40-7

40.19 config dot1x supp-portal [enable|disable] .......................................................................... 40-7

40.20 config dot1x supp-portal portal-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1 ................. 40-8

40.21 config dot1x supp-secret {<secret>}*1 .................................................................................... 40-8

40.22 config dot1x supp-timeout <1-65535>................................................................................... 40-9

40.23 config dot1x supp-upgrade [enable|disable]...................................................................... 40-9

40.24 config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-force [enable|disable].......................................40-10

40.25 config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1......40-10

40.26 config dot1x tx -period <1-65535>..........................................................................................40-11

40.27 config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x [enable|disable] ........................................................40-11

40.28 config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x authcontrolledportcontrol [auto|forceauth|forceunauth] 40-12

40.29 config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x max-hosts <1-512>....................................................40-12

40.30 config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x port-control-mode [mac-based|port-based] ...40-13

40.31 show debug dot1x ......................................................................................................................40-13

40.32 show dot1x....................................................................................................................................40-13

40.33 show dot1x authenticate-protocol.........................................................................................40-14

40.34 show dot1x pae all......................................................................................................................40-14

40.35 show dot1x pae id.......................................................................................................................40-14

40.36 show dot1x pae mac <address>.............................................................................................40-14

40.37 show dot1x pae port <port>....................................................................................................40-15

40.38 show dot1x statistic....................................................................................................................40-15

40.39 show port [<portlist>|all] dot1x ...........................................................................................40-15

Chapter 41 Portal* ............................................................................................................................................ 41-1

41.1 config http-redirect-url.................................................................................................................. 41-1

41.2 config ip-address type................................................................................................................... 41-2

41.3 config portal-server ip-address .................................................................................................. 41-2

41.4 config redirect-range ...................................................................................................................... 41-2

41.5 http-redirect ...................................................................................................................................... 41-3

41.6 http-redirect service-group .......................................................................................................... 41-3

41.7 service http-redirect ....................................................................................................................... 41-4

41.8 show http-redirect........................................................................................................................... 41-4

Chapter 42 NAS Commands ........................................................................................................................ 42-6

42.1 NAS Commands.............................................................................................................................. 42-6

42.1.1 nas cut-user all..................................................................................................................... 42-6

42.1.2 nas cut-user auth-type [pap|chap|eapmd5|eaptls|noauth]............................. 42-6

42.1.3 nas cut-user ip-address <A.B.C.D> .............................................................................. 42-6

42.1.4 nas cut-user mac <usermac> .......................................................................................... 42-7

42.1.5 nas cut-user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|web|portal|telnet]..................................... 42-7

42.1.6 nas cut-user port <slot/port>......................................................................................... 42-7

42.1.7 nas cut-user name <username>..................................................................................... 42-8

42.1.8 nas user flow-rate-monitor interval <30-4294967295>........................................... 42-8

42.1.9 nas user downlink default ............................................................................................... 42-8

42.1.10 nas user downlink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>................... 42-9

15

42.1.11 nas user uplink default................................................................................................... 42-9

42.1.12 nas user uplink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>.......................42-10

42.1.13 show nas user all............................................................................................................42-10

42.1.14 show nas user auth-type [pap|chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|noauth]..................42-10

42.1.15 show nas user bandwidth ...........................................................................................42-11

42.1.16 show nas user ip <address> .......................................................................................42-11

42.1.17 show nas user isp-domain <domain>.....................................................................42-11

42.1.18 show nas user mac <address> ...................................................................................42-12

42.1.19 show nas user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|portal|web|telnet] ............................42-12

42.1.20 show nas user port <portno> .....................................................................................42-12

42.1.21 show nas user state <1-7>............................................................................................42-13

42.1.22 show nas user statistic..................................................................................................42-13

42.1.23 show nas user trafficrate port <port>......................................................................42-13

42.1.24 show nas user username <username> ....................................................................42-14

42.1.25 show nas user vlan <vlanname>...............................................................................42-14

42.1.26 show running-config nas.............................................................................................42-14

42.1.27 debug nas {[all|event|error]}*1 ................................................................................42-14

42.1.28 show debug nas ..............................................................................................................42-15

42.2 Domain Commands .....................................................................................................................42-15

42.2.1 create isp-domain <domain> .......................................................................................42-15

42.2.2 delete isp-domain <domain> .......................................................................................42-16

42.2.3 config isp-domain <domain> aaa-protocol [radius|tacacs]..............................42-16

42.2.4 config isp-domain <domain> authentication [enable|disable] ........................42-17

42.2.5 config isp-domain <domain> authentication [add-server|delete-server] id <0-4> 42-17

42.2.6 config isp-domain <domain> authentication mode [independent |primary-backup] 42-17

42.2.7 config isp-domain <domain> authentication config-server id <0-4> type primary 42-18

42.2.8 config isp-domain <domain> accounting [enable|disable]...............................42-18

42.2.9 config isp-domain <domain> accounting [add-server|delete-server] id <0-4>42-19

42.2.10 config isp-domain <domain> accounting config-server id <0-4> type [primary|multi|backup]

.............................................................................................................................................................42-19

42.2.11 config isp-domain <domain> accounting mode [independent| primary-backup|multi] 42-20

42.2.12 config isp-domain <domain> accounting start-need-ip [enable|disable] ..42-20

42.2.13 config isp-domain <domain> accounting sync [enable|disable] ..................42-20

42.2.14 config isp-domain <domain> accounting wait-ip <100-600> .........................42-21

42.2.15 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting enable42-21

42.2.16 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting disable42-22

42.2.17 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting fail_cut_time <0-3600> 42-22

42.2.18 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting interval <60-3600>42-22

42.2.19 config isp-domain <domain> authorize mode [independent |primary-backup] 42-23

42.2.20 config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account] [add-server|delete-server] id

<0-4> .................................................................................................................................................42-23

42.2.21 config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account] config-server id <0-4> type primary.............................................................................................................................................42-24

42.2.22 config isp-domain <domain> tacc account config-server id <0-4> type [multi|backup] 42-24

42.2.23 config isp-domain <domain> username [complete|incomplete]..................42-24

42.2.24 show isp-domain............................................................................................................42-25

42.2.25 show isp-domain <domain> .......................................................................................42-25

42.2.26 show nas user isp-domain <domain> ......................................................................42-25

Chapter 43 RADIUS ........................................................................................................................................ 43-1

43.1 config login-auth [local|radius]................................................................................................. 43-1

16

43.2 config login-radius time <1-600>............................................................................................... 43-1

43.3 debug radius..................................................................................................................................... 43-1

43.4 radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch [enable|disable] ............................ 43-2

43.5 radius accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

........................................................................................................................................................................ 43-3

43.6 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-count <2-10> .................... 43-3

43.7 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-drop-count <2-30> ......... 43-4

43.8 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>........................ 43-4

43.9 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> retransmit-interval <5-300>........................ 43-4

43.10 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret> ................................ 43-5

43.11 radius accounting config-server id <0-4> status active.................................................... 43-5

43.12 radius accounting delete-server id <0-4> ............................................................................. 43-5

43.13 radius accounting disable .......................................................................................................... 43-6

43.14 radius accounting enable............................................................................................................ 43-6

43.15 radius accounting traffic disable.............................................................................................. 43-7

43.16 radius accounting traffic enable ............................................................................................... 43-7

43.17 radius authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

........................................................................................................................................................................ 43-7

43.18 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-count <2-10>............ 43-8

43.19 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-drop-count <2-30>. 43-8

43.20 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>............... 43-9

43.21 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> retransmit-interval <5-300>............... 43-9

43.22 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret> ......................... 43-9

43.23 radius authentication config-server id <0-4> status active ...........................................43-10

43.24 radius authentication delete-server id <0-4>.....................................................................43-10

43.25 radius authentication disable..................................................................................................43-11

43.26 radius authentication enable...................................................................................................43-11

43.27 radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink standard <1-255> ..................43-11

43.28 radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

......................................................................................................................................................................43-12

43.29 radius config-attribute access-bandwidth unit <bps|kbps> .......................................43-12

43.30 radius config-attribute access-bandwidth uplink standard <1-255>.........................43-13

43.31 radius config-attribute access-bindwidth uplink Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1 43-13

43.32 radius config-attribute access-bandwidth-by-class.........................................................43-13

43.33 radius config-attribute all default-value .............................................................................43-14

43.34 radius config-attribute clear....................................................................................................43-14

43.35 radius config-attribute dev-ip standard <1-255>..............................................................43-15

43.36 radius config-attribute dev-mac standard <1-255>.........................................................43-15

43.37 radius config-attribute dev-name standard <1-255> ......................................................43-15

43.38 radius config-attribute dev-port standard <1-255>.........................................................43-16

43.39 radius config-attribute downlink_cbs standard <1-255> ..............................................43-16

43.40 radius config-attribute downlink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1 43-16

43.41 radius config-attribute extern1 stardard <1-255> ............................................................43-17

43.42 radius config-attribute extern1 Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*143-17








17


43.51 radius config-attribute filter-id standard <1-255>...........................................................43-21

43.52 radius config-attribute filter-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*143-21

43.53 radius config-attribute frame-protocol <0-255> ...............................................................43-21

43.54 radius config-attribute fra me-protocol default .................................................................43-22

43.55 radius config-attribute nas-port .............................................................................................43-22

43.56 radius config-attribute nas-port-id........................................................................................43-22

43.57 radius config-attribute nas-port-type...................................................................................43-23

43.58 radius config-attribute nas-port-type default....................................................................43-23

43.59 radius config-attribute path-track standard <1-255>......................................................43-24

43.60 radius config-attribute portal-url ..........................................................................................43-24

43.61 radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac standard <1-255> ..........................................43-24

43.62 radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1 43-25

43.63 radius config-attribute pppoe_vci standard <1-255> .....................................................43-25

43.64 radius config-attribute pppoe_vci Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*143-26

43.65 radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi standard <1-255>.....................................................43-26

43.66 radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*143-26

43.67 radius config-attribute primary-dns standard <1-255> .................................................43-27

43.68 radius config-attribute primary-nbns standard <1-255>...............................................43-27

43.69 radius config-attribute secondary-dns standard <1-255>.............................................43-27

43.70 radius config-attribute seconary-nbns standard <1-255> .............................................43-28

43.71 radius config-attribute set ........................................................................................................43-28

43.72 radius config-attribute telnet-priority standard <1-255> ..............................................43-28

43.73 radius config-attribute upgrade-url standard <1-255>..................................................43-29

43.74 radius config-attribute uplink_cbs stanndard <1-255>..................................................43-29

43.75 radius config-attribute uplink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*143-29

43.76 radius config-attribute vlan-id standard <1-255>............................................................43-30

43.77 radius config-attribute vlan-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1 43-30

43.78 radius config-attribute vlan-ip standard <1-255>............................................................43-31

43.79 radius proxy accounting cut add id <0-9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1 ............................43-31

43.80 radius proxy accounting cut delete id <0-9> .....................................................................43-31

43.81 radius cut add-server accounting id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1 ...........................43-32

43.82 radius cut add-server authentication id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1.....................43-32

43.83 radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> active.....................................................43-32

43.84 radius cut delete-server accounting id <0-4> ....................................................................43-33

43.85 radius cut delete-server authentication id <0-4> .............................................................43-33

43.86 radius cut disable........................................................................................................................43-33

43.87 radius cut enable .........................................................................................................................43-34

43.88 radius cut verify-by [authenticator|message-authenticator|none]..........................43-34

43.89 radius proxy authentication cut add id <0-9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1......................43-35

43.90 radius proxy authentication cut delete id <0-9> ..............................................................43-35

43.91 radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D>43-35

43.92 radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name <domain-name> 43-36

43.93 radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> active..............................................43-36

43.94 radius proxy accounting client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>.........................43-37

43.95 radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1 .............43-37

43.96 radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable ...........................................43-37

43.97 radius proxy accounting delete id <0-9> ............................................................................43-38

43.98 radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1 ....................43-38

43.99 radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count <2-10>.......43-38

43.100 radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval <5-300>........43-39

18

43.101 radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret> .....................43-39

43.102 radius proxy authentication add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D>43-40

43.103 radius proxy authentication add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name <domain-name> 43-40

43.104 radius proxy authentication client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>................43-40

43.105 radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1 ....43-41

43.106 radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable ..................................43-41

43.107 radius proxy authentication delete id <0-9> ...................................................................43-42

43.108 radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1............43-42

43.109 radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count <2-10>43-42

43.110 radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval <5-300> .43-43

43.111 radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret> ..............43-43

43.112 radius proxy disable ................................................................................................................43-44

43.113 radius proxy enable .................................................................................................................43-44

43.114 radius proxy fast-fail disable ................................................................................................43-44

43.115 radius proxy fast-fail enable..................................................................................................43-45

43.116 radius proxy proxy-port udp-port <1-6500>...................................................................43-45

43.117 radius proxy retransmit [enable|disable] ........................................................................43-46

43.118 radius proxy search-target-server mode <0-1> ..............................................................43-46

43.119 radius proxy share-secret mode <0-1> ..............................................................................43-46

43.120 show debug radius...................................................................................................................43-47

43.121 show radius ................................................................................................................................43-47

43.122 show radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch............................................43-48

43.123 show radius-client [summary|detail] ...............................................................................43-48

43.124 show radius config-attribute.................................................................................................43-48

43.125 show radius custom-attributes .............................................................................................43-49

43.126 show radius cut process-way ...............................................................................................43-49

43.127 show radius cut verify-way...................................................................................................43-49

43.128 show radius proxy {configuration}*1 .................................................................................43-49

43.129 show radius proxy accounting id <0-9> ...........................................................................43-50

43.130 show radius proxy authentication id <0-9>.....................................................................43-50

43.131 show running-config [radius-client|radius-proxy]......................................................43-50

Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client* ..................................................................................................................... 44-1

44.1 config tacc re-transmit max-num <1-3> .................................................................................. 44-1

44.2 config tacc re-transmit period <3-10> ...................................................................................... 44-1

44.3 tacc accounting [enable|disable]............................................................................................... 44-2

44.4 tacc accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1 ....... 44-2

44.5 tacc accounting config-server id <0-4> share-key <key> .................................................. 44-3

44.6 tacc accounting delete-server id <0-4>..................................................................................... 44-3

44.7 tacc authentication [enable|disable] ........................................................................................ 44-3

44.8 tacc authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1 44-4

44.9 tacc authentication config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>............................................ 44-4

44.10 tacc authentication delete-server id <0-4>............................................................................ 44-5

44.11 tacc authorization [enable|disable] ........................................................................................ 44-5

44.12 tacc authorization add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1 44-6

44.13 tacc authorization config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>........................................... 44-6

44.14 tacc authorization delete-server id <0-4> ............................................................................. 44-7

Chapter 45 COPS* ............................................................................................................................................ 45-1

45.1 cops authentication enable........................................................................................................... 45-1

45.2 cops authentication security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret> ............................ 45-1

45.3 cops authentication security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret> .................... 45-2

45.4 cops authentication security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret>................ 45-2

19

45.5 cops authentication security recv-key delete id <1-65535> .............................................. 45-3

45.6 cops backup-server <A.B.C.D> .................................................................................................. 45-3

45.7 cops pep-id <identity> .................................................................................................................. 45-4

45.8 cops pep-ip <A.B.C.D>.................................................................................................................. 45-4

45.9 cops pib enable................................................................................................................................. 45-4

45.10 cops pib security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret> ................................................ 45-5

45.11 cops pib security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret> ........................................ 45-5

45.12 cops pib security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret>.................................... 45-6

45.13 cops pib security recv-key delete id <1-65535>.................................................................. 45-6

45.14 cops primary-server <A.B.C.D> .............................................................................................. 45-7

45.15 no cops authentication security................................................................................................ 45-7

45.16 no cops pib security...................................................................................................................... 45-8

45.17 show cops........................................................................................................................................ 45-8

Chapter 46 LOOPDETECT ........................................................................................................................... 46-1

46.1 loopdetect show stat....................................................................................................................... 46-1

46.2 loopdetect disable {[all|<1-8>]}*1.............................................................................................. 46-1

46.3 loopdetect enable {[all|<1-8>]}*1 ............................................................................................... 46-1

46.4 show loopdetect portstate {[all |<1-8>]} *1 ............................................................................ 46-2

Chapter 47 VRRP Commands ..................................................................................................................... 47-1

47.1 config vrrp enable ........................................................................................................................... 47-1

47.2 debug vrrp ......................................................................................................................................... 47-1

47.3 show running-config vrrp ............................................................................................................ 47-2

47.4 show vrrp........................................................................................................................................... 47-2

47.5 show vrrp {<1-255>}*1 ................................................................................................................... 47-2

47.6 vrrp <1-255> ipaddress ................................................................................................................. 47-3

47.7 vrrp <1-255> advertise-timers .................................................................................................... 47-3

47.8 vrrp <1-255> authentication md5 <key> spi.......................................................................... 47-4

47.9 vrrp <1-255> authentication text <key> .................................................................................. 47-4

47.10 vrrp <1-255> priority................................................................................................................... 47-5

47.11 vrrp <1-255> preempt enable.................................................................................................... 47-5

47.12 vrrp <1-255> track ethernet <slot/port> .............................................................................. 47-6

47.13 vrrp <1-255> track vlan <vlanname>..................................................................................... 47-7

Chapter 48 ACL Commands......................................................................................................................... 48-9

48.1 absolute............................................................................................................................................... 48-9

48.2 access-list <1-5000> time-range .................................................................................................. 48-9

48.3 access-list global <1-5000> time-range...................................................................................48-10

48.4 access-list global <1-5000>.........................................................................................................48-10

48.5 access-list ip.....................................................................................................................................48-11

48.6 access-list udp ................................................................................................................................48-11

48.7 access-list tcp ..................................................................................................................................48-12

48.8 access-list icmp...............................................................................................................................48-13

48.9 access-list..........................................................................................................................................48-14

48.10 config access-list default-action..............................................................................................48-14

48.11 config access-list service ...........................................................................................................48-14

48.12 periodic...........................................................................................................................................48-15

48.13 show access-list............................................................................................................................48-15

48.14 show time-range..........................................................................................................................48-16

48.15 show access-list global ..............................................................................................................48-16

48.16 show configuration.....................................................................................................................48-16

48.17 time-range .....................................................................................................................................48-17

Chapter 49 QoS Commands .......................................................................................................................49-18

20

49.1 class-map..........................................................................................................................................49-18

49.2 class-map priority .........................................................................................................................49-18

49.3 clear counter....................................................................................................................................49-19

49.4 config congestion-limit................................................................................................................49-19

49.5 config port-queue-mode .............................................................................................................49-19

49.6 config queue-mode .......................................................................................................................49-20

49.7 drop....................................................................................................................................................49-21

49.8 match.................................................................................................................................................49-21

49.9 match class-map <class_map_name> ....................................................................................49-23

49.10 police cir.........................................................................................................................................49-24

49.11 policy-map ingress .....................................................................................................................49-24

49.12 service distribute .........................................................................................................................49-25

49.13 service-policy................................................................................................................................49-25

49.14 set counter .....................................................................................................................................49-26

49.15 set drop-precedence ...................................................................................................................49-26

49.16 set dscp...........................................................................................................................................49-26

49.17 set dscp...........................................................................................................................................49-27

49.18 set ip-precedence.........................................................................................................................49-27

49.19 set mirror .......................................................................................................................................49-28

49.20 set out-drop...................................................................................................................................49-28

49.21 set out-dscp ...................................................................................................................................49-28

49.22 set out-drop-precedence ...........................................................................................................49-29

49.23 set redirect port............................................................................................................................49-29

49.24 set user-priority ...........................................................................................................................49-30

49.25 set user-priority ...........................................................................................................................49-30

49.26 shape rate.......................................................................................................................................49-31

49.27 show class-map............................................................................................................................49-31



49.30 show counter ................................................................................................................................49-32

49.31 show class-map............................................................................................................................49-33

49.32 show policy-map.........................................................................................................................49-33

49.33 show queue-mode ......................................................................................................................49-33

49.34 show qos ........................................................................................................................................49-34

49.35 show service-policy ....................................................................................................................49-34

49.36 show shape....................................................................................................................................49-34

49.37 transmit ..........................................................................................................................................49-35

Chapter 50 Policy Routing Commands.................................................................................................... 50-1

Note: *Please check for availability

21

Part 1

System Configuration


1

Chapter 1 System Management

Chapter 1

System Management

1.1

backup

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples backup

Back up configuration files manually.

Configuration mode

The configuration is valid on the active master module.

OSM6508(config)# backup

1.2

clear

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Clear the contents displayed on the screen. clear

Any mode

OSM6508(config)# clear

1.3

config backup period

Command

Syntax

Function

Description config backup period <10-1000000>

Configures the period of the hot backup, in which the active master module backs up configuration files to the standby master module.

1-1

Chapter 1 System Management Part 1 System Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters

<10-1000000>

60 minutes

Description

Hot backup period, in minutes.


OSM6508(config)# config backup period 180

1.4

config hot period

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples config hot period <30-200>

Configure the detection period of hot plugging and active/standby switchover. Active/standby switchover happens after the period of time in which the standby master module cannot detect the active master module.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<30-86400>

30 seconds

Description

Detection period of hot plugging and active/standby switchover, in seconds.


OSM6508(config)# config hot period 180

1-2

Part 1 System Configuration Chapter 1 System Management

1.5

config ssh auth_timeout

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Set the

SSH authentication timeout time in the unit of seconds. config ssh auth_timeout <0-300>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-300>

300 seconds

Description

Timeout time

Set the SSH authentication timeout time to 180 seconds.

OSM6508(config)#config ssh auth_timeout 180

Related

Command service ssh enable

1.6

config syscontact

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configure the information on how to contact the switch administrator. config syscontact <contact>

Configuration mode

Parameters contact

Description

The information on how to contact the switch administrators.

The information string should be no longer than 100 characters.

The contact consists of characters, figures or underscores only.

OSM6508(config)# config syscontact Anderson_TEL1234

1-3


1.7

config syslocation


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Set the location information of the switch to facilitate users in identifying it. config syslocation <location>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<location>

Description

Location information of the switch

OSM6508(config)# config syslocation Room301

1.8

enable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Enter Configuration mode to configure or write on the switch. enable

Read-Only Mode

OSM6508> enable

1.9

enable-password

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

1.10

erase

Modify the password for entering the Configuration mode. The password should be no shorter than 6 characters. enable-password

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# enable-password

Delete the switch’s start-up configuration information, and restore it to the

1-4

Part 1 System Configuration default configuration. erase {startup-config}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

1.11

exit

Configuration mode

Parameters startup -config

Description

Initiate configuration files

OSM6508(config)# erase startup-config


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

1.12

help

Exit the current configuration mode, and go to the upper-level configuration mode. exit

Any mode

OSM6508(config)# exit

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

1.13

hostname

Show how to use the syntax help provided by the command-line interface. help

Any mode

OSM6508(config)# help

Command

Syntax

Set the name of the switch (command prompt). hostname <hostname>

1-5


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

1.14

idle-timeout

Configuration mode

Parameters

<hostname>

Description

Name of the switch

The name should begin with a character, and consist of character, figure, or underscore. Its length ranges from 4 to 20 characters.

OSM6508(config)# hostname router

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the idle timeout value.

It can be restored to the default 10 minutes by running the corresponding no command. idle-timeout <0-35791> no idle-timeout

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-35791>

Description

Idle time is measured in minutes. If the parameter is set to 0, timeout never happens.

20 minutes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# idle-timeout 0

1.15

kill session

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Forcibly disconnect the specified Telnet client. kill session <1-19999>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-19999>

Description

Session ID

1-6


Usage

Examples

1.16

list

OSM6508(config)# kill session 100

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

1.17

logout

List all commands available. list

Any mode

OSM6508(config)# list


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Log out and disconnect from the switch. logout

Read-Only mode/configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# logout

1.18

no ssh session

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Forcibly disable an SSH session, that is, force a user to be off-line. no ssh session {<0-4>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

{<0-4>}*1

Description

Session No.

The session No. is optional. All sessions will be disabled if no session No. is input.

Disable the No.1 session:

1-7


Examples

Related

Command

1.19

reboot

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples no ssh session 1 show ssh session who reboot {<1-8>}*1

Reboot a module or the whole system.

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# reboot

1.20

save configuration

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples save configuration

Save configuration files and back up the files.

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# save configuration

1.21

service ssh

Enable/Disable the SSH service.

1-8


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description service ssh [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable disable

Disable

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

1.22

set time

Enable the SSH service:

Description

Enable the SSH service.

Disable the SSH service.

OSM6508(config)#service ssh enable show services


Enable the SSH service and wait for connecting the SSH client.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Set the system time. set time <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm:ss>

Global configuration mode

Parameters

<yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm:ss>

Current time. show time set zone gmt [+|-] <0-12>

Description

Year/month/day:hour:minute: second

OSM6508(config)# set time 2004/11/11:12:00:00

1.23

set zone gmt

Set the time zone.

1-9


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command set zone gmt [+|-] <0-12>


Parameters

[+|-]

<0-12>

GMT - 8

Description

Increase or decrease

<0-12>

OSM6508(config)# set zone gmt + 1 show zone set time <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm:ss>

1.24

show backup period

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show backup period

Show the hot backup period.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show backup period

1.25

show hot period

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show hot period

Show the current detection period of hot plugging and active/standby switchover.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show hot period

1-10


1.26

show module

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples show module [{<1-10>}*1|local]

Show slot information of the switch.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-10>

Description

Slot No. local Local slot No.

Show information of all the modules.


OSM6508(config)# show module


1.27

show run-configuration

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show run-configuration

Show the current configuration information. Finishing the hot backup, you can use this command on the console of the standby master module to view the current configuration information, so as to check the backup configuration information for any errors.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show run-configuration

1-11


1.28

show ssh session

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the current session information of the SSH. show ssh session {<0-4>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters Description

{<0-4>}*1 Session No.

Show the current session information of the SSH:

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)#show ssh session

SSH SessionID. ------- UserName ---------- MODE ----

0 admin CONFIG no ssh session who

1.29

show ssh version

Show the version information of the SSH server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show ssh version

Configuration mode

Display the version information of the SSH server.

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)#show ssh version service ssh enable

1.30

show start-configuration

Command

Syntax show start-configuration

1-12


Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples


Show the startup configuration file information to check the backup startup configuration information for any errors.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show start-configuration

1.31

show time

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

1.32

show zone

Show the current system time. show time


Current time

OSM6508(config)# show time set time <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm:ss> show zone

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Show the current time zone. show zone


GMT - 8

OSM6508(config)# show zone set zone gmt [+|-] <0-12> show time

1-13


1-14

Part 1 System Configuration Chapter 1 System Management

1.33

switchover

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples switchover

Execute the active/standby switchover command. Upon the execution of this command, the current active master module will reboot, and the standby master module will become active master module.

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# switchover

1-1

Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing Part 1 System Configuration

2

2.1

config syslog [enable|disable]

Chapter 2

System Monitoring and

Diagnosing

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable/Disable Syslog. config syslog [enable|disable]

Configuration mode


Description

Enable Syslog

Disable Syslog

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config syslog enable

2.2

config syslog monitor-terminal [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable/Disable the function of displaying log information on terminals.

Enable the Syslog module to decide whether to output log information to a user terminal. config syslog monitor-terminal [enable|disable]

Configuration mode


Description

Enable the function of displaying log information on terminals.

Disable the function of displaying log information on terminals. enable

Default

Status

2-2

Part 1 System Configuration Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

This command functions for all terminals.

OSM6508(config)#config syslog monitor-terminal disable

2.3

config syslog server [add|delete]

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Add or delete a log server, and configure information including its IP address, service ports, service priority. A command or multiple sub-commands can be used for configuration. config syslog server [add|delete] <A.B.C.D/M> {[port] <1-65535>}*1

{[facility] <0-7>}*1

Parameters

[add|delete]

<A.B.C.D/M>

Description

Add/Delete a log server

Log server’s IP address

[port] <1-65535> facility <0-7>

Log server’s port number

Log information’s priority

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config syslog server add 192.168.1.1/32

2.4

config syslog server [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable the Syslog module to decide whether to store log information on the log server. config syslog server [enable|disable]

Configuration mode


Description

Enable the function of storing syslog information on the log server.

Disable the function of storing syslog information on the log server.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines disable

Service programs on the log server should have been initiated before

2-3

Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing Part 1 System Configuration configuration.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config syslog server enable

2.5

config syslog server lowest-level

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the lowest level log information to be recorded. config syslog server lowest-level <0-7>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-7>

Description

0

— the system is unavailable; 1— realtime operation; 2— serious; 3

—error; 4—alert; 5—prompt; 6—common messages; 7

—debugging.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#config syslog server lowest-level 4

2.6

config syslog server type

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the type of the log information to be recorded. config syslog server type [<name>|all] [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Default

Parameters

<name>|all

Description

The command show syslog configuration is used to show the type of the log. Types supported are AUTH, BGP, MPLS,

CLI, SYSLOG, DEVCTRL, OSPF, PORT, FDB, RIP,

ROUTE, SNMP, STP, SYSTEM, VLAN, WEB,

DOT1X, RADIUS, NAS, CLI_RECORD, AMS,

FSYN, SNTP, DEVICE, DHCP, LICA, L2PDPN,

LOAD, VRRP, PPP, SKBUFF, VFS, IP, CONSOLE,

MROUTE, IGMP, PIM, UDPF, TRACEROUTE, and

DNS. All

? all types mentioned above. enable|disable Enable /Disable the log function.

No log information is recorded.

2-4

Part 1 System Configuration Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)# config syslog server type all enable show syslog configuration

2.7

monitor lowest-level

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the lowest level of the log information displayable on terminals; decide whether to output log information at no lower than a certain level at the local terminal. This command functions only for the local terminals. monitor lowest-level <0-7>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-7>

Description

0-7 correspond in turn to EMERG, ALERT, CRIT, ERR,

WARNING, NOTICE, INFO and DEBUG.

7 (DEBUG)

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# monitor lowest-level 4

2.8

monitor timestamp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure whether to show the time, and decide whether to output the time on the local terminal. monitor timestamp [none|time|datetime]

Configuration mode

Parameters none time datetime

Description

Not show the time stamp

Show time of the current day

Show the complete time. Example: 1970:1:2:22:10:12

2-5


Usage

Examples

2.9

monitor type

OSM6508(config)# monitor timestamp time

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the type of log information displayable at the local terminal. monitor type [<typename>|all] [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<typename> all enable disable

Description

The following types of log information can be shown at terminals: AUTH, BGP, CLI, SYSLOG, DEVCTRL, ARP,

DOT1X, NAS, OSPF, PORT, FDB, RADIUS, RIP, ROUTE,

SNMP, STP, SYSTEM, VLAN, WEB, SERVICE and

DHCPR.

All types of log information

Permitts outputting log information of the specified type.

Prohibits outputting log information of the specified type.

This command functions only for the local terminal.

Run show syslog configuration to show the type of log information.

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)# monitor type all enable show syslog configuration

2.10

ping

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Detect the status of the network conncetions. The command ping sends

Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echo messages to a certain IP device in the network. ping {[-t]}*1 {[-count] <1-65535>}*1 {[-size] <0-6400>}*1 {[-waittime]

<1-255>}*1 {[-ttl] <1-255>}*1 {[-pattern] <user_pattern>}*1 <A.B.C.D>

Read-Only mode/configuration mode

Parameters

-t

Description

When “-t” is specified, the command ping keeps sending

ICMP echo messages to the destination IP address

2-6

Part 1 System Configuration Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing until the user interruptes it by pressing Ctrl+c.

When “t” is not specified, the command ping automatically stops sending after 5 ICMP echo messages are sent.

-count <1-65535> The ping program is exited after it sends out the specified number of ICMP echo messages.

-size <1-6400> It specifes the length of the ICMP echo message to be sent.

-waittime <1-255> If no response is received within the specified waittime, the ping program regards the destination as not reachable.

It specifies the ttl (time to live) value of ICMP packets. -ttl <1-255>

-pattern <user_patter> It specifies 1 to 16 hexadecimal numbers defined by the user in ICMP packets.

OSM6508(config)# ping 192.168.1.1 -t

Usage

Examples

2.11

record command-line server [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure whether to log command-line operations. record command-line server [enable|disable]

Configuration mode


Description

Enable the funciton of keeping a log of command-line operations on the server.

Disable the funciton of keeping a log of command-line operations on the server. disable

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# record command-line server disable

2.12

show monitor configuration

Command

Syntax

Show configuration of logging information to the local terminal. show monitor configuration

2-7


Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show monitor configuration

2.13

show syslog configuration

Show all configuration information of the Syslog module, including whether a service has been enabled or disabled.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show syslog configuration

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show syslog configuration

2.14

show system resource

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show utilization of system resources. show system resource

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show system resource

2.15

terminal monitor

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Enable the function of displaying log information on the local terminal.

Its no counterpart disables the function of displaying log information on the local terminal. terminal monitor no terminal monitor

Configuration mode

By default, the function of logging information on the local terminal is disabled.

2-8


Usage

Examples

2.16

traceroute

OSM6508(config)# terminal monitor

Chapter 2 System Monitoring and Diagnosing

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

This command is used to check the route that the packets take, so that failures can be located. traceroute {[-s saddr] <A.B.C.D>}*1 {[-f firstttl] <1-30>}*1 {[-m maxttl]

<2-255>}*1 {[-p port] <33434-65535>}*1 {[-c count] <1-255>}*1 {[-w waittime] <1-65535>}*1 <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

-s

-f

Description

Specifies the source IP address (applied to UDP mode only).

Minimum TTL

Usage

Examples

-m

-p

-c

-w

<A.B.C.D>

Maximum TTL

Port number (applied to UDP mode only).

Times of detection at each TTL value

Overtime limits

IP address

OSM6508(config)# traceroute 192.168.1.1

2.17

traceroute mode

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Configure the type of the packets sent by Traceroute. traceroute mode [udp|icmp]

Configuration mode

Parameters udp icmp

ICMP packets are sent.

Description

Send UDP packets

Send ICMP packets

OSM6508(config)# traceroute mode udp

2-9

Examples


2-10


3

3.1

debug sntp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Enable SNTP debugging. debug sntp no debug sntp


Debugging is disabled.

OSM6508(config)#debug sntp

3.2

service sntp-client [enable|disable]

Enable/Disable SNTP Client service

?

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples service sntp-client [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable SNTP Client service disable Disable SNTP Client service

SNTP Client service is disabled by default.

OSM6508(config)#service sntp-client enable

3.3

service sntp-server [enable|disable]

Enable/Disable SNTP Server

?

3-1

Chapter 3 SNTP

Chapter 3

SNTP

Chapter 3 SNTP Part 1 System Configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description service sntp-server [enable|disable]


Usage

Examples

3.4

show sntp-client


Description

Enable SNTP Server

Disable SNTP Server

OSM6508(config)#service sntp-server enable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show the current status of the SNTP Client. show sntp-client


OSM6508(config)#show sntp-client

3.5

show sntp-server

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show the current status of the SNTP Server. show sntp-server


OSM6508(config)#show sntp-server

3.6

sntp-client mode [anycast] subnet <A.B.C.D/M>

Command

Syntax

Set the SNTP Client’s mode to Anycast. sntp-client mode [anycast] subnet <A.B.C.D/M> no sntp-client mode

3-2


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command


Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

Description

Subnet segment in anycast mode

The SNTP Client is disabled; the service mode is unicast.

OSM6508(config)#sntp-client mode anycast subnet 192.168.1.0/24 sntp-client mode [unicast | multicast] server ipaddr <A.B.C.D>

3.7

sntp-client mode [unicast | multicast] server ipaddr <A.B.C.D>

Chapter 3 SNTP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set the SNTP Client’s mode to unicast or multicast. sntp-client mode [unicast | multicast] server ipaddr <A.B.C.D> no sntp-client mode


Parameters unicast multicast

<A.B.C.D>

The service mode is unicast.

Description

Set the SNTP Client’s mode to unicast.

Set the SNTP Client’s mode to multicast.

Specified SNTP Server IP address

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)#sntp-client mode unicast server ipaddress 192.168.1.1 sntp-client mode [anycast] subnet <A.B.C.D/M>

3.8

sntp-client update-interval

Command

Syntax

Set the interval of sending SNTP messages. You may return to the default configuration (64 seconds) by running the corresponding no command. sntp-client update-interval <16-1024> no sntp-client update-interval

3-3

Chapter 3 SNTP Part 1 System Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples



<16-1024> Specified update interval (in seconds)

The update interval is 64 seconds by default.

OSM6508(config)#sntp-client update-interval 16

3.9

sntp-server mode {[unicast]}*1 {[multicast] broadcast ipaddr <A.B.C.D/M>}*1 {[anycast] subnet

<A.B.C.D/M>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure SNTP Server mode. sntp-server mode {[unicast]}*1 {[multicast] broadcast ipaddr

<A.B.C.D/M>}*1 {[anycast] subnet <A.B.C.D/M>}*1 no sntp-server mode


Parameters unicast

Description

Set the SNTP Server’s mode to unicast. multicast Set the SNTP Server’s mode to multicast. anycast Set the SNTP Server’s mode to anycast.

<A.B.C.D/M> Subnet segment in multicast/anycast mode

The SNTP server’s mode is unicast by default.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#service sntp-server mode anycast subnet 192.168.1.0/24

3.10

sntp-server update-interval <16-1024>

Command

Syntax

Command

Configure the interval of sending broadcast messages.

You may return to the default configuration (64 seconds) by running the corresponding no command. sntp-server update-interval <16-1024> no sntp-server update-interval


3-4


Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<16-1024>

Description

SNTP Server broadcast cycle

Default

64 seconds

The SNTP Server broadcast cycle is 64 seconds by default.

OSM6508(config)#sntp-server update-interval 16

Chapter 3 SNTP

3-5


4

4.1

config access-control

Chapter 4 NMS Commands

Chapter 4

NMS Commands

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Enable/Disable access control. config access-control {[telnet|ssh|web|snmp]}*1 [enable|disable]

Parameters

[telnet|ssh|web|snmp] enable disable

Access control Disable

Description

Access control options: telnet, SSH, Web,

SNMP

Enable Access control

Disable Access control

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config access-control telnet enable

4.2

config nms-access-profile

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable/Disable Telnet, SSH, Web and SNMP of the related groups. config nms-access-profile <access_profile_name> [telnet|ssh|web|snmp]

[enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<access_profile_name>

[enable|disable] disable

Description

Access control’s name

Enable/Disable

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config nms-access-profile group1 telnet enable

4-1


4.3

config nms-access-profile add ipaddress


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add IP addresses or IP segments to a configuration group. config nms-access-profile <access_profile_name> add ipaddress

<A.B.C.D/M> config nms-access-profile <access_profile_name> add ipaddress

<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters


Description

Name of the access control group

<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D > <A.B.C.D>

IP address or IP segment


OSM6508(config)# config nms-access-profile group add ipaddress

192.168.1.0/24

4.4

config nms-access-profile delete ipaddress

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Command

Syntax

Usage

Examples

Remove IP addresses or IP segments from a configuration group. config nms-access-profile <access_profile_name> delete ipaddress

<A.B.C.D/M> config nms-access-profile <access_profile_name> delete ipaddress

<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters


<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D > <A.B.C.D >

Description




OSM6508(config)# config nms-access-profile group delete ipaddress

192.168.1.0/24

4.5

nms-access-profile

Command

Create or delete a configuration group

? nms-access-profile <access_profile_name>

4-2


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples no nms-access-profile <access_profile_name>

Configuration mode

Parameters


Description


OSM6508(config)# nms-access-profile group1

4.6

show nms-access-profile


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Show Access control’ s configuration information. show nms-access-profile {<access_profile_name>}*1

Configuration mode


<access_profile_name> Name of the access control group

In the case of show nms-access-profile, show the configuration of all access control groups.

OSM6508(config)# show nms-access-profile group1

4-3

Chapter 5 SNMP Commands Part 1 System Configuration

5

5.1

config snmp community

Chapter 5

SNMP Commands

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configure SNMP authentication password string config snmp community [readonly|readwrite] <string>

Parameters readonly

Description

Read-only password

Default public readwrite Read-and-write password private

OSM6508(config)# config snmp community readonly Hn1*m!

5.2

config snmp trapreceiver add

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure information for the host to receive SNMP Trap messages. config snmp trapreceiver add <A.B.C.D> version [v1|v2c] {community

<string>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

[v1|v2c]

Description

Configure the IP address for the host to receive SNMP

Trap messages.

Version Number

<string> SNMP Read-only password

OSM6508(config)# config snmp trapreceiver add 192.168.1.1 version v2c

Usage

Examples

Related

Command config snmp trapreceiver delete <A.B.C.D>

5.3

config snmp trapreceiver delete

Delete device to receive SNMP Trap messages.

5-1


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config snmp trapreceiver delete <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

The IP address of the device to be deleted

OSM6508(config)# config snmp trapreceiver delete 192.168.1.1

5.4

config snmp trap type

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure whether to send different types of SNMP trap messages. config snmp trap type [typename|all] [on|off]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<typename>

Description

All, auth, bgp, broadcast, cpu, errp, fanfault, interface, isis, loop, ospf, poweralarm, pppoe, rmon, start, stp, traffic, vrrp

Send SNMP trap messages for the type. on off Don’t send SNMP trap messages for the type.

Don’t send SNMP trap messages.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

The command can be configured only after Trap service has been enabled.

OSM6508(config)# config snmp trap type all on

5.5

service snmp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enable or disable SNMP service service snmp [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

5-2


Parameter

Description


Disabled.

Description

Enable SNMP service

Disable SNMP service

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# service snmp enable

5.6

service snmp trap

Chapter 5 SNMP Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable or disable SNMP’s Trap service service snmp trap [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable disable disable

Description

Enable SNMP trap service

Disable SNMP trap service

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

This command can be run only after SNMP service has been initiated.

OSM6508(config)# service snmp trap enable service snmp [enable|disable]

5.7

show snmp community-string

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Show SNMP Authentication password show snmp community-string

Configuration mode

You may use this command to show the SNMP authentication password

5-3


Usage

Examples

Related

Command configuration. The read-only password is public by default, and the read-and-write password is private.

OSM6508(config)# show snmp community-string config snmp community [readonly|readwrite] <string>

5.8

show snmp trap type

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Command show which SNMP traps are enabled show snmp trap type

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show snmp trap type config snmp trapreceiver add <A.B.C.D> version [v1|v2c] {community

<string>}*1 config snmp trapreceiver add <A.B.C.D> version [v1|v2c] {community

<string>}*1 config snmp trapreceiver delete <A.B.C.D> config config snmp trap type [typename|all] [on|off]

5.9

show snmp trapreceiver

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Show the SNMP Trap receiver configuration show snmp trapreceiver

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show snmp trapreceiver config snmp trapreceiver add <A.B.C.D> version [v1|v2c] {community

<string>}*1 config snmp trapreceiver add <A.B.C.D> version [v1|v2c] {community

<string>}*1 config snmp trapreceiver delete <A.B.C.D> config

5-4

Part 1 System Configuration config snmp trap type [typename|all] [on|off]

Chapter 5 SNMP Commands

5-5

Chapter 6 File System Part 1 System Configuration

6

6.1

blockdevice

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the detailed information of each logic device. blockdevice {<devname>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<devname>

Description

Devide name

This command should be configured on the active master.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#blockdevice

6.2

cd

Chapter 6

File System

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Change the current path to the directory specified in <dirname>. cd <dirname>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<dirname>

Description

Specified directory

Errors are prompted if the specified directory does not exist.


Usage

Examples

Change the current path to dir1 under it.

OSM6508(config)#cd dir1

6-1


6.3

copy

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Copy the file specified in <source_file_name> to the file specified in

<destination_file_name>. copy <source_file_name> <destination_file_name>

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<source_file_name>

Description

Source file name

<destination_file_name> Destination file name

<destination_file_name> should be the file’s path (e.g. device1:\file2 ) instead of a pure path like device1:\. This command dose not support directory copying. If the file specified in <source_file_name> does not exist , or the file specified in <destination_file_name> has already existed, errors are displayed.


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#copy dir1/hello dir2/

6.4

dir

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

List the information of the files and the sub-paths specified in <dirname> or under the current path. The information listed includes the files’ (including the directories’) time of establishment, type, size, and name. When no path is specified, information under the currrent directory is listed. The user’s default directory is device0:\. If the specified path does not exist or is not a directory, errors are displayed. dir {<dirname>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<dirname>

Description

Specified directory


OSM6508(config)#dir device0:/

6-2


Examples

6.5

mkdir

Chapter 6 File System

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Create the directory specified in <dirname>. If the specified directory exists already, errors are displayed. mkdir <dirname>

Configuration mode


<dirname> Specified directory

If the full directory is not specified in the command, the current directory and the relative directory form the full directory. For example, when the current directory is device1:\dir1 , run mkdir dir11, and then the full directory device1:\dir1\dir11 is formed.


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# mkdir device0:\dir1

6.6

pwd

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Show the current directory. pwd

Configuration mode

The relative path specified in the command is based on the current path.

To change the current path, use the command cd.


OSM6508(config)# pwd

Usage

Examples

Related

Command cd

6-3


6.7

remove

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Delete the file specified in <filename> . remove <filename>

Configuration mode


<dirname> Specified directory

If <filename> is not a file name, the file specified in <filename> does not exist, or the file is in use, errors are displayed.


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#remove dir1/hello

6.8

rename

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Rename the file specified in <old_filename> as <new_filename> rename <old_filename> <new_filename>

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<old_filename>

Description

Source file name

<new_filename> New file name

Rename does not support changing the directory name. If <old_filename> does not exist or is in use, or <new_filename> already exists, errors are displayed.


Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)#rename dir1/hello dir1/myhello copy

6-4


6.9

rmdir

Chapter 6 File System

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Delete the directory specified in <dirname>. If the specified directory does not exist or is not empty, errors are displayed. rmdir <dirname>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<dirname>

Description

Specified directory

The configuration functions only on the active master.

Delete dir 1 under the current directory.

OSM6508(config)# rmdir dir1

6-5

Part 2

Interface Configuration


7

7.1

accesslimit

Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces

Chapter 7

Ethernet Interfaces

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configure the Ethernet interface to be a security port or not. accesslimit [enable|disable]

Ethernet interface configuration mode

Parameter enable disable

Disable

Description

Set the Ethernet interface as a security port.

Disable the Ethernet port from being a security port.

After using the security port, you need to use the command fdbentry mac to configure the corresponding static MAC addresses.

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#accesslimit enable fdbentry mac

7.2

auto

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the Ethernet port’s auto-negotiation mode. auto [enable|disable]



Description

Enable auto-negotiation

Disable auto-negotiation

7-1

Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces Part2 Interface Configuration

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

7.3

clear statistic

Enable.

Auto-negotiation is recommended. After disabling auto-negotiation, duplex and speed should be configured.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)# auto enable duplex, speed

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

7.4

duplex

Clear the statistics on the Ethernet interface. clear statistic


Clear then restart the statistic counting on the port.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#clear statistic

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the duplex mode of the Ethernet port. duplex [full|half]


Parameter full half

Description

Full duplex

Half duplex

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines full

Only after the auto-negotiation is disabled on the port can this command be used.

7-2


OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#duplex half

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

7.5

flowcontrol

auto, speed


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the flow control mode of the Ethernet port. flowcontrol [enable|disable]



Disable

Description

Enable flow control

Disable flow control

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Only when auto-negotiation is disabled on the port can this command be used.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#flowcontrol enable auto, speed, duplex

7.6

forward L2

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure whether an Ethernet interface is for Layer-2 forwarding or Layer-3 forwarding. forward L2 [enable|disable]



Description

Layer-2 forwarding

Layer-3 forwarding

7-3


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enable

When a port is set for Layer 2 forwarding, it can be added to a VLAN, but cannot be used as a sub-interface, and no IP address can be assigned directly to it. When a port is set for Layer-3 forwarding, it can be used as a sub-interface, or be assigned an IP address for Layer-3 forwarding.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#forward L2 enable

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Sub port configure

Part2 Interface Configuration

7.7

interface ethernet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enter the specified Ethernet interface. interface ethernet <slot/port>

Configuration mode

Parameter slot port

Enable

Description

Slot number

Port number

Use this command to enter the corresponding Ethernet interface before configuring it.

Usage

Examples

7.8

mirror

OSM6508(config)#interface ethernet 2/1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Set an Ethernet port as the mirror of another Ethernet port. no mirror command is used to cancel the mirroring. mirror [ingress|egress] <portlist> no mirror


7-4

Part 2 Interface Configuration Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

7.9

q-in-q ce-port

Parameter ingress egress

Description

To mirror the input packets.

To mirror the output packets. portlist The List of the Ethernet port

The mirroring of the input or output port packets can be used to monitor or diagnose packets on that port.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)# mirror ingress 2/1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enables and disables the port as a Customer Edge Q-in-Q port. When enabled the VLAN tag in received packets will be ignored, but not removed from the packet. q-in-q ce-port [disable | enable]



Disable

Description

Enables the port as a q-in-q customer edge

Disables the port as a q-in-q customer edge

Enable q-in-q ce-port on ports that are connected to customers. Add this port to the provider VLAN as untagged.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# q-in-q ce-port enable

7.10

q-in-q pe-port

Command

Syntax

Enables and disables the port as a Provider Edge Q-in-Q port. q-in-q ce-port [disable | enable]

7-5

Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces Part2 Interface Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description



Disable

Description

Enables the port as a q-in-q provider edge

Disables the port as a q-in-q provider edge

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enable q-in-q pe-port on ports that are connected to the provider network.

Add this port to the provider VLAN as tagged.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# q-in-q p e-port enable

7.11

show interface ethernet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Show the configuration information of the Ethernet interface. show interface ethernet {<portlist>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameter

Portlist

Description

Port list, such as 1/1; 2/1, 2/3

Show the configuration information. The show command can be used directly under the port mode.

OSM6508(config)#show interface ethernet 1/1

7.12

show mirror

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show port mirroring information. show mirror {<portlist>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameter

7-6

Description

Part 2 Interface Configuration Chapter 7 Ethernet Interfaces

Portlist Port list, such as 1/1; 2/1, 2/3

This command is used to show port mirroring information.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#show mirror 2/1

7.13

speed

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the rate of the Ethernet interface. speed [10|100|1000]


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

Parameter

10

100

Description

10Mb/s

100Mb/s

1000Mb/s 1000

In the case of auto-negotiation, the speed varies with the type of the physical port.

Only when auto-negotiation is disabled on the port can this command be used.

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)#speed 1000 auto, duplex

7-7

Chapter 8 POS* Part 2 Interface Configuration

8


8.1

clock

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configure the clock mode of the POS port. clock [internal|line]

POS port configuring mode.

Parameter internal line internal

Description

Internal clock mode

External clock mode

Line clock should be configured for the POS port of the router which is connected to

SONET/SDH. At least one port should be configured to use internal clock when POS ports are connected

to each other directly via optical fibers

Related

Command clock line

8.2

crc

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Config the CRC authentication size of the POS port. crc [16|32]

POS port configuration mode.

Parameter

16

32

Description

16 bits CRC authentication

32 bits CRC authentication

Chapter 8

POS*

8-1

Chapter 8 POS*

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

8.3

encapsulation

32 crc 16


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Config POS port link layer protocol. encapsulation [ppp|chdlc]

The POS port configuration mode.

Parameter ppp chdlc

Description

PPP protocol

CHDLC protocol

The POS port link layer protocol is defaulted as CHDLC protocol.

Encapusation must be configured first with this command before using the chdlc or ppp protocols.

Usage

Examples encapsulation ppp

8.4

flag c2

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Config the c2 byte for POS port physical frames. flag c2 <0-255>

POS port configuration mode

Parameter

<0-255>

0x16

Description

The c2 byte of SDH/SONET frame

This command is used to configure the overhead byte for SDH. Enter the

8-2


Guidelines

Chapter 8 POS*

POS port configuration mode, and use the command pos flag c2 <value>, the value ranges from 0~255. Here are meanings of the C2 byte.

Usage

Examples

8.5

frame

flag c2 20

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Config the protocol type of physical layer. frame [sdh|sonet]

The POS port configuration mode.

Parameter sdh sonet

Description

SDH protocol

SONET protocol

The protocol type of the POS port’s physical layer is defaulted as SDH protocol.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Please affirm the protocol type of the link to be connected before configuring this. frame sdh

8-3

Chapter 8 POS*

8.6

interface pos


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enter the POS port configuration interface pos <slot/port>

Overall configuration mode

Parameter slot port

Description

Slot number

Port number of the panel

Enter the POS port before configuration.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# interface pos 2/1

8.7

loopback

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Config the POS port’s internal loopback mode.

Command no loopback is used to cancel the loopback. loopback [internal|line] no loopback

POS port configuration mode

Parameter internal line

No loopback

Description

Internal loopback mode

External loopback mode

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configure the port as internal or external loopback only when testing. loopback line

8-4


8.8

scramble

Chapter 8 POS*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configure whether the POS port should be scrambled or not. scramble [enable|disable]

POS port Configuration mode


Disable

Description

Enable scrambling

Disable scrambling

Scrambling is used to avoid the consecutive 1 or 0 bits in the transmitted data and facilitate the clock signal extracting for the receiver. Scambling is usually required.

Usage

Examples scramble enable

8.9

show interface pos

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Check the configuration of the POS port show interface pos {<portlist>}*1

Global configuration mode.

Parameter portlist

Show the configuration of POS port.

Description

Portlist, such as 1/1;1/9,1/14

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show interface pos 1/1

8-5


9


9.1

atm clock internal

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples config the ATM port clock to be internal clock or not. atm clock internal no atm clock internal

ATM port Configuration mode

Use the external clock

OSM6508(config)#interface atm 1/1

OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#atm clock internal

OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#exit

OSM6508(config)#

9.2

atm mtu

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Config ATM port Mtu. atm mtu <48-65535> no atm mtu

ATM port configuration mode

Parameter

<48-65535>

Mtu’s maximum value is 65535.

Default

Status

Usage

EMxamples

Description

Mtu value


OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#atm mtu 10000


Chapter 9 ATM*

Chapter 9

ATM*

9-1

Chapter 9 ATM*

OSM6508(config)#

9.3

debug atm oam

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enable ATM OAM debug

Disable ATM OAM debug debug atm oam no debug atm oam

DEBUG mode

9.4

debug pppoeoa

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

9.5

encapsulation

Enable PPPoEoA’s debug.

Disable PPPoEoA’s debug. debug pppoeoa no debug pppoeoa

DEBUG mode


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

The encapsulation type of AAL5 on PVC (support aal5snap only). encapsulation [aal5snap | aal5mux | aal5nlpid ]

PVC Configuration mode

Parameter

[aal5snap | aal5mux | aal5nlpid ]

Description

The encapsulation of PVC AAL5

PVCs use the encapsulation of aal5nlpid.


OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#pvc a 1/1

OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#encapsulation aal5snap

OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#exit


OSM6508(config)#

9-2


9.6

interface atm

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Establish and enter an ATM sub port. interface atm <slot/port.subport> no interface atm <slot/port.subport>


Parameter slot port subport

Description

Slot number

Port number subport number

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#interface atm 1/1.100

OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1.100)#exit

OSM6508(config)#

9.7

ip address

Command

S yntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Config an ATM port’s IP address and mask. ip address <A.B.C.D/E> no ip address

ATM port configuration mode.

Parameter

<A.B.C.D/E>

No IP address.

Description

IP address and mask

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Config the IP address under the ATM port.


OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#ip address 192.168.1.1/24


OSM6508(config)#

Chapter 9 ATM*

9-3

Chapter 9 ATM*

9.8

oam retry


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable PVC to use OAM RE TRY function. oam retry <1-64> <1-64> <0-600>

PVC configuration mode

Parameter

<1-64>

<1-64>

<0-600>

Description

PVC UP COUNT

PVC DOWN COUNT

Retry frequency of OAM information unit (sec/unit)

The PVC OAM RETRY function is disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples



OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#oam-pvc 5

OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#oam retry 2 3 4



OSM6508(config)#

Related

Command oam-pvc

9.9

oam-pvc

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable the PVC to use the OAM function. oam-pvc <0-600> no oam-pvc


Parameter

<0-600>

Description

The transmitting frequency of OAM cells (sec/unit)

PVC is disabled to use the OAM function

Default

Status

Usage

Examples



9-4


Related

Command

9.10

protocol ip

OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#oam-pvc 5



OSM6508(config)# oam retry

Chapter 9 ATM*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set up the IP address at the peer end PVC (not support IPOA, so configuring the peer end IP has no practical meaning). protocol ip <A.B.C.D> {broadcast}*1


Parameter

<A.B.C.D>

{broadcast}

PVC has no the IP address

Description

IP address select broadcast or not

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Command



OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#protocol ip 192.168.1.1



OSM6508(config)# protocol pppoe no protocol

9.11

protocol pppoe

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enable the PPPoE encapsulation at PVC. protocol pppoe no protocol


9-5

Chapter 9 ATM*

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Disable PPPoE on PVC

?



OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#protocol pppoe



OSM6508(config)# ip protocol


Related

Command

9.12

pvc

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set up a PVC. pvc <name> <vpi/vci> no pvc [<name>|<vpi/vci>]

ATM port /sub –interface Configuration mode

?

Usage

Examples

Parameter

<name>

<vpi/vci>





OSM6508(config)#

Description

The name of PVC

The vpi and vci value of PVC

9.13

pvc test send aal5 packet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Send AAL5 data packet on a PVC. The PVC statistics can be shown by using the command show pvc statistics to check whether the data packet has been correctly sent or not. pvc test send aal5 packet <0 -7> <0-255> <0-65535> <1-65535>

DEBUG mode

Parameter

<0-7>

Description

ATM physics port number

9-6


Usage

Examples

<0-255>

<0-65535>

<1-65535> show pvc statistics

9.14

pvc test send oam

Chapter 9 ATM*

The VPI value of PVC

The VCI value of PVC

The length of AAL5 data packet sent

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Send OAM data on a PVC, The PVC statistics can be shown by using the command show pvc statistics to check whether the data packet has been correctly sent or not. pvc test send oam <0-7> <0-255> <0-65535>

DEBUG mode

Parameter

<0-7>

<0-255>

<0-65535>

Related

Command show pvc statistics

Description

ATM physical port number



9.15

service [cbr|ubr]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Config PVC service type and service Parameter. service [cbr|ubr] <0-155000>


Parameter

[cbr|ubr]

<0-155000>

PVC use the UBR

? the PCR is 155M.



Description

The service type of PVC

The PCR parameter of CBR or UBR

9-7

Chapter 9 ATM* Part2 Interface Configuration

Related

Command

OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#service ubr 1000



OSM6508(config)# service [vbr-nrt|vbr-rt] <0-155000> <0-155000> <0-64000> service ubre <0-155000> <0-10000>

9.16

service [vbr-nrt|vbr-rt]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set up PVC service type and configure service Parameters. service [vbr-nrt|vbr-rt] <0-155000> <0-155000> <0-64000>


Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Parameter

[vbr-nrt|vbr-rt]

First <0-155000>

Description


Second <0-155000>

The PCR parameter of VBR-RT or

VBR-NRT

The SCR parameter of VBR-RT or

VBR-NRT

<0-64000> THE M BS parameter of VBR-RT or

VBR-NRT

PVC uses UBR configuration while PCR uses 155M.

Related

Command



OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#service vbr-nrt 1000 1000 1000



OSM6508(config)# service [cbr|ubr] <0-155000> service ubre <0-155000> <0-10000>

9.17

service ubre

Command

Syntax

Set up PVC service type and configure service parameters. service ubre <0-155000> <0-10000>

9-8

Part 2 Interface Configuration Chapter 9 ATM*

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameter ubre

<0-155000>

<0-10000>

Description


The pcr parameter of ubre

The mcr parameter of ubre

PVC uses UBR configuration while PCR uses 155M.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples



OSM6508(config-pvc-a)#service ubre 1000 1000



OSM6508(config)#

Related

Command service [cbr|ubr] <0-155000> service [vbr-nrt|vbr-rt] <0-155000> <0-155000> <0-64000>

9.18

show atm chip statistics

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the statistics of an ATM chip. show atm chip statistics <0-1>

DEBUG mode

Parameter

<0-1>

9.19

show atm phyport statistics

Description

ATM chip number

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the statistics of an ATM physical port. show atm physical port statistics <0-7>

DEBUG mode

Parameter

<0-7>

Description

ATM physical port

9-9

Chapter 9 ATM*

9.20

show interface atm


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Check an ATM port configuration show interface atm [slot/port]

Configuration mode

Parameter slot port

Description

Slot number

Panel port number

OSM6508(config)#show interface atm 1/1

9.21

show interface atm subinterface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Check the sub interface information under an ATM port show interface atm subinterface [slot/port.subport]

Configuration mode


Description

Slot number

Port number

Sub-port number

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#show interface atm subinterface 1/1.2

9.22

show interface atm pvc slot/port.subport

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show all PVC information under an ATM port / sub-port. show interface atm pvc slot/port.subport

Configuration mode

9-10


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples


Description

Slot number

Port number

Sub-port number

OSM6508(config)#show interface atm pvc 1/1

9.23

show pvc statistics

Chapter 9 ATM*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the PVC statistic Parameters. show pvc statistics <0-7> <0-1023> <0-255> <0-65535>

DEBUG mode

Parameter

<0-7>

<0-1023>

<0-255>

<0-65535>

Description

ATM physical port number

ATM sub-port number



9.24

shutdown

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Disable the management status of an ATM port. shutdown no shutdown

ATM port Configuration mode

Activate the port management status


OSM6508(config-if-atm1/1)#shutdown


OSM6508(config)#

9-11

Chapter 10 Trunk Part 2 Interface Configuration

10

10.1

clear stats

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Clear stats information clear stats

Mode of Trunk interface

OSM6508(config-trunk-uplink1)#clear stats

10.2

forward L2 enable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure the layer-two or layer-three forwarding for the trunk forward L2 [enable|disable]

Configuration mode of the Trunk


Enable

Description

Permit layer-two forwarding

Permit layer-three forwarding

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

When trunk uses layer-two forwarding, it usually joins a vlan.

OSM6508(config-trunk-uplink1)# forward L2 enable

10.3

grouping

Binds ports to a trunk. The command no grouping is used to cancel the binding.

Chapter 10

Trunk

10-1

Chapter 10 Trunk

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

10.4

interface trunk

grouping <portlist> no grouping

Configuration mode of the Trunk


Parameter portlist

Description

The portlist

When binding ports, ports should belong to the same class, otherwise the system will display an error.

OSM6508(config-trunk-uplink1)#grouping 2/1 , 2/3

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Enter the appointed Trunk Interface configuration. No interface trunk command cancels the trunk. interface trunk <trunkname> no interface trunk <trunkname>

Configuration Mode

Parameter trunkname

OSM6508(config)#interface trunk t2

Description

Trunk name

Set up a trunk before using it

? then add needed ports to it.

10.5

policy

Command

Syntax

Command

Configure a load-balancing policy for the trunk. No policy command cancels the policy policy

[srcmac-based|dstmac-based|srcdstmac-based|srcip-based|dstip-based|sr cdstip-based] no policy

Configuration mode of the Trunk port

10-2


Modes

Parameter

Description

Chapter 10 Trunk

Parameter srcmac-based dstmac-based srcdstmac-based srcip-based dstip -based srcdstip -based

Description

Based on source MAC

Based on destination MAC

Based on source and destination MAC

Based on source IP

Based on destination IP

Based on source and destination IP

Please choose the corresponding policy according to your needs

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-trunk-uplink1)#policy srcmac-based

10.6

show interface trunk

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the trunk port configuration show interface trunk {<trunkname>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameter trunkname

Show the trunk configuration

Description

Trunk name

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#show interface trunk 1/1

10-3


11

11.1

encapsulation dot1q

Chapter 11 Sub-Interface

Chapter 11

Sub-Interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Config the tag value of the sub-interface, no encapsulation dot1q command cancels the tag value encapsulation. encapsulation dot1q <2-4094> no encapsulation dot1q

Sub interface configuration mode

Parameter

<2-4094>

Description

Tag value range

The tag value of the sub-interface should be the same with its peer end or that of the sub-interface

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-subinterface-eth1/1.100)#encapsulation dot1q 100

11.2

interface ethernet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enter the sub-port. The no interface ethernet command cancels the sub interface. interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno> no interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno>

Configuration mode.

Usage

Guidelines

Parameter slot

Description

Slot number

Port number Port subifno Sub-interface number

Before configuring the sub-interface, it should be configured as a layer-three forwarding port. The subinfo of the sub interface should be shown with a number

11-1

Chapter 11 Sub-Interface

Usage

Examples

Related

Command

OSM6508(config)# interface ethernet 2/1.100 forward l2

11.3

show interface subinterface


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the subinterface configuration show interface subinterface {<slot/port.subifno>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameter slot

Port subifno

Show the subinterface configuration

Description

Slot number

Port number

Sub interface number

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# no encapsulation dot1q

11-2

Part 3

Link Layer Protocol

Configuration

Chapter 12 FDB Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

12

12.1

fdb agingtime

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Related

Commands

To configure the aging time of the FDB table fdb agingtime <60-28800> no fdb agingtime

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<60-28800>

Default show fdb agingtime fdb no agingtime no fdb agingtime

Description

FDB aging time, in seconds (0 means no aging)

60 seconds

12.2

fdb drop

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set to directly drop the received L2 messages from the specified source or destination MAC address.

fdbentry mac <H.H.H> vlan <name> drop no fdbentry drop mac <H.H.H> vlan <name>

Configuration mode.

Parameters

< H.H.H >

<name>

Description

Destination MAC address

VLAN name

12.3

fdbentry

Command

Syntax

Set an FDB table entry on the specified outgoing interface.

fdbentry mac <H.H.H> vlan <name> <slot/port> fdbentry mac <H.H.H> vlan <name> <trunkname>

Chapter 12

FDB

12-1

Chapter 12 FDB Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description no fdbentry mac <H.H.H> vlan <name>

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<H.H.H>

<name>

Description

Destination MAC address

Vlan name

<slot/port>

<trunkname>

Port name (the outgoing interface port) trunk name (the outgoing interface trunk) no fdbentry mac <H.H.H> vlan <name>

Related

Commands

12.4

show fdb

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the FDB table entries according to the input condition combinations.

show fdb {[count]}*1 {[dynamic|permanent|authentic|system|drop]}*1

{[port|trun k] <name>}*1 {[mac] <H.H.H>}*1 {[vlan] <name>}*1

Configuration mode.

Parameters

{[count]}*1

{[dynamic|permanent|authent ic|system|drop]}*1

{[port|trunk] <name>}*1

Description

Specified count shows the number of FDB entries

In case of no specified count, all FDB entries will be shown.

Types of specified FDB entries.

Dynamic

Permanent

Authentic

System

Drop

This specifies to display as per the port or trunk name.

{[mac] <H.H.H>}*1 Mac specifies to show as per the mac address H.H.H.

{[vlan] <name>}*1

To show all the FDB entries.

Vlan specifies to display as per the vlan name

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

All the paramters are optional, which are shown on condition of the input parameter combinations.

12-2


12.5

show fdb agingtime

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Related

Commands

To show the aging time of the configured FDB table.

show fdb agingtime

Configuration mode.

fdb agingtime <60-28800> no fdb agingtime

Chapter 12 FDB

12-3

Chapter 13 VLAN Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

13

13.1

interface supervlan

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

To create a superVLAN or enter a specified superVLAN. The no form of this command is to cancel the specified superVLAN.

interface supervlan <supervlanname> {<2-4094>}*1 no interface supervlan <supervlanname>

Configuration mode.

Parameters supervlanname

Description superVLAN name

2-4094 VlanID, ranging from 2 to 4094

In the absence of a specified vlandId, the system will automatically assign a vlanid.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands interface supervlan sv1

[add|delete] subvlan <subvlanname>

13.2

interface vlan

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

To create a VLAN or enter the specified VLAN interface. The no form of this command is to cancel the specified vlan interface vlan <vlanname> {<1-4094>}*1 no interface vlan <vlanname>

Configuration mode.

Parameters vlanname

1-4094

Default VLAN

Description

VLAN name

VlanID, ranging from 1 to 4094

Chapter 13

VLAN

13-1

Chapter 13 VLAN Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Usage

Guidelines

In the absence of a specified vlanId, the system will automatically assign a vlanid.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands interface vlan v1 100

[add|delete] port

[add|delete] trunk

13.3

[add|delete] port

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To add/delete a specified port to or from a VLA N

[add|delete] port <portlist> [tagged|untagged]

VLAN configuration mode

Parameters

Portlist

Description

Port list, for example, 1/1; 2/1,2/3;

Usage

Guidelines tagged The port supports the IEEE 802.1q data packets untagged The port does not support the IEEE 802.1q data packets

If the peer end connected to the port is a sub-interface or a port configured to “tagged”, then the port shall be set to the “tagged” mode.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands add port 1/2,1/3 tagged

[add|delete] trunk

13.4

[add|delete] subvlan

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To add/delete a specified sub-VLAN to/from a superVLAN

[add|delete] subvlan <subvlanname> superVLAN configuration mode


13-2


<subvlanname> Name of the sub-VLAN

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples add subvlan sub1 interface supervlan <supervlanname> {<2-4094>}*1

13.5

[add|delete] trunk

Chapter 13 VLAN

To add/delete a specified trunk port to/from a VLAN

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

[add|delete] trunk <trunkname> [tagged|untagged]

VLAN interface configuration mode

Parameters trunkname tagged

Description trunk port name trunk port supports the IEEE 802.1q data packets untagged trunk port does not support the IEEE 802.1q data packets

If the peer end connected with the port is a sub-interface or a port configured to “tagged”, then the port shall be set to the “tagged” mode.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands interface vlan v1 100

[add|delete] port

13.6

show interface supervlan

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

To show the configuration of the specified superVLAN show interface supervlan {[<supervlanname>]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters supervlanname

Description superVLAN name

To show the concrete configuation information of the specified superVLAN.

13-3

Chapter 13 VLAN

Usage

Examples show interface supervlan sv1

13.7

show interface vlan


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the configuration information of the specified VLAN show interface vlan {[<name>]}*1

Configuration mode.

Parameters Description name VLAN name

To show the related configuration command

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples show interface vlan v1

13-4


14

14.1

config spanning-tree

Chapter 14 STP/RSTP/MSTP

Chapter 14

STP/RSTP/MSTP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

To enter the STP configuration mode. STP configuration nodes are classified into CST nodes (config-cst) and MSTP nodes (config-mst).

config spanning-tree

Configuration mode.

OSM6508(config)#config spanning-tree

14.2

spanning-tree [enable|disable]

To enable or disable STP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples spanning-tree [enable|disable] {<0-4094>}*1

CST / MST Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable the STP protocol

Disable

<0-4094>

Disable the STP protocol. Disable by default.

Spanning-tree ID. VLANs relating to this spanning tree have the same ID.

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree enable

14.3

spanning-tree priority

Command

Syntax

To configure or cancel the spanning-tree priority, which must be an integer multiple of 4096.The default spanning-tree will be used if you do not specify an ID.

spanning-tree [priority] <0-61440> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree [priority] {<0-4094>}*1

14-1

Chapter 14 STP/RSTP/MSTP Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

CST / MST Configuration mode.

Parameters

<0-61440>

Description

Spannin-tree priority. 32768 by default

<0-4094> Spanning-tree ID. VLANs relating to this spanning-tree have the same ID.

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree priority 4096

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands spanning-tree [forward-delay | hello-time | maximum-age |priority]

{<0-4094>}*1

14.4

spanning-tree maximum-age

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

To configure or cancel the MA X-AGE parameter.

spanning-tree [maximum-age] <6-40> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree [maximum-age] {<0-4094>}*1

CST / MST configuration mode

Parameters

<6-40>

Description

M ax-Age value, 20 by default

<0-4094> Spanning-tree ID. VLANs relating to this spanning-tree have the same ID.

The three time parameters of a spanning-tree are subject to the requirement below:

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

2* (Hello-time + 1) <= Max-Age <= 2* (Forward-Delay - 1)

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree maximum-age 10 spanning-tree [forward-delay | hello-time | maximum-age |priority]

{<0-4094>}*1

14.5

spanning-tree hello-time

Command

Syntax

To configure or cancel the Hello Time parameter of a spanning-tree.

spanning-tree [hello-time] <1-10> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree [hello-time] {<0-4094>}*1

14-2

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 14 STP/RSTP/MSTP

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

CST / MST configuration mode.

Parameters

<1-10>

Description

Spanning-tree Hello interval value, which is 2 by default

<0-4094> Spanning-tree ID. VLANs relating to this spanning-tree have the same ID

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree hello-time 3 spanning-tree [forward-delay | hello-time | maximum-age |priority]

{<0-4094>}*1

14.6

spanning-tree forward-delay

To configure or cancel the Forward delay parameter of a spanning-tree.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spanning-tree [forward-delay] <4-30> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree [forward-delay] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<4-30>

Description

Forward Delay value, which is 15 by default

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<0-4094> Spanning-tree ID. VLANs relating to this spanning-tree have the same ID

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree forward-delay 20 no spanning-tree [forward-delay | hello-time | maximum-age |priority]

{<0-4094>}*1

14.7

spanning-tree port path-cost

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To configure or cancel the port path-cost, whose default value is related to the port rate. The higher the port rate is, the lower the port path-cost will be.

spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost] [auto |<1-200000000>]

{<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost] {<0-4094>}*1


14-3


Parameter

Description

Parameters

<slot/port > auto

<1-200000000>

Description

Port No.

Auto detection

Port path-cost

Default

Status

<0-4094>

Auto detection

ID of the spanning-tree for the port

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-cst)#spannig-tree port 1/2 path-cost 20000 spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p | edge ] {<0-4094>}*1

14.8

spanning-tree trunk path-cost

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure or cancel the trunk port path-cost, whose default value is related to the port rate. The higher the port rate is, the lower the port path-cost will be.

spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost] [auto |<1-200000000>]

{<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost] {<0-4094>}*1"


Parameters

< trunkname > auto

Description

Name of the trunk port

Auto detection

<1-200000000>

<0-4094>

Auto detection

Port path-cost


Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-cst)#spannig-tree trunk tr1 path-cost 20000 spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p

| edge] {<0-4094>}*1

14.9

spanning-tree port priority

To configure or cancel the port priority. The port priority must be a multiple of

16.

14-4


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spanning-tree port <slot/port> [priority] <0-240> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree port <slot/port> [priority] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<slot/port >

<0

? 240>

Description

Port No.

Port path-cost

Default

Status

<0-4094>

128

ID of the spanning-tree of the port

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree port 1/2 priority 112 spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p | edge ] {<0-4094>}*1

14.10

spanning-tree trunk priority

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure or cancel the trunk port priority. The port priority must be a multiple of 16.

spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [priority] <0-240> {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [priority] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<trunkname>

<0

? 240>

<0-4094>

128

Description trunk port name

Port path-cost

ID of the spanning-tree of the port

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree trunk tr1 priority 112 spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p

| edge] {<0-4094>}*1

14-5


14.11

spanning-tree port non-stp


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure whether the port participates in the STP operation. If not, the port is in the Forward state.

spanning-tree port <slot/port> [none-stp] [yes|no] {<0-4094>}*1 spanning-tree port <slot/port> [none-stp] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<slot/port > yes

Description

Port No.

The port does not participate in the STP operation no

<0-4094>

The port participates in the STP operation

ID of the spanning-tree housing the port

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree port 1/2 non-stp yes

14.12

spanning-tree trunk non-stp

To configure or cancel whether the port participates in the STP operation. If not, the port is in the Forward state.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [non-stp] [yes | no] {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [non-stp] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<trunkname> yes no


The port does not participate in the STP operation

The port participates in the STP operation

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<0-4094> ID of the spanning-tree housing the port

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree trunk tr1 non-stp yes spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost | priority | non-stp | p2p | edge] {<0-4094>}*1

14.13

spanning-tree port p2p

To configure or cancel the port p2p mode.

14-6


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spanning-tree port <slot/port> [p2p] [yes|no|auto] {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree port <slot/port> [p2p] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<slot/no>

Yes

No

Description

Port No.

Set the port to the Point to Point mode

Set the port not to the Point to Point mode

Auto Set the system to automatically detect whether it is a

Point to Point port


Default

Status

<0-4094>

Auto detection

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree port 1/2 p2p yes spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p | edge ] {<0-4094>}*1

14.14

spanning-tree trunk p2p

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure or cancel the trunk port p2p mode.

spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [p2p] [yes|no|auto] {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [p2p] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

< trunkname>

Yes

No

Auto


Set the port to the Point to Point mode

Set the port not to the Point to Point mode

Set the system to automatically detect whether it is a

Point to Point port


Default

Status

<0-4094>

Auto detection

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree trunk tr1 p2p yes

14-7


Related

Commands spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p

| edge] {<0-4094>}*1

14.15

spanning-tree port edge

To configure or cancel the port Edge mode. A port not connected to any bridge is called an edge port. When a port set to edge port receives BPDU, then the port will automatically change into a non-edge port.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spanning-tree port <slot/port> [edge] [yes | no] {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree port <slot/port> [edge] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<slot/port>

<yes>

<no>

Edge port

Description

Port No.

Set the port to the edge port

Set the port to the non-edge port

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-errp)#spanning-tree port 1/2 edge yes spanning-tree port <slot/port> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p | edge ] {<0-4094>}*1

14.16

spanning-tree trunk edge

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure or cancel the trunk port edge mode. A port not connected to any spanning-tree is called an edge port. When a sport set to edge port receives BPDU, then the port will automatically change into a non-edge port. spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [edge] [yes|no] {<0-4094>}*1 no spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [edge] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<trunkname>

<yes>


Set the port to the edge port

<no> Set the port to the non-edge port

14-8


Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Edge port

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree trunk tr1 edge yes spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [path-cost | priority | none-stp | p2p

| edge] {<0-4094>}*1

14.17

spanning-tree port mcheck

To negotiate the version of the protocol running on the port, and judge whether to use STP or RSTP. If at least one spanning-tree port in the LAN where the port resides uses the STP protocol, then the port will negotiate to automatically use the STP protocol.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples spanning-tree port <slot/port> [mcheck] [yes] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<slot/port >

Description

Port No. yes

<0-4094>

Re-execute the negotiation process


OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree port 1/2 mcheck yes

14.18

spanning-tree trunk mcheck

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

To negotiate the version of the protocol running on the trunk port, and judge whether to use STP or RSTP. If at least one spanning-tree port in the

LAN where the port resides use the STP protocol, then the port will automatically use the STP protocol.

spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> [mcheck] [yes] {<0-4094>}*1


Parameters

<trunkname>

Description trunk port name yes Re-execute the negotiation process

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree trunk mcheck yes

14-9


Examples

14.19

spanning-tree mode


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure the mode in which the switch runs the STP protocol, Common

Spanning Tree (CST) or Multiple Spanning Tree (MST).

spanning-tree mode [cst| mst]

Configuration mode

Parameters cst mst

Description

Running in the CST mode

Running in the mst mode

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-cst)#spanning-tree mode cst

14.20

show spanning-tree

To show the spanning-tree status information, including the status information of all ports.

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples show spanning-tree {<0-4094>}*1

Parameters

<0-4094>

Description

ID of the spanning-tree

OSM6508(config-cst)#show spanning-tree

14.21

show spanning-tree port

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

To show the port status information, including the status information of the spanning-tree where the port resides.

show spanning-tree port <slot/port> {<0-4094>}*1

Parameters

<slot/port>

Description

Port No.

<0-4094> ID of the spanning-tree

OSM6508(config-cst)#show spanning-tree port 1/2

14-10


Examples

14.22

show spanning-tree trunk


Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

To show the port status information, including the status information of the spanning-tree where the port resides.

show spanning-tree trunk <trunkname> {<0-4094>}*1

Parameters

< trunkname>


<0-4094> ID of the spanning-tree

OSM6508(config-cst)#show spanning-tree trunk tr1

Usage

Examples

14-11

Chapter 15 GVRP Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

15

15.1

config gvrp

To configure whether to run the GVRP protocol. If GVRP is disabled, the configurations of the port will not be lost.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config gvrp [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable disable gvrp disabled by default

Description

Enable the GVRP

Disable the GVRP

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

This command is used together with the config gvrp port config gvrp enable config gvrp port

15.2

config gvrp port

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure whether the port participates in the GVRP protocol.

config gvrp port <portlist> [enable|disable]

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<portlist> enable disable

Description

A list of ports, e.g. “1/1”, “1/1-7” and “1/1,1/2,1/4”

Enable the port to take part in the GVRP calculation

Disable the port to take part in the GVRP calculation

15-1

Chapter 15

GVRP

Chapter 15 GVRP Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines gvrp disabled by default

This command is used together with config gvrp, and the port must exist and have its L2 function enabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands config gvrp port 1/1 enable config gvrp

15.3

config gvrp port registration

To configure the port registration attribute.

Command

Syntax

Command odes

Parameter

Description config gvrp port <portlist> registration [normal|forbidden]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<portlist> normal forbidden

Description

A list of ports, e.g. “1/1”, “1/1-7” and “1/1,1/2,1/4”

Configure that the port can normally process GVRP packets and can allow dynamic VLAN attribute registration/cancellation

Configure that the port keeps the EMPTY (unregistered) state and does not process any GVRP packet.However, the dynamical

VLAN information already created will be cancelled

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Normal.

Not valid until after gvrp is enabled config gvrp port 1/1 registration normal config gvrp

15.4

config gvrp timer

Command

Syntax

To set GVRP timers config gvrp timer [join|leave|leaveall] <1-100000>

15-2


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters join leave leaveall

<1-100000>

Normal.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

15.5

show gvrp

Chapter 15 GVRP

Description

Set the join timer, 200ms by default

Set the leave timer, 50000ms by default

Set the leaveall timer, 100000ms by default

Timer value, in ms

The timer must satisfy the following condition: 2 * JoinTime < LeaveTime <

LeaveAllTime. config gvrp timer join 100

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To show the configuration information of GVRP show gvrp

Configuration mode

15-3


16

16.1

igmp_snooping enable

Chapter 16 IGMP SNOOPING

Chapter 16

IGMP SNOOPING

To enable/disable igmp_snooping function

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description igmp_snooping [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable the igmp_snooping function disable Disable the igmp_snooping function

Disable igmp_snooping function

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping enable

16.2

igmp_snooping delete vlan <name> group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To delete one or all groups from a specified VLAN igmp_snooping delete vlan <name> group [<A.B.C.D>|all]

Configuration mode

Parameters name

Description

VLAN name

<A.B.C.D> Group IP address all All groups in a VLAN

It is necessary to first enable igmp_snooping

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping delete vlan vlan2 group all

16-1


Related

Commands igmp_snooping enable

16.3

igmp_snooping delete all


To delete all the groups in all VLANs

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands igmp_snooping delete all

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping delete all igmp_snooping enable

16.4

igmp_snooping queryinterval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the igmp_snooping query interval igmp_snooping queryinterval [<10-300>|default]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<10-300>

Description

10-300 seconds

Default

Status default 125 seconds by default igmp_snooping query interval is 125 seconds

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping queryinterval default igmp_snooping enable

16-2


16.5

igmp_snooping responsetime


To set the response time after receiving a query packet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description igmp_snooping responsetime [<10-25>|default]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<10-25>

Description

10-25 seconds

Default

Status default 10 seconds by default

The response time after querying the packet is 10 seconds

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping responsetime default igmp_snooping enable

16.6

igmp_snooping robust

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the igmp_snooping robust parameter igmp_snooping robust [<1-100>|default]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-100>

Description

1-100 default 2 igmp_snooping robust parameter is 2.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping robust default

16-3


Related

Commands igmp_snooping enable

16.7

igmp_snooping addqueryport


To add an igmp_snooping query port.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands igmp_snooping addqueryport <portlist>

Configuration mode

Parameters portlist

Description

Port


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping addqueryport 1/1 igmp_snooping enable

16.8

igmp_snooping delqueryport

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

To delete an igmp_snooping query port.

igmp_snooping delqueryport <portlist>

Configuration mode

Parameters portlist

Description

Port


OSM6508(config)# igmp_snooping delqueryport 1/1 igmp_snooping enable

16-4


16.9

show igmp_snooping groupcount


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

To show the enabled group count show igmp_snooping groupcount

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping groupcount igmp_snooping enable

16.10

show igmp_snooping hosttimeout

To show the timeout of a group member.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show igmp_snooping hosttimeout

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping hosttimeout igmp_snooping enable

16.11

show igmp_snooping queryinterval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

To show the igmp_snooping query interval.

show igmp_snooping queryinterval

Configuration mode


16-5

Chapter 16 IGMP SNOOPING Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping queryinterval igmp_snooping enable igmp_snooping queryinterval [<10-300>|default]

16.12

show igmp_snooping responsetime

To show the response time after receiving a query packet.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show igmp_snooping responsetime

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping responsetime igmp_snooping enable igmp_snooping responsetime [<10-25>|default]

16.13

show igmp_snooping robust

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

To show igmp_snooping robust parameter.

show igmp_snooping robust

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping robust igmp_snooping enable igmp_snooping robust [<1-100>|default]

16-6


16.14

show igmp_snooping


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

To show the igmp_snooping information.

show igmp_snooping

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping igmp_snooping enable

16.15

show igmp_snooping grouplife

To show the life of a multicast group.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show igmp_snooping grouplife

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping grouplife igmp_snooping enable

16.16

show igmp_snooping queryport config

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

To show the igmp_snooping query port show igmp_snooping queryport config

Configuration mode


16-7


Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config)# show igmp_snooping queryport config igmp_snooping enable igmp_snooping addqueryport <portlist> igmp_snooping delqueryport <portlist>

16-8

Chapter 17 ERRP Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

17

17.1

config errp

To enter the ERRP configuration mode

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples config errp

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#config errp

17.2

errp [enable|disable]

To enable or disable the global ERRP service

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description errp [enable|disable] config errp mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable ERRP

Default

Status disable

Disable.

Disable ERRP

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)# errp enable

17.3

create errp domain <name> {<1-64>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

To create the errp domain. The user can also specify the domain ID create errp domain <name> {<1-64>}*1 config errp mode

Chapter 17

ERRP

17-1


Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters name

Description

Domain name

Usage

Guidelines

{<1-64>}*1 User-specified domain ID

The domain name shall not exceed 20 characters, and its domain ID shall range from 1 to 64

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-errp)#errp domain d1 1 no errp domain <name>

17.4

config errp domain <name> mode [master|transit]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure the mode in which the switch works in a domain config errp domain <name> mode [master|transit] config errp mode

Parameters name master

Description

Domain name

The switch’s working mode is master

The switch’s working mode is transit transit

Transit.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#errp domain d1 mode master

17.5

config errp domain <name> add control_vlan <name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To add a control_vlan to the local switch for an ERRP domain. The control_vlan can include only ports on the ring, and shall not be assigned an ip address.

config errp domain <name> add control_vlan <name> config errp mode

17-2

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 17 ERRP

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Parameters name

Description

Domain name name Control VLAN name

OSM6508(config-errp)# config errp domain d1 add control_vlan vlan1 config errp domain <name> delete control_vlan

17.6

config errp domain <name> delete control_vlan

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To delete a control_vlan from the local switch for an ERRP domain. The control_vlan can include only ports on the ring, and shall not be assigned an ip address.

config errp domain <name> delete control_vlan config errp mode

Parameters name

Description

Domain name

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-errp)# config errp domain d1 delete control_vlan config errp domain <name> add control_vlan <name>

17.7

config errp domain <name> [add|delete] protected_vlan <name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To add/delete a protected_vlan to/from the local switch for an ERRP domain config errp domain <name> [add|delete] protected_vlan <name> config errp mode

Parameters name add delete name

Description

Domain name

Add a protected_vlan

Delete a protected_vlan

The name of the protected_vlan to be added or deleted

17-3


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#config errp domain d1 add protected_vlan vlan1

17.8

config errp domain <name> add [primary_port|secondary_port] <slot/port>

To add the primary/secondary port on the ring for the local switch for an

ERRP domain

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config errp domain <name> add [primary_port|secondary_port] <slot/port> config errp mode

Parameters name primary_port secondary_port slot

Description

Domain name

Add a primary port

Add a secondary port

The number of the slot for the port to be added

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples port The number of the port to be added

The primary and secondary ports must be configured on the same board

OSM6508(config-errp)#config errp domain d1 add primary port 1/1

17.9

config errp domain <name> delete [primary_port|secondary_port]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To delete the primary/secondary port on the ring for the local switch for an

ERRP domain config errp domain <name> delete [primary_port|secondary_port] config errp mode

Parameters name

Primary_port

Description

Domain name

Delete the primary port

Secondary_port Delete the secondary port

The primary and secondary ports must be configured on the same board

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#config errp domain d1 delete primary port

17-4

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 17 ERRP

17.10

config errp domain <name> [hello_time|hello_fail_time] <time>

To set the ERRP domain’s hello time/ hello_fail_time

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config errp domain <name> [hello_time|hello_fail_time] <time> config errp mode

Parameters name hello_time hello_fail_time

Description

Domain name

Configure the hello_time

Configure the hello_fail_time time The set time value hello time is 1s, hello fail time is 3s

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#config errp domain d1 hello_time 2

17.11

config errp domain <name> [upflush_fail_time|downflush_fail_time] <time>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the ERRP domain’s upflush fail time/downflush fail time config errp domain <name> [upflush_fail_time|downflush_fail_time] <time> config errp mode

Parameters name

Description

Domain name upflush_fail_time Configure the Upflush_fail_time downflush_fail_time Configure the Downflush_fail_time time The set time value upflush fail time and downflush fail time are 3s by default

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#config errp domain d1 upflush_fail_time 4

17-5

Chapter 17 ERRP

17.12

config errp domain <name> [enable|disable]


To set the ERRP domain enable/disable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config errp domain <name> [enable|disable] config errp mode

Parameters name enable

Description

Domain name

Enable errp for a domain

Default

Status disable

Disable.

Disable errp for a domain

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#errp domain d1 enable

17.13

show errp domain {<name>}*1

To show the ERRP configuration and status information

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

17.14

debug errp

show errp domain {<name>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters name

Description

Domain name

OSM6508(config-errp)#show errp domain d1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To turn on or turn off errp debugging debug errp no debug errp

Configuration mode

17-6


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-errp)#debug errp

Chapter 17 ERRP

17-7


18

18.1

dhcpc-proxy server-ip

Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template

Chapter 18

PPP Virtual Template

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

18.2

ip address

To configure the IP address of the DHCP server

The no form of this command is to cancel the use of DHCP server.

dhcpc-proxy dhcp-server-ip <A.B.C.D> no dhcpc-proxy dhcp-server-ip

PPP virtual template configuration node

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

IP address

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# dhcpc-proxy server-ip 192.168.1.1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the virtual template IP.

The no form of this command is to delete the virtual template IP.

ip address <A.B.C.D/M> ip address <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> no ip address


Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>

Description

IP address and mask

IP address and mask

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip address 192.168.1.1/24

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip address 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0

18.3

ip igmp access-group

To use the access list to control the member report of a specific multicast

18-1

Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration group.

The no form of this command sets the interface to unfilter, that is, to receive the member reports of all multicast groups.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip igmp access-group <access_list> no ip igmp access-group


Parameters

<access_list>

Description

Name of the access list

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip igmp access-group acc

18.4

ip igmp member-timeout

To set the IGMP member timeout time.

The no form of this command is to restore its default value.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip igmp member-timeout <70-65535> no ip igmp member-timeout


Parameters

<70-65535>

Description

Timeout time of the

IGMP member (in seconds)

Default

260 seconds

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip igmp member-timeout 250

18.5

ip igmp querier-timeout

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

To configure the timeout time of the IGMP querier.

To restore its default value, use the no form of this command.

ip igmp querier-timeout <65-6005> no ip igmp querier-timeout


Parameters Description Default

18-2

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template

Description

Usage

Examples

<65-6005> Timeout time of the

IGMP querier (in seconds)

255 seconds

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip igmp querier-timeout 250

18.6

ip igmp query-interval

To configure the IGMP query interval.

To restore the query interval of the IGMP querier to the default value, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip igmp query-interval <30-3000> no ip igmp query-interval


Parameters

<30-3000>

Description

Query interval of IGMP

(in seconds)

Default

125 seconds

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip igmp query-interval 100

18.7

ip igmp static-group

To configure the IGMP static members at the interface.

To delete a static member, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip igmp static-group <A.B.C.D> no ip igmp static-group


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Group address

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip igmp static-group 224.1.1.1

18.8

ip pim [dense-mode*]


18-3

Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

To enable PIM dense mode on the interface

To cancel PIM dense mode, use the no form of this command.

ip pim [dense-mode] no ip pim [dense-mode]

PPP vi rtual template configuration node

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim dense-mode

18.9

ip pim [sparse-mode]

To enable PIM sparse mode on the interface.

To cancel PIM spare mode, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples ip pim [sparse-mode] no ip pim [sparse-mode]


OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim sparse-mode

18.10

ip pim bsr-border

To configure the interface as the border of the PIM Bootstrap messages.

The no form of this command is to set it not as the border of the PIM

Bootstrap, that is, to forward the Bootstrap messages.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples ip pim bsr-border no ip pim bsr-border


OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim bsr-border

18.11

ip pim downstream-filter

To control the downstream equipment in joining the specific multicast group via the access list.

18-4


The no form of this command does not set it to filter, that is, to accept the join requests of all multicast groups from downstream.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip pim downstream-filter <access_list> no ip pim downstream-filter


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim downstream-filter acc

18.12

ip pim dr-priority

To configure the PIM DR priority at the interface.

To use the default PIM DR priority, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip pim dr-priority <0-4294967294> no ip pim dr-priority


Parameters

<0-4294967294>

Description

DR p riority

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim dr-priority 1

18.13

ip pim neighbor-filter

Default

0

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the rules for neighor relationship via the access list.

The no form of this command does not set it to filter, that is, to release the multicast data packets of all the group addresses.

ip pim neighbor-filter <access_list> no ip pim neighbor-filter


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


18-5


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim neighbor-filter ac

18.14

ip pim query-interval

To configure the transmission interval for PIM Hello messages on the interface.

To restore the default value of the transmission interval, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip pim query-interval <1-18724> no ip pim query-interval


Parameters

<1-18724>

Description

Transmission interval of

HELLO messages (in seconds)

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim query-interval 25

Default

30 seconds

18.15

ip pim source-dr-filter group

At the source DR, use the access list to set the group filtering rule of multicast packets.

The no form of this command does not set the interface to filter, that is, to release the multicast packets of all multicast addresses.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip pim source-dr-filter group <access_list> no ip pim source-dr-filter group


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim source-dr-filter group ac

18.16

ip pim source-dr-filter source

At the source DR, use the access list to set the group filtering rule of

18-6

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 18 PPP Virtual Template multicast packets.

The no form of this command removes the filtering rule, and this interface does not filter, that is, it releases the multicast packets of all multicast addresses.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip pim source-dr-filter source <access_list> no ip pim source-dr-filter source


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ip pim source-dr-filter source ac

18.17

peer ip-address pool

To set the IP address pool used by the peer.

To prohibit the virtual template from using the IP address pool, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands peer ip-address pool <pool_name> no peer ip-address pool



<pool_name> The name of the address pool for the IP address obtained by the peer

You need to configure the address pool in the configuration mode.

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# peer ip-address pool ippool1

OSM6508(config)# ip local pool add ippool1 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.100

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# peer ip type local-pool

18.18

peer ip-address type

To set the mode in which the peer obtains the IP address.

18-7


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples peer ip-address type

[ip-pool|radius|dhcpc-proxy|local-radius|radius-local]


Parameters ip-pool

Description

The mode in which the peer obtains the IP address is local pool radius The mode in which the peer obtains the IP address is

RADIUS server dhcpc-proxy The mode in which the peer obtains the IP address to the DHCP server local-radius The mode in which the peer obtains the IP address is local pool first. If it can’t obtains the IP address from local pool, it will go to the RADIUS server radius-local The mode in which the peer obtains the IP address is

RADIUS first. If it can’t obtains the IP address from

RADIUS, it will go to the local pool

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# peer ip-address type ip-pool

18.19

ppp authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To set the PPP authentication mode.

To set no PPP authentication, use the no form of this command.

ppp authentication [chap|pap] no ppp authentication


Parameters chap

Description chap authentication pap pap authentication

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp authentication chap

18.20

ppp authentication retransmit times

To set the PPP authentication retransmission times.

To cancel the PPP authentication retransmission times, use the no form of this command.

18-8


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ppp authentication retransmit times <1-10> no ppp authentication retransmit times


Parameters

<1-10>

Description

PPP authentication retransmission times

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp authentication retransmit times 3

18.21

ppp authentication retransmit interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To set the PPP authentication retransmission interval.

To cancel the PPP authentication retransmission interval, use the no form of this command.

ppp authentication retransmit interval <1-10> no ppp authentication retransmit interval


Parameters

<1-10>

Description

PPP authentication retransmission interval

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp authentication retransmit interval 3

18.22

ppp ipcp [dns|wins] [primary| secondary] <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the IP addresses of the primary/secondary DNS|WINS servers.

To cancel the IP addresses of the primary/secondary DNS|WINS servers, use the no form of this command.

ppp ipcp [dns|wins] [primary| secondary] <A.B.C.D> no ppp ipcp [dns|wins] [primary| secondary] <A.B.C.D>


Parameters

[dns|wins]

[primary| secondary]

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Set the DNS/WINS server

Set the primary/secondary servers

IP address

18-9


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp ipcp dns primary 192.168.1.1

18.23

ppp ipcp [wins|dns] [primary|secondary] [accept|reject]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set whether PPP uses the WINS/DNS server.

ppp ipcp [wins|dns] [primary|secondary] [accept|reject]


Parameters

[wins|dns]

[primary|secondary]

Description

Set the WINS/DNS server

Set primary/secondary servers

Usage

Examples

[accept|reject] Accept/reject

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp ipcp wins primary reject

18.24

ppp lcp keepalive interval

To set the PPP link check interval.

To use the default link check interval, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ppp lcp keepalive interval <10-12000> no ppp lcp keepalive interval


Parameters

<0-12000>

Description

PPP link check interval

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp lcp keepalive interval 10

18.25

ppp lcp keepalive times

Command

Syntax

To set the PPP link check times.

To use the default link check times, use the no form of this command.

ppp lcp keepalive times <1-10> no ppp lcp keepalive times

18-10


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

18.26

ppp lcp mru


Parameters

<1-10>

Description

PPP link check times

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp lcp keepalive times 3

To set the maximum receive unit of LCP.

To use the default LCP MTU(1492), use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ppp lcp mru<70-1492> no ppp lcp mru


Parameters

<70-1492>

Description

PPP maximum receive unit

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp lcp mru 1024

18.27

ppp lcp retransmit interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To set the maximum timeout time for PPP authentication to wait for RADIUS server authentication.

To use the default LCP retransmission interval, use the no form of this command.

ppp lcp retransmit interval <1-120> no ppp lcp retransmit interval



<1-120> The maximum timeout time for PPP authentication to wait for RADIUS server authentication

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp lcp retransmit interval 10

18-11


18.28

ppp lcp retransmit times


To set the PPP retransmit times.

To use the default LCP retransmit times, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ppp lcp retransmit times <3-30> no ppp lcp retransmit times


Parameters

<3-30>

Description

PPP retransmit times

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# ppp lcp retransmit times 3

18.29

ppp reauthentication [disable|<60-65535>]

To Set the PPP reauthentication function.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ppp reauthentication [disable|<60-65535>]


Parameters disable

Description

Disable the PPPoE reauthentication function

Default disable

<60-65535> Enable the reauthentication function, and configure the reauthentication interval

60 seconds

By default, PPP does not enable the PPPoE reauthentication function.

Default

Status

18.30

pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <name>

Command

Syntax

To bind the IP address, MAC address and PVC name.

To cancel binding of IP address, MAC address and PVC name, use the no form of this command.

pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <name> no pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <name>

18-12


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<H.H.H>

Description

Setthe bond IP address

Set the bond MAC address

<name> Set the bond PVC NAME

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# pppoe bind 192.168.1.1 0011.2233.4455 pvc_a

18.31

pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port>

To bind the IP address, MAC address and slot/port number.

To cancel the binding of IP address, MAC address and slot/port number, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port> no pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port>


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<H.H.H>

Description

Set the bond IP address

Set the bond MAC address

<slot/port> Set the bond slot/port number

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# pppoe bind 192.168.1.1 0011.2233.4455 1/1

18.32

pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port.subifno>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To bind the IP address, MAC address, slot/port number and sub-interface number.

To cancel the binding of IP address, MAC address, slot/port number and sub-interface number, use the no form of this command.

pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port.subifno> no pppoe bind <A.B.C.D> <H.H.H> <slot/port.subifno>


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Set the bond IP address

18-13


Usage

Examples


<H.H.H> Set the bond MAC address

<slot/port.subifno> Set the bond slot/port number and sub-interface number

OSM6508(config-if-vt)# pppoe bind 192.168.1.1 0011.2233.4455 1/1.2

18-14


19


19.1

chdlc debug

Chapter 19 CHDLC*

Chapter 19

CHDLC*

To enable CHDLC debugging on a specified port, use this command. To disable debugging on the port, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands chdlc debug chdlc no debug

Configuration mode

No debug.

Use this command to print out the CHDLC event information chdlc debug chdlc debug packet in chdlc debug packet out

19.2

chdlc debug packet in

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

To enable CHDLC debugging of incoming data packets on a specified port, use this command. To disable debugging on the port, use the no form of this command.

chdlc debug packet in chdlc no debug packet in

Configuration mode

No debug.

19-1

Chapter 19 CHDLC*

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


Use this command to print out the received CHDLC protocol packet information chdlc debug packet in chdlc debug packet out chdlc debug

19.3

chdlc debug packet out

To enable CHDLC debugging of outgoing data packets on a specified port, use this command. To disable debugging on the port, use the no form of this command

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands chdlc debug packet out chdlc no debug packet out

Configuration mode

No debug.

Use this command to print out the sent CHDLC protocol packet information chdlc debug packet out chdlc debug packet in chdlc debug

19.4

chdlc keepalive

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure the time interval for sending keepalive protocol messages on a specified port chdlc keepalive [<seconds>]

POS interface configuration mode

Parameters seconds

Description

Time interval of sending the keepalive protocol messages

19-2

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration Chapter 19 CHDLC*

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

10 seconds.

To configure the time interval of CHDLC keepalive messages in seconds, which shall be the same as that of the peer switch. To cancel the keepalive configuration, or do not send keepalive packets, use the no form of this command.

Usage

Examples chdlc keepalive 12

19.5

chdlc send address request

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

To request the IP address and mask of the peer of the specified port chdlc send address request

POS interface configuration mode

In case you do not know the ip address of the peer switch, you can use this command to request the ip address of the peer. chdlc send address request

19-3

Part 4

IP Service Configuration

Chapter 20 ARP Part 4 IP Service Configuration

20

20.1

arp slot

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure ARP protection function for a module board and its ports. “No”

Syntax for this command cancels limitation on ARP learning. arp slot [all | <1-8>] [sumlimit |portlimit] <1-4> no arp slot [all | <1-8>] [sumlimit |portlimit]

Configuration Mode

Parameters all | <1-8> sumlimit |portlimit

<1-4>

Description

Select a slot number for configuration

Select to configure an entire module board or the ports on the module board only. “sumlimit” represents the entire board and “portlimit” represents the ports on the board.

Configure the maximum ARP number that can be learned by the module board or ports.

Unit: K, 1K represents 1024 ARP table items.

Disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

With this command, the number of ARPs learned on ports can be limited

(from 1K to 4K). It can only limit the number of all the ports on each board. It cannot designate a specific port. Limitation for the number of ARPs (from 1K to 4K) learned by each board means to limit the accumulated number of

ARPs of all the ports on a designated board not to exceed configured value.

The number of ARPs for non-limited ports is definitely smaller than the number of ARPs for each board. However once the configured number of

ARPs for the ports is larger than the total number of each board, the smaller number is the limit.

Configure the maximum number of ARPs learned by the interface board for

Slot 2 to 3K(3072). The maximum number of ARPs that can be learned by each port on the interface board is 1K (1024). Use the following command: arp slot 2 sumlimit 3 arp slot 2 portlimit 1

Chapter 20

ARP

20-1

Chapter 20 ARP

20.2

clear arp-cache


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Remove all ARPs on a port. clear arp-cache [<slot/port>|<slot/port.subifno>|<trunkname>]

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<slot/port>

Description

Board Number/Port Number (must select)

<slot/port.subifno> Board Number/ Port Number. Sub Interface Number

(when there is sub interface).

<trunkname> TRUNK Name

Delete corresponding layer-three and hardware table items for this port.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Disconnect the network cable of a port functions the same as the deletion operation.

Usage

Examples clear arp-cache 1/1

20.3

config interface all freearp interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure sending interval for free arp. config interface all freearp interval [<10-1000> | 0]

Interface Configuration Mode

Parameters

<10-1000>

Description

Send time range for free arp

0 Stop sending free arp function

By default, the sending of free ARP is not enabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

This command configures the sending of free ARP for all vlans. config interface all freearp interval 10

20-2


20.4

ip static-arp

Chapter 20 ARP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure static ARPs on the port and “no” Syntax for this command deletes static ARPs on the port. ip static-arp [<A.B.C.D>] [<MAC>] ip static-arp [<A.B.C.D>] [<MAC>] [<slot/port>|<trunkname>] ip static-arp [<A.B.C.D>] [<MAC>] [subvlanname]

[<slot/port>|<trunkname>] no ip static-arp [<A.B.C.D>] no ip static-arp [<A.B.C.D>] [subvlanname]


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<MAC>

<slot/port>

Description

IP Address (must select)

MAC Address (must select)

Board Number/Port Number

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

<trunkname> TRUNK Name

[subvlanname] Sub VLAN Name

Configuration for static arps can only be done after configuration of ip address for the port.

This command can make static arp configurations for physical, VLAN and

SUBVLAN interfaces. “NO” command can delete static ARPs for physical,

VLAN and SUBVLAN interfaces.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

20.5

ip proxy-arp

ip static-arp 192.168.1.1 0011.2233.4455 1/1 no ip static-arp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Set up ARP proxy on the interface. ip proxy-arp ip proxy-arp [<slot/port>|<trunkname>] no ip proxy-arp no ip proxy-arp [<slot/port>|<trunkname>]


20-3

Chapter 20 ARP

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

20.6

show arp


Parameters

<slot/port>

Description


<name> TRUNK Name

Proxy arp can be configured only under layer-three ports.

No need to designate a port when it is under a port. Need to designate a port under vlan.

No ip proxy-arp 1/1

No ip proxy-arp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show dynamic ARP, static ARP and proxy ARP. Show statistics for each board arp. show arp {[<A.B.C.D>|<slot/port>|all]}*1 show arp statistic {[all |<1-8>]}*1

Configuration, Read-only or Interface Configuration Mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<slot/port>

Description

Designate IP Address


Default

Status

Usage

Examples all Default Setting, All Boards.

If no parameter designated, show all arps. show arp

20.7

show arp count

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show the number of entries in the ARP table show arp count

Configuration Mode

20-4


20.8

subvlan-proxy-arp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable or disable Super VLAN proxy function. subvlan-proxy-arp [enable|disable]

Configuration Mode


Description

Enable proxy function

Disable proxy function

Chapter 20 ARP

20-5


21

Chapter 21 DHCP Server

Chapter 21

DHCP Server

21.1

config dhcps options <name> domain-name {<name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configure DHCP Server Pool domain name config dhcps options <name> domain-name {<name>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

First <name>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

Second <name> Domain name (if no domain name is input, no domain name is set.)

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps options test domain-name mrv.com

21.2

config dhcps options <name>[dns|wins] [add|delete] <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configure DHCP Server Pool’s DNS and WINS option. config dhcps options <name>[dns|wins] [add|delete] <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name> dns|wins add|delete

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

Configure DNS|WINS option

Add/Delete DNS|WINS option

<A.B.C.D> Designated IP address

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps options test dns add 192.168.1.1

21-1


21.3

config dhcps relay-agent


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add Relay Agent

Delete Relay Agent config dhcps relay-agent add <A.B.C.D/M> config dhcps relay-agent delete <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

Description

Relay Agent’s IP address and net mask.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps relay-agent add 192.168.1.1/24

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps relay-agent delete 192.168.1.1

21.4

config dhcps pool <name> [active|inactive]

Configure DHCP Pool’ s status.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dhcps pool <name> [active|inactive]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test inactive

21.5

config dhcps pool <name> [exclude|include] <A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Exclude or include IP addresses within a certain range. config dhcps pool <name> [exclude|include] <A.B.C.D> {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name> exclude

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

Exclude IP addresses within a certain range

21-2

Part 4 IP Service Configuration Chapter 21 DHCP Server include

First <A.B.C.D>

Second <A.B.C.D>

Include IP addresses within a certain range

Starting IP address

Ending IP address

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test exclude 192.168.1.1

21.6

config dhcps pool <name> gateway [add|delete] <A.B.C.D>

Configure DHCP Server Pool’s gateway option.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dhcps pool <name> gateway [add|delete] <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name add|delete

<A.B.C.D>

Add /Delete the gateway

IP address of the gateway

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test gateway add 192.168.1.1

21.7

config dhcps pool <name> lease [<1-525600>|infinite]

Configure the lease duration of DHCP Server Pool

.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dhcps pool <name> lease [<1-525600>|infinite]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

<1-525600>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

Lease duration time

Usage

Examples

Infinite Lease without time limit

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test lease 10

21.8

config dhcps pool <name> params <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> [<1-525600>|infinite]

Configure DHCP Pool.

21-3

Chapter 21 DHCP Server Part 4 IP Service Configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dhcps pool <name> params <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>

[<1-525600>|infinite]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

First <A.B.C.D>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

Starting IP address

Usage

Examples

Second <A.B.C.D>

<1-525600>|infinite

Ending IP address

Lease duration

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps add pool test 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.20

255.255.255.0 20000

21.9

config dhcps pool <name> reserved add <mac> <A.B.C.D>

Add reserved IP addresses for DHCP Server Pool

.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands config dhcps pool <name> reserved add <mac> <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

<mac>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

User MAC

<A.B.C.D> Reserved IP address

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test reserved add 00:00:00:01:01:01

192.168.1.5 config dhcps pool <name> reserved delete <A.B.C.D>

21.10

config dhcps pool <name> reserved delete <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Delete the reservation of IP addresses for DHCP Server Pool

. config dhcps pool <name> reserved delete <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

21-4


Parameter

Description

Parameters

<name>

<A.B.C.D>


Description

DHCP Pool’s name

The reserved IP address to be canceled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dhcps pool test reserved delete 192.168.1.5 config dhcps pool <name> reserved add <mac> <A.B.C.D>

21.11

create dhcps pool <name>

Create the DHCP Pool.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples create dhcps pool <name>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

OSM6508(config)# create dhcps pool test

21.12

delete dhcps pool <name>

Delete DHCP Pool.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples delete dhcps pool <name>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

DHCP Pool’s name

OSM6508(config)# delete dhcps pool test

21.13

service dhcps [enable|disable]

Enable

/Disable the DHCP Server

21-5


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description service dhcps [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable DHCP Server

Default

Status disable Disable DHCP Server

DHCP Server is disabled by default.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# service dhcps enable

OSM6508(config)# service dhcps disable

21.14

show dhcps config


Show DHCP Server configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dhcps config

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps config

21.15

show dhcps options <name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Show DHCP Server’ s options. show dhcps options <name>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

Pool name

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps options test

21-6


21.16

show dhcps pool

Show DHCP Pool

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dhcps pool

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps pool

21.17

show dhcps relay-agent

Show DHCP Server Relay Agent’s configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dhcps relay-agent

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps relay-agent

21.18

show dhcps status

Show DHCP Server’s status.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dhcps status

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps status

21.19

show dhcps stat pool [all|<name>]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show DHCP Pool statistics. show dhcps stat pool [all|<name>]

Configuration mode


21-7


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters

All

Description

All DHCP Pools

<name> DHCP Pool’s name

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps stat pool test

21.20

show dhcps stat server

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show DHCP Server statistics. show dhcps stat server

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dhcps stat server


21-8


22

22.1

config dhcpr hoplimit

Chapter 22 DHCP Relay

Chapter 22

DHCP Relay

Configure the maximum number of hops for DHCP Relay.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dhcpr hoplimit <1-16>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-16>

Description

Range of hop number

The maximum hop numbers of DHCP Relay is 4.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#config dhcpr hoplimit 16

22.2

config dhcpr serverip

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add /Delete DHCP Relay Server’s IP address. config dhcp serverip [add|delete] {[vrf] <vrf_name>}*1 <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

[add|delete]

Description

Add/Delete instruction

{[vrf] <vrf_name>}*1

MPLS VPN

's VRF name

<ipaddress>

No DHCP ServerIP address.

DHCP Relay Server’s IP address

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#config dhcp serverip add 192.168.1.1

22-1

Chapter 22 DHCP Relay

22.3

dhcpr forward-limit


Configure DHCP Relay flow control rules.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description dhcpr forward-limit {[count] <1-65535>}*1 {[second] <1-100>}*1

Interface mode

Parameters

{[count] <1-65535>}*1

{[second] <1-100>}*1

No flow control rules.

Description

Number of DHCP Relay messages sent

Time taken to send DHCP Relay messages

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#interface Ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#dhcpr forward-limit count 20 second 5

22.4

service dhcpr [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Enable/Disable DHCP Relay. service dhcpr [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

DHCPR service is disabled.

OSM6508(config)#service dhcpr enable

22.5

show dhcpr forward-limit statistic

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show flow control configurations on DHCP Relay interfaces. show dhcpr forward-limit statistic

Configuration mode

22-2

Part 4 IP Service Configuration Chapter 22 DHCP Relay

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#show dhcpr forward-limit statistic

22.6

show dhcpr packetsstatistics

Show Statistics of DHCP Relay packets.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dhcpr packetsstatistics

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show dhcpr packetsstatistics

22.7

show dhcp serverip

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Show DHCP Relay Server’s IP address. show dhcpr {[vrf] <vrf_name>}*1 [serverip]

Configuration mode

Parameters

{[vrf] <vrf_name>}*1

Description

[serverip]

VRF

name

DHCP ServerIP address

OSM6508(config)#show dhcpr serverip

22.8

show dhcpr status

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show DHCP RELAY

status (whether DHCP RELAY has been enabled.) show dhcpr status

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show dhcpr status

22-3


23

23.1

debug dhcpc

Enable dhcpc debugging.

Disable dhcpc debugging.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description debug dhcpc

? all|event|error? no debug dhcpc

Configuration mode

Parameters Description all Print all of the dhcpc debugging information event Print dhcpc event debugging information

Default

Status

Usage

Examples error no debug dhcpc

Print dhcpc error debugging information

OSM6508(config)#debug dhcpc all

23.2

service dhcpc-proxy

Chapter 23 DHCP Client Proxy

Chapter 23

DHCP Client Proxy

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable/disable DHCP Client. service dhcpc-proxy [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable disable service dhcpc-proxy disable

Description

Enable DHCP Client Proxy

Disable DHCP Client Proxy

Default

Status

23-1

Chapter 23 DHCP Client Proxy

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#service dhcpc-proxy enable

23.3

show debug dhcpc


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Display dhcpc debugging configuration show debug dhcpc

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show debug dhcpc

23.4

show dhcpc-proxy

Display the configuration information of DHCP Client Proxy show dhcpc-proxy Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show dhcpc-proxy

23-2


24

24.1

config udpforward enable

Chapter 24 UDP Forward

Chapter 24

UDP Forward

Enable/Disable UDP broadcast Forwarding

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config udpforward [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enable

Default

Status disable

UDPFORWARD is disabled.

Disable

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config udpforward enable

24.2

ip forward-protocol udp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Configure or cancel UDP forwarding for a certain UDP application; the third command is to cancel UDP forwarding for all UDP applications. ip forward-protocol udp port [7 |9 |37 |53 | 65 | 69|90|123|137|138|434|517] no ip forward-protocol udp port [7 |9 |37 |53 | 65 |

69|90|123|137|138|434|517] no ip forward-protocol udp [all]

Configuration Mode

Parameters

[7 |9 |37 |53 | 65 |

69|90|123|137|138|434|517]

Description

UDP Port number

[all] All UDP Port number

UPDFORWARD should be enabled first.

OSM6508(config)# ip forward-protocol udp port 7

24-1


Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# no ip forward-protocol udp all config udpforward enable

24.3

ip forward-protocol udp name


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure/cancel UDP forwarding for a certain UDP application. ip forward-protocol udp name [echo |discard |time |dns |tacacs-ds

|tftp|dnsix|ntp|netbios-ns|netbios-dgm|mobile-ip|talk] no ip forward-protocol udp name [echo |discard |time |dns |tacacs-ds

|tftp|dnsix|ntp|netbios-ns|netbios-dgm|mobile-ip|talk]

Configuration Mode

Parameters

[echo |discard |time |dns |tacacs-ds

|tftp|dnsix|ntp|netbios-ns|netbios-dgm|mobile-ip|talk]

Description

UDP application name

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

UDPFORWARD should been enabled first.

OSM6508(config)# ip forward-protocol udp name dns config udpforward enable

24.4

ip helper-address

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configure/

Cancel the destination IP address for UDPFORWARD. ip helper-address <A.B.C.D> no ip helper-address <A.B.C.D>

VLAN Interface configuration mode, SuperVLAN Interface configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Destination IP address


OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#ip helper-address 192.168.1.1

24-2


Related

Commands config udpforward enable

24.5

show ip helper-address


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show the configured IP helper address show ip helper-address

VLAN Interface configuration mode, Super VLAN Interface configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#show ip helper-address config udpforward enable ip helper-address <A.B.C.D>

24.6

show udpforward

Show UDP Port numbers configured and UDPFORWARD Enable/Disable state.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show udpforward

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show udpforward config udpforward enable

24.7

show udpforward lib

Command

Show the port numbers and the corresponding names of all UDP applications supported by

UDPFORWARD. show udpforward lib

24-3


Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show udpforward lib config udpforward enable


24-4

Chapter 25 DNS Client Part 4 IP Service Configuration

25

25.1

config dns domain

Set the domain name.

Clear the

domain name.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples config dns domain <name> clear dns domain

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

No DNS domain name.

Description

Domain name

OSM6508(config)#config dns domain mrv.com

25.2

config dns server add

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configure DNS Server. config dns server add <A.B.C.D> {<primary>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

DNS Server’s IP address

<primary> Primary DNS Server

No IP address of DNS Server.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

OSM6508(config)#config dns server add 192.168.1.1 primary

OSM6508(config)#config dns server add 192.168.1.2 config dns server delete {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Chapter 25

DNS Client

25-1

Chapter 25 DNS Client

Commands

25.3

config dns server delete


Delete DNS ServerIP address.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dns server delete {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

DNS Server’s IP address

No IP address of DNS Server.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#config dns server delete 192.168.1.1 config dns server add <A.B.C.D> {<primary>}*1

25.4

gethostbyname

Resolve

the domain name.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples gethostbyname <hostname>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<hostname>

Description

Domain name

OSM6508(config)#gethostbyname www.mrv.com

25.5

service dns enable

Command

Syntax

Enable DNS service.

Disable DNS servi ce. service dns enable service dns disable

25-2


Command

Modes

Default

Status

Configuration mode

DNS service

is disabled.

Usage

Examples

25.6

show dns buf

OSM6508(config)#service dns enable

Show DNS cache.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dns buf

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show dns buf

25.7

show dns info

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Show DNS configuration inSyntaxion. show dns info

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#show dns info

Chapter 25 DNS Client

25-3

Chapter 26 NAT* Part 4 IP Service Configuration

26


26.1

clear ip nat statistics

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Clear NAT translation statistics clear ip nat statistics

Configuration Mode

26.2

clear ip nat translation

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Remove designated NAT translation list. clear ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration Mode


<A.B.C.D> Designate a local address filter for inside network to remove translation table entries.

This command can only remove dynamic translation rules and not static configuration rules.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# clear ip nat translation clear ip nat translation vrf <name>

26.3

clear ip nat translation vrf <name>

Command

Clear NAT translation table for designated VRF name. clear ip nat translation vrf <name>

Chapter 26

NAT*

26-1


Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines


<name> VRF Name

Remove VRF filters from translation table. Only VPN translation table entries designated can be removed. Static configuration rules cannot be cleared.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# clear ip nat translation vrf tt clear ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1

26.4

ip nat [enable|disable]

Enable/disable NAT address translation service.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples ip nat [enable|disable]

Configuration Mode

Parameters enable disable disable

Description

Enable address translation function

Disable address translation function

NAT function can be enabled only when there is an NP module in the system.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat [enable|disable]

26.5

ip nat [inside | outside]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configure an interface as a NAT interface to allow address translation for the messages received to/from this interface. ip nat [inside | outside]


26-2

Part 4 IP Service Configuration Chapter 26 NAT*

Parameter

Description

Parameters inside

Description

Configure the interface as NAT input.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples outside Configure the interface as NAT output.

Need to configure at least one of each for inside and outside interfaces.

OSM6508(config-vlan-in)#ip nat inside

26.6

ip nat inside destination list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name>

Add one inside destination address translation rule to load balance for the inside network server. “no” command is used for deleting this dynamic rule.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ip nat inside destination list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> no ip nat inside [destination] list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name>

Configuration Mode

Parameters accesslist_name

Description

Access control list name; use this rule for address translation for message matches with this access list. pool_name Address pool name, assign the needed inside local address from this address pool.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside destination list test pool tt

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1

26.7

ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet|pos] <slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Add a configuration rule for dynamic translation of inside network source address from ACL to ETH/POS interface. “no” command is used to delete this dynamic rule. ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet|pos]

<slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet|pos]

<slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1

Configuration Mode

26-3


Parameter

Description

Parameters accesslist_name ethernet pos

<slot/port>

Description

Access control list name, messages whose inside network source address matches with this will conduct address translation designated by the rule.

Configure ethernet interface

Configure POS interface

Interface Slot Number/Port Number

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.

NAT rule configured to the interface is regarded as default PAT rule.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source list test interface ethernet 3/1 ip nat [inside] source [static] <A.B.C.D> [interface] [ethernet|pos]


26.8

ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add a configuration rule for dynamic translation of inside network source address from ACL to SUB interface. “no” command is used to delete this dynamic rule. ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface ethernet

<slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface ethernet

<slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1

Configuration Mode


Description


Sub Interface Name slot/port.subifno name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source list test interface ethernet 3/1.1

26-4


26.9

ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1

Add one configuration rule for static translation of inside network source address from ACL to vlan interface. “no” Syntax of this command is used to delete this rule.

Command

Syntax ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface vlan <name> {vrf

<name>}*1 no ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface vlan <name> {vrf

<name>}*1

Configuration Mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Description

Access list name, messages whose inside network source address matches with this will conduct address translation designated by the rule.

VLAN Interface Name First <name>

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Second <name> VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.


OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source list test interface vlan v1 ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1

26.10

ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add one configuration rule for dynamic translation of inside network source address from ACL to POOL interface. “no” command is used to delete this dynamic rule. ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1 no ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1

Configuration Mode


Description

Access control list name, messages whose inside network source address matches with this will conduct

26-5


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands address translation designated by the rule. pool_name Address pool name; assign address from this pool as inside network global address after translated.

Name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.

This rule is for multi-point to multi-point configurations.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source list acl pool tt ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> pat {vrf

<name>}*1

26.11

ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name > pool <pool_name> pat {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add a PAT configuration rule for dynamic translation of inside network source address from ACL to POOL interface. “no” Syntax of this command is used to delete this dynamic rule. ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> pat {vrf

<name>}*1 no ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> pat {vrf

<name>}*1

Configuration Mode

Parameters accesslist_name pool_name

Description


Address pool name; assign address from this pool as inside network global address after being translated. name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.

PAT rule requires translating multiple addresses to a few addresses.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source list acl pool tt pat ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> ip nat [inside] source [static] <A.B.C.D> [interface] [ethernet]


26-6


26.12

ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1

Chapter 26 NAT*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add one configuration rule for static translation of inside network source address from static address to static address map. “no” Syntax of this command is used to delete this static rule. ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1

Configuration Mode

Parameters

First <A.B.C.D>

Description

Local Address for Inside Network

Second <A.B.C.D> name

Global Address for Inside Network

VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.1.1 192.168.2.1

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip nat inside [destination] list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name>

26-7


26.13

ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface [ethernet|pos] <slot/port> {vrf <name>}*1

Add a configuration rule for static translation of inside network source address from static address to ETH/POS interface. “no” Syntax of this command is used to delete this static rule.

26.14

Command

Syntax ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface [ethernet|pos] <slot/port>

{vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface [ethernet|pos]


Configuration Mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Ethernet

Pos

<slot/port>

Description


Configure ethernet Interface

Configure POS Interface

Interface Slot Number/Port Number

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


Network.


OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.1.1 interface ethernet 1/1 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet|pos]


ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface ethernet <slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add a configuration rule for static translation of inside network source address from static address to sub interface. “no” command is used to delete this static rule. ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface ethernet

<slot/port.subifno> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface ethernet


Configuration Mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description


26-8


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<slot/port.subifno> Sub Interface Name


Network.


OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.1.1 interface ethernet 3/1.1 ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface [ethernet]


26.15

ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Add a configuration rule for static translation of inside network source address from static address to vlan interface. “no” command is used to delete this static rule. ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface vlan <name> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat inside source static <A.B.C.D> interface vlan <name> {vrf

<name>}*1

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

First name

Description


VLAN Interface Name

Second name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Inside VPN

Network.


OSM6508(config)# ip nat inside source static 192.168.1.1 interface vlan t ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> interface vlan <name> {vrf

<name>}*1

26.16

ip nat outside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf <name>}*1

Command

Syntax

Add a dynamic configuration rule for dynamic translation of inside network source address. “no” command is used to delete this dynamic rule. ip nat outside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1

26-9


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description no ip nat outside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1

Configuration Mode


Description

Access control list name, messages whose inside network source address matches with this will conduct address translation designated by the rule. pool_name Address pool name; assign address from this pool as outside network address after being translated. name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Outside VPN

Network.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat outside source list test pool tt

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip nat inside source list <accesslist_name> pool <pool_name> {vrf

<name>}*1

26.17

ip nat outside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1

Add one static configuration rule for static translation of outsider network source address. “no” command is used to delete this static rule.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ip nat outside source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1 no ip nat [outside] source [static] <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1

Configuration Mode

Parameters

First <A.B.C.D>

Second <A.B.C.D>

Description

Global Address for Outside Network


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

26.18

ip nat pool

Name VRF Name, Designate VRF Name for Outside VPN

Network.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat outside source static 192.168.1.1 192.168.2.1 ip nat [inside] source static <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> {vrf <name>}*1

Create an address pool for address translation. “no” command deletes this address pool.

26-10


Command

Syntax ip nat pool <pool_name> <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> mask <A.B.C.D> {[type]

[rotary]}*1 no ip nat pool <pool_name>

Configuration Mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<pool_name>

First <A.B.C.D>

Description

Address Pool Name

Min. Address in Address Pool

Second <A.B.C.D>

Third <A.B.C.D> type

Max. Address in Address Pool

Sub Network mask in Address Pool

Type of Designated Address Pool

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples rotary Designated address pool is of rotating type.

POOL is mainly used to configure dynamic translation rules.

OSM6508(config)# ip nat pool test 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.20 mask

255.255.255.0

26.19

ip nat translation icmp-timeout

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Revise the protocol as the timeout for ICMP address translation list items.

“no” command is used to reset the timeout to the default setting. ip nat translation icmp-timeout <1-2147483> no ip nat translation icmp-timeout

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<1-2147483>

Description

ICMP timeout Range,

Unit: second

Default

60 seconds

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip nat translation icmp-timeout 64 ip nat translation tcp-timeout ip nat translation udp-timeout

26.20

ip nat translation tcp-timeout

Revise the protocol as the timeout for TCP address translation list items.

“no” command is used to reset the timeout to the default setting.

26-11


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ip nat translation tcp-timeout <1-2147483> no ip nat translation tcp-timeout

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<1-2147483>

Description

TCP timeout range,

Unit: second

Default

1 hour

OSM6508(config)# ip nat translation tcp-timeout 64

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip nat translation icmp-timeout ip nat translation udp-timeout

26.21

ip nat translation udp-timeout

Revise the protocol as the timeout for UDP address translation list items.

“no” command is used to reset the timeout to the default setting.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip nat translation udp-timeout <1-2147483> no ip nat translation udp -timeout

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<1-2147483>

Description

UDP timeout range

Unit: second

Default

60 seconds

OSM6508(config)# ip nat translation tcp-timeout 64 ip nat translation icmp-timeout ip nat translation tcp-timeout

26.22

show ip nat statistics

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

View current statistics used by NAT. show ip nat statistics

Configuration Mode

26-12


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip nat statistics

Total active translations: 1 (1 static, 0 dynamic, 0 napt)

Outside interfaces:

Inside interfaces: in

Expired tracks: 0

Static NAT sage: 0.0%(0:1)

Dynamic NAT usage: 0.0%(0:0)

PAT usage: 0.0%(0:0)

Translated PKT: 0

Untranslated PKT: 96

26.23

show ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

List current valid NAT translation list items. show ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration Mode


<A.B.C.D> Designate a local address filter for the inside network to show some translation table items.

Static rules show after configuration; dynamic rule show after translation.

PAT rule can show protocol types.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show ip nat translation show ip nat translation vrf <name>

26.24

show ip nat translation vrf <name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

List current valid NAT translation table items. show ip nat translation vrf <name>

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

VRF Name

26-13


Usage

Guidelines

VRF name filter designated shows some translation table items. It can only show designated VPN translation list items in the inside or outside network.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip nat translation vrf vpn1

Pro Inside global Inside local Outside local Outside global

--- 192.168.1.1 192.168.1.2 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0

Related

Commands

Total translation: 1 show ip nat translation {<A.B.C.D>}*1

26.25

show running-config nat

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Show all NAT configuration . show running-config nat

Configuration Mode

This command cannot show the inside/outside inSyntaxion under the interface.

OSM6508(config)# show running nat

!NAT Global config

ip nat enable

!

!NAT config ip nat pool test_pool 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.20 mask 255.255.255.0 ip nat inside source static 192.168.1.50 192.168.1.77 ip nat translation tcp-timeout 345234 ip nat translation icmp-timeout 64

26-14

Part 5

Routing Protocol

Configuration


27

27.1

Interface

Chapter 27 Routing Interface

Chapter 27

Routing Interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To enter the interface configuration mode interface {[ethernet|pos] <slot/port>}*1 {[trunk|vlan] <IFNAME>}*1

{loopback <1-31>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters ethernet pos trunk vlan loopback

Description

Ethernet Interface <slot/port>

POS Interface <slot/port>

Trunk Interface <IFNAME>

VLAN Interface <IFNAME>

<1-31>

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# interface vlan v1

27.2

Interface loopback

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To create or enter the loopback interface interface loopback <1-31>

27.3

ip address

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-31>

Description

Loopback interface

OSM6508(config)# interface loopback 1

Configure the IP address and the mask for an interface. According to the IP

27-1

Chapter 27 Routing Interface Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Command

Syntax rules (applicable to all types of interfaces), there can be only one primary IP address. An IP address that does not have the secondary parameter is the primary IP address. There can be multiple secondary IP addresses.

Network segments of the primary and secondary IP addresses can include each other, but they cannot be the same as each other. Different interfaces shall have different IP addresses and different network segments. It is OK not to configure the primary IP for an interface, but the secondary IP addresses will be automatically used internally. ip address <A. B. C. D/M> {[secondary]}*1 ip address <A. B. C. D> <A. B. C. D> {[secondary]}*1 no ipaddress {<ipaddress>}*1

Interface configuration mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Configure IP address and mask length for an interface.

<A. B. C. D> <A. B. C. D> Configure IP address and mask for an interface. secondary Secondary IP address

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-vlan-v1)#ip address 192.168.1.1/24

27.4

show interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the interface status show interface {[ethernet|pos] <slot/port>}*1 {[trunk|vlan] <IFNAME>}*1

{loopback <1-31>}*1

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters ethernet pos

Description

Ethernet interface <slot/port>

Pos interface <slot/port> trunk vlan loopback

Trunk interface <IFNAME>

VLAN interface <IFNAME>

Loopback interface <1-31>

OSM6508(config)# show interface vlan

27-2


27.5

show interface loopback

Chapter 27 Routing Interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To show information about the loopback interface show interface loopback <0-31>

Loopback interface configuration mode

Parameters

<cr>

<0-31>

Description

Show all loopback interfaces

Loopback interface No.

OSM6508(config)# show interface loopback

27-3


28

28.1

ip route

Chapter 28 Unicast Routes

Chapter 28

Unicast Routes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To create a static route. To delete a static route, use the no form of this command. ip route [<A. B. C. D/M> | <A. B. C. D> <mask>] [<nexthop> {<distance>}

| null <0-0>] no ip route [<A. B. C. D/M> | <A. B. C. D> <mask>] [<nexthop> {<distance>}

| null <0-0>]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

<A. B. C. D>

<mask>

Description

Destination IP address and mask length

Destination network segment address

Dotted subnet mask

Default

<nexthop> Dotted next -hop IP address

<distance>

No static routes are created.

Priority, which ranges from 1 to

255;255 indicates the lowest priority.

1

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Static routes are used when it is not necessary to run routing protocols in a relatively simple network environment, or when it is necessary to manually designate routes due to certain reasons.

A dotted subnet mask used must be continuous binary 1s starting from the most significant bit, for example, it may be 255. 255. 0. 0 or 255. 255. 128.

0, but it can never be 255. 0. 255. 0 or 255. 1. 0. 0.

A static route may be configured with a next hop or NULL interface. In the latter case, packets received for this network segment will be discarded.

If a route priority higher than the default one of a dynamic route is designated in the command, the static route will be replaced by the dynamic route.

By default, the priority of a static route is 1, higher than that of any dynamic route.

28-1

Chapter 28 Unicast Routes Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Usage

Examples

28.2

show ip route

OSM6508(config)#ip route 10.0.0.0 255.0.0.0 192.168.1.5 110

OSM6508(config)#ip route 192.168.50.0 255.255.255.0 null 0

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the contents of the routing table show ip route {<A. B. C. D/M> | <A. B. C. D> | connected | rip | ospf | bgp | static | summary }

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Show all routes in the routing table, whose destination

IP address is <A. B. C. D> and subnet mask length is

M (0-32)

<A. B. C. D> connected rip ospf bgp static

Show all route items in the routing table, whose destination IP address is <A. B. C. D>

Show all directly connected routes in the routing table

Show all RIP routes in the routing table.

Show all OSPF routes in the routing table.

Show all BGP routes in the routing table

Show all static routes in the routing table. summary Show the classified statistics and summary information of routes.

From left to right the output information may include route type such as C

(interface route), S (static route), R (RIP), O (OSPF) and B (BGP); effective flag ("*" indicates an effective route); destination address and mask; route priority and internal metric of the protocol, such as [110/10]; next hop address or indication of direct connection; egress interface name; route lifetime

OSM6508(config)# show ip route

28-2

Chapter 29 RIP Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

29

29.1

address-family ipv4 vrf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure a private network for the RIP address-family ipv4 vrf <name> no address-family ipv4 vrf <name>

RIP configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

VRF name

VRF should be configured first.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

29.2

debug rip

OSM6508(config-router-rip)# address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no address-family ipv4 vrf vpn1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

RIP debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug rip [all|events|rm|packet{receive|send {detail}}] no debug rip [all|events|rm|packet{receive|send {detail}}]

Configuration mode

Parameters all rm events packet receive send

Description

Enable all debugging messages

Interaction with route management

Show RIP events, including packets sent/received, timer, and interface changes.

Show the RIP packets sent/received.

Show the RIP packets received.

Show the RIP packets sent.

Default

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Disabled

Chapter 29

RIP

29-1

Chapter 29 RIP Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration detail Show details on the RIP packets sent or received.

Disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Disabled.

Turn on the terminal monitoring switch (monitor on), and enter the above command, then the debugging messages will be output to the Console.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#debug rip all

OSM6508(config)#no debug rip all terminal monitor

29.3

default-metric

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Set the RIP metric value of redistributed routes default-metric <number> no default-metric

RIP configuration mode or RIP IPv4 address family configuration sub-mode

Usage

Guidelines


<number> The parameter must be an integer from 1 to 16.

1

The default-metric command is used along with the redistribute router configuration command. It causes the current routing protocol to use this metric value for all redistributed routes. The default metric can solve the problem of conflicting metric values during route redistribution. This command can only change the metric value of redistributed routes.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

29.4

distance

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#default-metric 5

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no default-metric

Redistribute

Command

Syntax

Set the administrative distance for RIP routes. distance <1-255> no distance

29-2

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 29 RIP

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

RIP configuration mode or RIP IPv4 address family configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

By default, it is 120

Description

RIP’s administrative distance

Default

120

The lower the value is, the higher its priority. To cancel the setting of this command, use the no form of this command.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#distance 20

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no distance

29.5

distribute-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

RIP filters the packets sent or received through the specified interface. distribute-list <name> [in|out] {<IFNAME>} no distribute-list <name> [in|out] {<IFNAME>}


Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<name> in out

Description

Name of the access-list

Apply the access list to input packets

Apply the access list to output packets

<ifname> Designate routes of certain interfaces to be filtered

If interface names are not designated, all rip interfaces will be filtered by default.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#distribute-list acc in ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no distribute-list acc in ethernet 1/1 access-list route

29.6

ip rip authentication mode

Command

Syntax

Configures the RIP packet authentication type on an interface ip rip authentication mode [text|md5] no ip rip authentication mode

29-3

Chapter 29 RIP Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters Description text md5

Simple plain-text authentication md5 authentication

Simple plain-text authentication by default

Default

Yes

No

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip rip authentication mode md5

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#no ip rip authentication mode

29.7

ip rip receive version

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Designates an interface to receive RIPv1 or RIPv2 packets only ip rip receive version [1|2] no ip rip receive version


Parameters

1

2

Description

Receive RIPv1 packets only

Receive RIPv2 packets only

Receive RIPv1 and RIPv2 packets by default.

Default

Yes

Yes

Usage

Guidelines

If both the global RIP version and the receive version of the interface are configured, the version configured on the interface will have priority. If the interface version is not configured, the global RIP version will be used. If neither are configured, both Version 1 and Version 2 will be received.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip rip receive version 1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#no ip rip receive version

29.8

ip rip send version

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To designate an interface to send RIPv1 or RIPv2 packets only ip rip send version [1|2] no ip rip send version


29-4

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 29 RIP

Parameter

Description

Parameters

1

2

By default, version 1 is sent.

Description Default

Send RIPv1 packets only

Yes

Send RIPv2 packets only

No

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

If both the global RIP version and the send version of the interface are configured, the version configured on the interface will have priority. If the interface version is not configured, the global RIP version will be used. If neither are configured, by default, version 1 will be sent.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip rip send version 1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#no ip rip send version

29.9

ip rip split-horizon

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables the split-horizon mechanism to reduce route update and prevent routing loops. ip rip split-horizon [simple|poisoned] no ip rip split-horizon


Parameters simple

Description

Simple split horizon poisoned Split horizon with poisoned reverse

By default, simple split-horizon is enabled

Default

Yes

No

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

29.10

neighbor

By default, the system will always enable simple split-horizon. When the no form of this command is used, the default split-horizon will be restored. (No support for running without split-horizon)

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip rip split-horizon poisoned

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#no ip rip split-horizon

To specify an adjacent router to exchange routing information in point-to-point mode.

29-5

Chapter 29 RIP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

29.11

network

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration neighbor <A.B.C.D> no neighbor <A.B.C.D>


Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Address of the neighbor interface

Default

None

This command allows a router to exchange routing information in point-to-point mode. But in some cases, for example, in the point-to-multipoint mode, not all routers can understand broadcasts. When an adjacent router cannot handle any broadcasts, it is necessary to explicitly designate a neighbor. The neighbor command allows the network administrator to designate a router as an RIP neighbor. On broadcast networks, the main function of the neighbor is to reduce route exchanges.

This command is usually used in combination with passive-interface.

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#network 192.168.1.0/24

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#passive-interface ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#neighbor 192.168.1.2 passive-interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables RIP on a the specified network network <A.B.C.D/M> no network <A.B.C.D/M>



<A. B. C. D/M> Network segments of the switch covered by the RIP

Only interfaces covered by the network command can run RIP.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#network 192.168.1.0/24

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no network 192.168.1.0/24

29-6


29.12

nexthop cisco-compatible

Chapter 29 RIP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Designates whether the next hop address in RIP packets transmitted/received are compatible with Cisco. nexthop cisco-compatible no nexthop cisco-compatible


29.13

offset-list

By default, it is compatible with Cisco.

Usually, by default, it is compatible with Cisco. The next hop in RIP packets is 0.0.0.0. If we set it to be incompatible with Cisco, the next hop option will be filled in with the real next hop.

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#nexthop cisco-compatible

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no nexthop cisco-compatible

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Adds to the RIP metric for sent and received RIP routes offset-list <name> [in| out] <1-16> {<ifname>} no offset-list <name> [in| out] <1-16> {<ifname>}


Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<name> in

Description


Apply the access list to input packets out

<0-16>

Apply the access list to output packets

<0-16>: Increment of RIP route metric, ranging from

0 to 16.

<ifname> Only metrics of route entries received from the specified interface will be changed.

If interface names are not specified, by default, the offset-list will be applied to all rip interfaces.

Usage

Examples

Related

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#offset-list acc in 4 ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no offset-list acc in 4 ethernet 1/1 access-list route

29-7

Chapter 29 RIP

Commands

29.14

passive-interface


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

By using this command, you can set an interface as a passive interface. passive-interface <ifname> no passive-interface <ifname>


Parameters

<ifname>

Description

Name of the interface to be set as passive interface

Default

No

No passive interface.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

If an interface is set as a passive interface, it will no longer send RIP update packets (every 30 seconds). But it will still be able to receive packets and update its own routing table.

Usage

Examples

29.15

redistribute

OSM6508(config-router-rip)# passive-interface ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no passive-interface ethernet 1/1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To redistribute routes from another protocol to RIP. redistribute [bgp|connected|ospf|static|isis] [metric <1-16>|route-map

<name>] no redistribute [bgp|connected|ospf|static|isis]


Parameters bgp connected ospf static isis metric

<1-16>

Description

Redistribute bgp routes

Default

None

None Redistribute connected routes

Redistribute ospf routes None

Redistribute static routes None

Redistribute isis routes None

Designate the metric for None redistributing routes metric value 1

29-8

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration route-map

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

29.16

router rip

<name>

No route redistribution

Designate the route-map for redistributing routes

Name of the route-map

Redistribute other protocol routes

None

None

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#redistribute bgp metric 6

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no redistribute bgp

Chapter 29 RIP

Enables RIP and enters the RIP configuration mode; or directly enter the

RIP configuration mode if RIP has been previously started

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

29.17

show ip rip

router rip no router rip

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)#router rip

OSM6508(config)#no router rip

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Shows the RIP configuration show ip rip [vrf] <name>

Configuration mode

Parameters vrf

<name>

Description

Designate a VRF

VPN name

In the configuration mode, input the show ip rip command to show the timers of RIP, and configuration information of RIP about interfaces, etc…

OSM6508(config)#show ip rip vrf vpn1

29-9

Chapter 29 RIP

29.18

show ip rip database


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Shows the RIP configuration show ip rip database [vrf] <name>]

Configuration mode

Parameters vrf

<name>

Description designate the vrf

VPN name

In the configuration mode, input the show ip rip database command to show the routing table of RIP; if vrf is configured, the RIP routing table of private networks will be shown.

Usage

Examples

29.19

timers basic

OSM6508(config)#show ip rip database vrf vpn1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To adjust timers of the RIP timers basic <update> <timeout> <holddown> <garbage> no timers basic


Parameters

<update>

<timeout>

Description

Route update clock. The router will periodically send an active response message including the entire routing table to all adjacent routers. Values range from 0 to 16777215 seconds. By default, the value is 30 seconds.

Timeout clock. Upon expiry, the route flag will be set to invalid, but the route entry will still be kept in the routing table for a period of time, so as to notify the adjacent routers of its invalid state. Values range from 0 to 16777215 seconds. By default, the value is 180 seconds.

Default

30

180

29-10


<holddown> Holddown clock. Upon expiry, the router will ignore any update packets, but the route entry will still be kept in the routing table for a period of time, so as to notify the adjacent routers of its invalid state and effectively prevent routing loops. Values range from 0 to 16777215 seconds. By default, the value is 120 seconds When the metric value of a route sent from the source router is higher than the current route metric, but lower than 16, the holddown status will be entered.

<garbage> Garbage clock. Upon expiry, the route entry will be thoroughly deleted from the routing table. Values range from 1 to 16777215 seconds; the default value is 180 seconds by default. Although these clocks can take the value of 16777215 seconds

(same as the corresponding CISCO command), actually, we let them take the value of 3600 seconds since we believe that higher values are meaningless. In addition, the garbage time must be higher than or equal to the holddown time.

By default, values are 30, 180, 120 and 180

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

If the timer is set to 0, by default, the value is 1.

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#timers basic 15 90 60 90

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no timers basic

Chapter 29 RIP

120

180

29.20

version

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Specifies the global RIP Version version [1|2] no version


Parameters

1

2


Designate the version as RIPv1 Yes

Designate the version as RIPv2 No

The default version is RIPv1.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

You can specifiy the versions for the RIP packets sent/received at the interface via commands ip rip receive version and ip rip send version.

29-11

Chapter 29 RIP

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#version 2

OSM6508(config-router-rip)#no version


29-12

Chapter 30 OSPF Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

30

30.1

area authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To enable the authentication function of OSPF in a certain area.

To disable the authentication function in a certain area, use the no form of this command. area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] authentication {[ message-digest]}*1 no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] authentication

OSPF configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines


[<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C.

D>] message-digest

The area where authentication is to be enabled, which may be in the form of IP address or number.

Optional. Means to enable MD5 authentication.

Two authentication modes are available for the OSPF. One is clear text authentication, while the other is MD5 authentication. In this command, the latter is set via the message-digest parameter. In the same OSPF area, the authentication mode must be kept consistent. If it is necessary for the ports of two routers to exchange OSPF packets, the authentication passwords of these ports also must be the same. To set the password, use the ip ospf

authentication-key command in interface mode. To set the password in the

MD5 authentication mode, use the ip ospf message-digest -key command.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 authentication

30.2

area default-cost

Command

Syntax

For stub areas, the area border bouter (ABR) will generate a default summary route. To set the cost of this default route, use the area

default-cost command.

To restore the cost to its default value (the default cost is 1), use the no form of the command. area [<A. B. C. D>|<0-4294967295>] default-cost <0-16777215> no area [<A. B. C. D>|<0-4294967295>] default-cost

Chapter 30

OSPF

30-1


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines



[<A. B. C.

D>|<0-4294967295>]

Area number, which can be in the form of an IP address or number.

1

<0-16777215> Cost of the default route in the stub area

This command is configured only on the area border router (ABR) of the stub area. The ABR will send a default route to the stub area. To specify the metric value for the default route, use this command. Neither area 0 nor virtual-link transit areas (areas including virtual-links) can be set as stub areas, nor can they be configured with this command.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 default-cost 2

30.3

area filter-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

The OSPF ABR Type 3 LSA filter function expands ABR’s Type 3 LSA filter capacity between different areas. This feature is capable of only allowing packets configured with a certain address prefix to be sent from one area to another, and limiting packets with other address prefixes. This type of area filtering can take place in the out direction of a certain area or the in direction of another area, or happen simultaneously in the out and in directions of the same area. area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] filter-list prefix <PrefixListName>

[in|out] no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] filter-list prefix <PrefixListName>

[in|out]



Usage

Examples

[<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C.

D>]

<PrefixListName>

The area where type 3 LSA filtering is to be applied.

The number may be in the form of IP address or number.

Name of the prefix-list

[in|out] Two filtering directions

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 filter-list prefix list in

30-2


30.4

area nssa

Chapter 30 OSPF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

This command can make an area become a not-so-stubby area (NSSA). In

NSSA areas, the Type 5 LSA is not used, but instead Type 7 LSAs are used helping to reduce route table sizes. If the no-summary option is configured,

OSPF will stop transmitting summary LSA (Type 3), so as to further reduce route table sizes.

To cancel the setting of the NSSA area, use the no form of this command.

To cancel only the setting of no-summary, use the no area <A. B. C. D>

stub no-summary command, which will keep the NSSA, but delete the

no-summary parameter. To make an area become a NSSA, configure all routers of this area as nssa. Otherwise, these routers will fail to establish

OSPF neighbors. area [<A. B. C. D>|<0-4294967295>]

{[translate-candidate|translate-always]}*1 {[no-redistribution]}*1

[default-information-originate]{[metric]<metric-value>}*1{[type]

<metric-type>}*1 {[no-summary]}*1 no area [<A. B. C. D>|<0-4294967295>]

{[translate-candidate|translate-always]}*1 {[no-redistribution]}*1

[default-information-originate] {[metric] <metric-value>}*1 {[type]

<metric-type>}*1 {[no-summary]}*1



[<A. B. C.

D>|<0-4294967295>] translate-candidate

Area number, which can be in the form of an IP address or number.

NSSA ABR decides by election whether Type 5 translation will be performed over the received Type 7

NSSA-LSA translate-always NSSA ABR unconditionally conducts Type 5 translation over the received Type 7 NSSA-LSA. no-redistribution Optional. Filter Type 7 LSA generated by the router itself. default-information-originate Optional. To become valid, this parameter can only be set on NSSA ABR. If it is configured on NSSA ABR, a default route will be generated in the NSSA area. metric <metric-value> Optional. Designates the metric value for the default route type <metric-type> Optional. Designates the metric-type value for the default route no-summary Optional. To become valid, this parameter can only be set on NSSA ABR. If it is configured, the corresponding area will become an NSSA totally stub area, and ABR will not send the summary LSAs (Type

3 LSAs) into the NSSA, instead, it will use a default

30-3


Usage

Examples

30.5

area range

route (0.0.0.0) to specify the network exit of the

NSSA.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 nssa

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To enable an ABR to summarize several routes in a certain area. For several routes within the summarization area, the ABR only generates one summarization route specified by this command. This command is only valid on the ABR. The advantage of route summarization is to reduce the number of routes distributed out by the border router and hide details on the internal division of the network. To disable route summarization, use the no form of this command. area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] range <A. B. C. D/M>

{[advertise|not-advertise]} *1 no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] range <A. B. C. D/M>

{[advertise|not-advertise]} *1


Usage

Examples

30.6

area stub

Parameters

[<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C.

D>]

Description

Area ID of the area where routes are to be summarized

<A. B. C. D/M> Network address, used to specify the routes in a certain network segment to be summarized not-advertise Optional. If not-advertise is set, ABR will not send the summarized routes or distribute the unsummarized routes. This method can hide route information. On the contrary, if advertise is set, ABR will send the summarized route. This situation is the same as the default situation in which no options are set.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 range 192.168.0.0/16

30-4

To enable an area to become a stub area. Since AS External LSAs are not sent into the stub areas, the network load resulted from the OSPF protocol is greatly reduced. If the no-summary option is configured, OSPF will stop transmitting summary LSAs (Type 3), so as to further reduce route table sizes.

To cancel only the setting of no-summary, use the no area <A. B. C. D>

stub no-summary command, which will keep the stub but delete the

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 30 OSPF

no-summary parameter. To make an area become a stub area, configure all routers of this area as stub. Otherwise, these routers will fail to establish

OSPF neighbors. Note that the no-summary parameter can only be set on the ABR. After setting, the ABR will not send summary LSAs (Type 3 LSAs) into the stub area, instead, it will specify the network exit of the stub area with a default route (0.0.0.0).

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] stub [no-summary] no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] stub [no-summary]



Usage

Examples

[<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C.

D>] no-summary

Area ID, which can be in the form of an IP address or number.

no-summary is optional, which is set only on the ABR.

If it is configured, the corresponding area will become a totally stub area, and the ABR will not send summary LSAs (Type 3 LSAs) into the stub area; instead, it will use a default route (0.00.0) to specify the network exit of the stub area.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 stub

30.7

area virtual-link

Command

Syntax

According to OSPF, all areas must be directly connected to the backbone area. In case this cannot be achieved due to network failure or some special causes, virtual links can also be used to set up a connection through a transit area.

To cancel the configuration of a virtual link, use the no form of this command. area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

[authentication-key] <AUTH_KEY> area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

[authentication] {[message-digest|null]}*1 area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

[message-digest-key] <1-255> [md5] <KEY> area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

{[hello-interval] <1-65535>}*1 {[retransmit-interval]

<3-65535>}*1{[transmit-delay]<1-65535>}*1 {[dead-interval]

<1-65535>}*1 no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

[authentication-key] <AUTH_KEY> no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

30-5


[authentication] {[message-digest|null]}*1 no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

[message-digest-key] <1-255> [md5] <KEY> no area [<0-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D>] virtual-link <A. B. C. D>

{[hello-interval] <1-65535>}*1 {[retransmit-interval]

<3-65535>}*1{[transmit-delay]<1-65535>}*1 {[dead-interval]

<1-65535>}*1


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters area <A. B. C. D> virtual-link <A. B. C. D> authentication-key

<AUTH_KEY> message-digest-key <1-255> md5 <KEY> hello-interval <1-65535> retransmit-interval

<3-65535>

Description

Area ID, which can be in the form of an IP address or number.

The virtual-link is the router id of the opposite-end neighbor. To view it, use the show ip ospf command.

Optional. Password of clear text authentication. The valid length is 8 bytes without spaces. It is effective when the backbone area is set in the simple clear text authentication mode.

Optional. Define the key ID and password of MD5 authentication on the virtual-link.

Optional. Interval for hello packets to be sent out on the virtual link; 10s by default. (Note that both ends of the virtual link need to use the same hello interval.)

Optional. Interval between re-transmissions of LSAs on this virtual link. It is 5 seconds by default. transmit-delay <1-65535> Optional. LSAs sent out on this virtual link will add this value to the age field, indicating the period during the transmission p rocess of the local router. The default value is 1. dead-interval <1-65535> Optional. It is 40 seconds by default. If no hello packet has been received from the neighbor after such an interval, OSPF will regard the neighboring router as being shut off. This interval is usually four times as long as the hello-interval. (Note that both ends of the virtual link need to use the same dead interval).

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# area 1 virtual-link 192.168.1.1

30.8

auto-cost reference-bandwidth

In practice, OSPF will automatically calculate the metric according to the interface bandwidth. The calculation formula is: metric = reference-bandwidth/interface bandwidth. For instance, the metric for an

Ethernet interface is 10, while metric of FDDI is 1. To cancel the configuration of auto-cost reference-bandwidth, use the no form of this command.

30-6


If your interface bandwidth is quite large (e. g. 10Gbps or trunk formed by several interfaces), you may need to set a larger reference-bandwidth so that OSPF can calculate their difference.

To manually specify the metric of a certain port, use the ip ospf cost

<1-65535> command, which will override the metric automatically calculated by OSPF.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples auto-cost reference-bandwidth <1-4294967> no auto-cost reference-bandwidth


Parameters reference-bandwidth

<1-4294967>

Description

Size of the interface bandwidth

Default

100Mbps

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# auto-cost reference-bandwidth 10000

30.9

clear ip ospf neighbor

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To re-establish the neighbor of the router, use this command. The connection status of the neighbor-related network will be refreshed, and the

LSA will be re-transmitted.

This command is not directly related with that of CISCO. For the administrator to re-synchronize the database from a certain neighbor, use this command.

To avoid network confusion, make the configuration uniformly in the whole

AS. clear ip ospf neighbor {[vrf] <NAME>}*1 <A. B. C. D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

<NAME>

Description

Router ID of the neighbor to be refreshed

VRF name

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# clear ip ospf neighbor 192.168.1.1

30.10

compatible rfc1583

To interconnect with routers supporting only rfc1583, configure this

30-7

Chapter 30 OSPF Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration command. To disable this feature, use the no form of this command.

As most of the current routers support rfc2328, this command is not often used. In one AS, all routers must be consistent in this setting. As the calculation method of rfc2328 over the summary route cost is different from that of rfc1583, routing loops may be generated if the routers in the AS are set differently.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status compatible rfc1583 no compatible rfc1583


Compatible rfc1583 is disabled.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# compatible rfc1583

30.11

debug ospf event

OSPF event debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples debug ospf event no debug ospf event

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf event

30.12

debug ospf ism

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

OSPF interface state machine debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug ospf ism [status|events|timers] no debug ospf ism [status|events|timers]

Configuration mode

Parameters status

Description

Output the status of the interface state machine

30-8

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 30 OSPF events Output interface state machine events that take place

Usage

Examples timers Output timers triggered by the interface state machine

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf ism

30.13

debug ospf lsa

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

OSPF LSA debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug ospf lsa [generate|flooding|refresh] no debug ospf lsa [generate|flooding|refresh]

Configuration mode

Parameters generate flooding refresh

Description

Output the newly generated lsa

Flooding of LSAs

Refresh LSAs

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf lsa

30.14

debug ospf nsm

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

OSPF neighbor state machine debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug ospf nsm [status|events|timers] no debug ospf nsm [status|events|timers]

Configuration mode


Status Output the status of the neighbor state machine

Events timers

Output events that take place in the neighbor state machine

Output timers triggered by the neighbor state machine

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf nsm

30-9

Chapter 30 OSPF

30.15

debug ospf nssa


OSPF NSSA debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples debug ospf nssa no debug ospf nssa

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf nssa

30.16

debug ospf opaque

OSPF Opaque LSA debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples debug ospf opaque no debug ospf opaque

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf opaque

30.17

debug ospf packet

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

OSPF packet debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug ospf packet [hello|dd|ls-request|ls-update|ls-ack|all]

[send|recv] [detail] no debug ospf packet [hello|dd|ls-request|ls-update|ls-ack|all]

[send|recv] [detail]

Configuration mode

Parameters hello dd

Description

Output hello packet information.

Output database description packet information.

30-10

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 30 OSPF ls-request Output request packet information

Usage

Examples

30.18

debug ospf rm

ls-update ls-ack all

Output update packet information

Output ack packet information

Output all ospf packet types send recv

Output information about packets sent

Output information about packets received detail Output detailed packet contents

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf packet all

OSPF route management debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description debug ospf rm [interface|redistribute] no debug ospf rm [interface|redistribute]

Configuration mode


Usage

Examples

30.19

debug ospf te

interface redistribute

Output information about interface adding/deleting

Output route-redistribution information

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf rm

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

OSPF traffice engineering debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems. debug ospf te no debug ospf te

OSPF Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# debug ospf te

30-11

Chapter 30 OSPF

30.20

default-information originate


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Eables the router to send the default route 0.0.0.0/0 to the whole OSPF routing domain. To cancel this command, use the no form of this command:

no default-information originate.

A router will automatically become an ASBR (Autonomous System

Boundary Router) when the redistribute command has been configured on it, but processing for the default route is special. Without configuration of the

default-information originate command, the OSPF router will not generate a default route. Therefore, to enable OSPF to generate the default route, configure this command. If the always parameter is configured, OSPF will generate a default route no matter if a default route has been redistributed from other protocols. If the next hop cannot be found in the routing table, it will be set to 0.0.0.0 to indicate that the next hop is itself.

Especially, the route-map option can define a filtering scheme for the default route. The specified route-map can filter the default route and set the attribute value before the default route is sent. default-information originate {[always]}*1 {type<1-2>}*1 {[metric]

<0-16777214>}*1 {[route-map] <WORD>}*1 no default-information originate


Usage

Examples

Parameters Description metric <0-16777214> Optional, used to set the metric of the default route. type <1|2> Optional, used to define the type of the default route. For OSPF, there are two types of external routes, type1 and type2. always Optional. A default route will be generated no matter whether the default route has been redistributed from other protocols. route-map <WORD> Optional. If you specify a route-map, the default route will be filtered by route-map before it is sent. If the default route does not comply with the defining conditions of the route-map, no route will be sent.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# default-information originate

2

Default

10

30-12


30.21

default-metric

Chapter 30 OSPF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

30.22

distance

To set for the OSPF the default metric value of the route imported from other routing protocols, use the default-metric command. To restore the default status of default-metric, use the no form of this command. default-metric usually is used together with the redistribute command.

Usually there is no universal metric between different routing protocols. To solve this problem, use this command to set a default metric for the redistributed route. default-metric <0-16777214> no default-metric


Parameters Description default-metric <0-16777214> Designate the default ospf metric

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# default-metric 3

Default

20

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To set the administrative distance of an OSPF route, use this command. A smaller value indicates a higher priority. To cancel the setting of this command, use the no form of this command.

Configuration of this command can be overridden by the distance ospf command. For details, refer to the distance ospf command. distance <1-255> no distance


Parameters Description distance <1-255> Set the default distance for OSPF routes

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# distance 34

Default

110

30-13

Chapter 30 OSPF

30.23

distance ospf


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

This command enables the administrator to set different administrative distances according to the route type of the OSPF. The smaller the value, the higher the priority. If the distance is 255, the corresponding route will not be used. To cancel the setting of this command, use the no form of this command.

This command is similar to the distance command, except that the control range is more accurate. In addition, it has a higher level than the distance command.

Usually this command serves to make the internal routes higher priority than external routes. distance ospf {[intra-area] <1-255>}*1 {[inter-area] <1-255>}*1

{[external] <1-255>}*1 no distance ospf


Parameters intra-area <1-255> inter-area <1-255> external <1-255>

Description

Optional, used to set the distance of the intra-area route.

Optional. Set the distance of the inter-area routes.

Optional. Set the distance of the ext ernal routes.

Default

110

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# distance ospf external 3

30.24

distribute-list in

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

When OSPF installs routes into the routing table, the access list may be used to filter routes received from an interface. The distribute-list in command provides this filter. If the destination network for a route is denied by the access list designated by the distribute-list command, OSPF will not install the route into the route table. To cancel the setting of this command, use the no form of this command. distribute-list <WORD> in <IFNAME> no distribute-list <WORD> in <IFNAME>



30-14


Description

<WORD> Specify the name of the access-list for filtering;

Usage

Examples

<IFNAME> Designate the interface whose routes are to be filtered

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# distribute-list list in vlan default

30.25

distribute-list out

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To filter external routes redistributed by OSPF, use the distribute-list command. To cancel the setting of this command, use the no form of this command.

When OSPF redistributes a route, it will analyze the destination network. If the destination network of a certain route is denied by the specified access list in the distribute-list out command, OSPF will not redistribute this route. distribute-list <WORD> out [connected|static|rip|bgp] no distribute-list <WORD> out [connected|static|rip|bgp]


Parameters

<WORD>

[connected|static|rip|bgp]

Description

Specify the name of the access-list for filtering;

Specify the source of the external routes to be redistributed and filtered

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# distribute-list list out static

30.26

ip ospf authentication

Command

Syntax

To set the authentication mode for an interface. To cancel the settings, use the no form of this command.

Before using the ip ospf authentication command, you need to use the ip

ospf authentication-key command to configure a clear text authentication key on the interface. Before using the ip ospf authentication

message-digest command, you need to use the ip ospf

message-digest-key command to configure the MD5 key on the interface.

What’s more, the authentication mode on the interface must be compatible with area authentication, that is, the interface authentication mode must be consistent with the area authentication mode. Generally, it is enough to configure only the interface authentication or only the area authentication. ip ospf authentication [message-digest | null] no ip ospf authentication

30-15


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters message-digest

Description

(Optional) Interfaces use md5 authentication null (Optional) Interfaces does not use any form of authentication

No authentication modes are used

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf authentication

30.27

ip ospf authentication-key

To set the password for clear text authentication on an interface, use this command. To cancel the password setting on the port, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

30.28

ip ospf cost

ip ospf authentication-key <AUTH_KEY> no ip ospf authentication-key


Parameters

<AUTH_KEY>

Description

Password: The number of valid bytes is 8

No password (null character string)

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf authentication-key test

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To manually specify the cost of an interface, use the ip ospf cost

<1-65535> command, which will override the cost automatically calculated by OSPF. To cancel the cost setting, use the no form of this command.

The cost value will be calculated if it is not manually set. ip ospf cost <1-65535> no ip ospf cost


30-16


Parameter

Description

Parameters cost <1-65535>

Description

Designate the metric of an interface

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf cost 3

30.29

ip ospf dead-interval

Chapter 30 OSPF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To define an interval, during which if no hello packet is not received from a neighboring router, this neighbor will be regarded to have disappeared. To restore the default setting, use the no form of this command.

This value will be sent in Hello packets. All routers in the network segment must be consistent, otherwise, they will fail to establish the neighbors. ip ospf dead-interval <1-65535> no ip ospf dead-interval


Parameters dead-interval <1-65535>


Time interval, in seconds 40 seconds

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf dead-interval 4

30.30

ip ospf hello-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To specify the interval (in seconds) for the OSPF to send Hello packets, use this command.

The hello interval must be consistent for all the routers in the whole network segment. Otherwise, they will fail to establish the neighbors. The smaller the value is, the quicker network changes will be detected. However, Hello packets will use more bandwidth. To restore the default value 10 seconds, use the no form of this command. ip ospf hello-interval <1-65535> no ip ospf hello-interval


Parameters

Hello-interval <1-65535>

Description

Specify the time interval (in seconds) for the OSPF to transmit the Hello packet

Default

10 seconds

30-17


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf hello-interval 1

30.31

ip ospf message-digest-key

Configures the MD5 password for MD5 authentication. To cancel the MD5 password setting, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255> md5 <KEY> no ip ospf message-digest-key <1-255>


Parameters

<1-255>

<KEY>

Description

Password ID

Password: The number of valid bytes shall be 16

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)# ip ospf message-digest-key 3 md5 test

30.32

ip ospf mtu-ignore

Enables OSPF not to check the interface MTU during DD packet exchange.

Normally, OSPF will check the interface MTU during DD packet exchange, but this command may be configured for OSPF to skip this check.

Command

Syntax ip ospf mtu-ignore

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples no ip ospf mtu-ignore


OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf mtu-ignore

30.33

ip ospf network

Command

Syntax

Configures the network type. Using this command, you can set a broadcast network to be a non-broadcast multi-access(NBMA) network. ip ospf network

[broadcast|non-broadcast|point-to-multipoint|point-to-point] no ip ospf network

30-18


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters broadcast non-broadcast point-to-mulpoint point-to-point

Description

Set the network type as broadcast

Set the network type as NBMA

Set the network type as point-to-multipoint

Set the network type as point-to-point

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf network broadcast

30.34

ip ospf priority

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the router priority of the OSPF Interface. This priority is used when electing the designated router (DR) on the network.

If two routers in the same network segment attempt to be the DR, the one with higher priority will succeed in the election. If they have the same priority, the one with a larger Router ID will become the DR. If one router has the priority of 0, it will not participate in the DR election. ip ospf priority <0-255> no ip ospf priority


Parameters priority <0-255>

Description

Priority, ranging from 0 to 255

Default

1

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf priority 3

30.35

ip ospf retransmit-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To set the interval between two LSA retransmissions, use this command.

When a router sends LSAs to its neighbor, it will keep this LSA until it receives the corresponding LS ACK. If no response is received after the

retransmit-interval expires, it will retransmit this LSA.

If this value is set very small, unnecessary retransmission will incur. ip ospf retransmit-interval <3-65535> no ip ospf retransmit-interval


30-19


Parameter

Description

Parameters retransmit-interval

<3-65535>

Description

Interval between two transmissions of LSA.

Default

5 seconds

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf retransmit-interval 3

30.36

ip ospf transmit-delay

When a router sends an LSA, it will add a value (called transmit-delay) to the LSA’s age to indicate the transit delay of the LSA. The user can specify the transmit-delay value. Usually, this value is set on very slow links, and normally it is not configured.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples ip ospf transmit-delay <1-65535> no ip ospf transmit-delay


Parameters transmit-delay <1-65535>

Description

Designate transmit-delay in seconds

Default

1 second

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/4)#ip ospf transmit-delay 5

30.37

maximum-paths

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

To control the maximum number of parallel routes in the routing table to be installed by the OSPF routing protocol. If parallel routes are not supported or are limited during L3 forwarding, you can use this command to modify and control the number of parallel routes to be installed in the routing table, so as to reduce unnecessary update processing and resource wasting. maximum-paths <1-6> no maximum-paths



<1-6> Maximum quantity of equivalent routes installed to the routing table

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# maximum-paths 3

Default

4

30-20


Examples

30.38

network

Chapter 30 OSPF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

To define on which interfaces run OSPF and the area ID of each interface, use this command.

If the address of a interface belongs to the network, it will be added into the area specified by the area command. Multiple interfaces can be added into a certain area with one command using the address and mask. If several networks mutually overlap (or overlaid), an interface will be added to the area first specified by the network command. To avoid confusion, it is recommended that any overlapped networks should not be used in the

network command. network <A.B.C.D/M> area [<A.B.C.D>|<0-4294967295>] no network <A.B.C.D/M> area [<A.B.C.D>|<0-4294967295>]


Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Specify the address of the network to run OSPF;

Set the area ID. Either IP Address or number. [<A. B. C.

D>|<0-4294967295>]

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# network 192.168.1.1/24 area 0

30.39

no debug ospf all

To disable all OSPF debug messages

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples no debug ospf all


OSM6508(config)# no debug ospf all

30.40


Sets inteface to be passive. To cancel this configuration, use the no form of this command.

30-21


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description passive-interface [<IFNAME>|default] no passive-interface [<IFNAME>|default]


Parameters

<IFNAME>

Description

Specified interface is set to passive default All existing interfaces of the router are set as passive, and set the default attribute of interfaces to be added as passive. no default sets all existing interfaces as active, and set the default attribute of interfaces to be added as active.

Usage

Examples

30.41

redistribute

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# passive-interface vlan default

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Enables OSPF to redistribute routes obtained from other protocols. Only the routes selected into the route table will be redistributed by OSPF. The selected routes are marked with >* in the routing table. redistribute [connected|static|rip|bgp] {type <1-2>}*1

{[metric]<0-16777214>}*1 {[route-map] <WORD>}*1 no redistribute [connected|static|rip|bgp]


Parameters Description connected|static|rip|bgp Designate sources of the redistributed route: direct route, static route, rip route, and bgp route. metric <0-16777214> As there is no universal metric between different routing protocols, this parameter serves to specify the set metric in redistributing a route.

Type <1-2> Specify the path type of the redistributed route.

[route-map] <WORD> Designate a route-map to filter the redistributed routes

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# redistribute connected

Default

20

1

30-22


30.42

router ospf

Chapter 30 OSPF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

30.43

router-id

Starts the OSPF module and enters the OSPF configuration mode.

If

OSPF was previously started, you will directly enter the OSPF configuration mode. To terminate OSPF, use no router ospf. router ospf {[vrf] <NAME>}*1 no router ospf {[vrf] <NAME>}*1

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<NAME>

Description

VRF name

OSM6508(config)# router ospf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the router ID

The router ID uniquely identifies a router in the AS. To make the set router

ID effective, save the configurations and restart the switch.

To cancel this configuration, use the no form of this command. router-id <A. B. C. D> no router-id


Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Specify the router ID in the form of an IP address.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# router-id 192.168.1.1

30.44

show debug ospf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To display the configured OSPF debug configuration. show debug ospf

Configuration mode

30-23

Chapter 30 OSPF

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show debug ospf

30.45

show ip ospf


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show all basic OSPF configuration information. show ip ospf {[vrf] <NAME>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<NAME>

Description

VRF name

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf

30.46

show ip ospf border-routers

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show routes to area border routers (ABR) and AS border routers (ASBR) in the OSPF routing table. show ip ospf border-routers {[vrf] <NAME>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<NAME>

Description

Optional, vrf name.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf border-routers

30.47

show ip ospf database

Command

Syntax

To show the contents of the OSPF LSA database, use this command. This command has are many options to search the LSA database. Without any parameters, the command will show the entire database. show ip ospf database {[vrf] <NAME>}*1 show ip ospf database {[vrf] <NAME>}*1

[asbr-summary|external|max-age|network|router|self-originate|summary]

[<A. B. C. D>]{adv-router <A. B. C. D>}*1

30-24


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

[asbr-summary|external| network|router|summary]<A.

B. C. D>

[self-originate]

Adv-router <A. B. C. D>

<NAME>

Chapter 30 OSPF

Description

Optional, used to show the contents of the LSA of a specified type. IP serves to specify the link state id of the LSA.

Optional, used to show the LSA generated by the local router.

Optional, used to show the LSA generated by the specified router. IP is used to specify router ID of the router

VRF name

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf database

30.48

show ip ospf interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show information of an OSPF interface. show ip ospf interface {<INTERFACE>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<INTERFACE>

Description

Optional, used to specify the name of the interface.

When no interface is specified, the information of all interfaces will be shown.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf interface

30.49

show ip ospf neighbor

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the information of OSPF neighbors show ip ospf neighbor [<A.B.C.D>]

Description

The router ID is used to specify the neighbor

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

30-25

Chapter 30 OSPF

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf neighbor

30.50

show ip ospf neighbor detail


Shows detailed information of OSPF neighbors

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show ip ospf neighbor detail

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf neighbor detail

30.51

show ip ospf route

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows all OSPF routing table information. show ip ospf route {[ vrf ] <NAME>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<NAME>

Description

Optional, vrf name

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf route

30.52

show ip ospf request-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Shows the LSA information in the request list for the OSPF neighbor. show ip ospf request-list {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description


OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf request-list

30-26


30.53

show ip ospf retransmission-list

Chapter 30 OSPF

Shows the LSA information in the retransmission list for the OSPF neighbor.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples show ip ospf retransmission-list {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description


OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf retransmission-list

30.54

show ip ospf virtual-links

Shows information related to virtual links.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show ip ospf virtual-links

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show ip ospf virtual-links

30.55

summary-address

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Enables ASBR to summarize multiple external routes. For several routes within the summarization area, ASBR only generates one summarization route specified by this command. To disable route summarization, use the

no form of this command. summary-address <A.B.C.D/M> [not-advertise] no summary-address


Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

No summarization

Description

Network address, used to specify the network segment on which routes are to be summarized

30-27


Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# summary-address 192.168.0.0/16

30.56

timers lsa-group-pacing

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sets the time interval between two consecutive LSA refreshes. timers lsa-group-pacing <10-1800> no timers lsa-group-pacing <10-1800>


Parameters

<10-1800>

Description

Sets the time interval between two consecutive LSA refreshes. If the time interval between the two LSA refreshes is shorter than this value, both LSAs will be transmitted at the same time.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# timers lsa-group-pacing 300

Default

10 seconds

30.57

timers spf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

To set the values of spf-delay and spf-holdtime, use the timers spf command. To restore the default values, use the no form of this command.

When the OSPF detects the network structure change, it will calculate the

SPF trees after a delay, so as to avoid repeated calculations due to network jitters. In addition, there will be an interval between two path calculations, that is, it must take some time before the next SPF calculation starts. This command is to avoid network jitter influence on the route calculation. The default value is suitable for most cases. The router will not calculate the SPF when the network is stable. Therefore, setting a very long interval will not reduce the usual CPU time consumption. timers spf <0-65535> <0-65535> no timer spf



30-28


Description

Usage

Examples

Chapter 30 OSPF spf-delay The interval, in seconds, from the time when OSPF detects the network changes to the time when calculation of

SPF trees starts spf-holdtime The shortest interval between two SPF calculations.

OSM6508(config-router-ospf)# timers spf 2 5

5 seconds

10 seconds

30-29

Chapter 31 BGP Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

31

31.1

aggregate-address

Configures BGP aggregate addresses for BGP route summarization.

Command

Syntax aggregate-address [<A.B.C.D/M>| <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D>]

{as-set|summary-only|as-set summary-only }*1 no aggregate-address [<A. B. C. D/M>| <A. B. C. D> <A. B. C. D>]

{as-set|summary-only|as-set summary-only }*1

BGP configuration mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

<A. B. C. D>

<A. B. C. D> as-set summary-only

Description

Address of the aggregate, e. g. 100. 1. 0. 0/16

Subnet address of the aggregate, e. g. 100. 1. 0. 0

Mask of the aggregate, e. g. 255. 255. 0. 0

Generate AS aggregate path information

Advertise the summary route only

When there are multiple specific routes in the routing table, you may use this command to aggregate them into a single route. Thus, the overhead of the routing table will be reduced. To avoid the generation of loops, the as-set keyword may be used to let the aggregate route carry the Aspath attribute of all specific routes. Using the summary-only keyword will filter the advertisement of all specific routes covered by the aggregate route. As a result, only the aggregate route will be advertised.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#aggregate-address 100.1.0.0/16

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#aggregate-address 100.1.0.0/16 as-set summary-only

31.2

auto-summary

Chapter 31

BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enables BGP auto-summary of routes auto-summary no auto-summary


31-1


Usage

Guidelines

This command automatically aggregates redistribution of subnet routes into classfull routes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#auto-summary

31.3

bgp always-compare-med

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Compare the MED attribute values of the route paths from different AS neighbors. bgp always-compare-med no bgp always-compare-med


Only compare MED values from the same AS.

The MED attribute is used in BGP route selection. The route with a smaller

MED value will be selected. By default, only MED values from the same AS will be compared. Only when related ASes adopt the same IGP type and routing mode, will the command be recommended to be used.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp always-compare-med

31.4

bgp bestpath as-path ignore

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Sets whether BGP ignores the AS path information. By default, the AS path information is used by BGP. bgp bestpath as-path ignore no bgp bestpath as-path ignore


The AS path length is used by BGP to select the optimal route.

This command allows BGP not to select the optimal route according to the

AS path length when it selects routes.

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp bestpath as-path ignore

31-2


31.5

bgp bestpath compare-routerid

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Sets whether BGP ignores the router id. By default, the router id will be ignored by BGP. bgp bestpath compare-routerid no bgp bestpath compare-routerid


The router id information is ignored by BGP.

This command allows BGP to use the neighboring router ID for selecting the optimal route. The route from a router with smaller ID will be selected first.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp bestpath compare-routerid

31.6

bgp bestpath med confed

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Sets whether BGP uses the MED information for routes obtained from confederation neighbors bgp bestpath med confed no bgp bestpath med confed


Do not compare MED values of the confederation neighbors.

MED attributes will be compared only when the AS path attribute of the route does not contain any AS from outside of the confederation. The external MED attribute will be transparently passed through the confederation without participating in the route selection.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# bgp bestpath med confed

31.7

bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst

Command

Sets the route without the MED attribute as the worst MED route to be processed. bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst

31-3


Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status no bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst


The route without the MED attribute is the best MED route to be processed

(MED=0).

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp bestpath med missing-as-worst

31.8

bgp client-to-client reflection

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Enables client-to-client route reflection bgp client-to-client reflection no bgp client-to-client reflection


After the route reflector is configured, the reflector will reflect routes client to client.

Usage

Guidelines

By default, usually it is not required that individual clients of the route reflector be in full connections, as the router reflector will reflect the routes of one client to other clients. If clients are in full connection, route reflection will be unnecessary, in this case, use the no form of this command to configure.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# no bgp client-to-client reflection

31.9

bgp cluster-id

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the cluster ID of the router reflector bgp cluster-id [<1-4294967295>|<A. B. C. D> ] no bgp cluster-id


Parameters

<1-4294967295>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Cluster ID of the route reflector

Dotted cluster ID of the route reflector

31-4

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 31 BGP

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

The cluster ID refers to the router ID of a single route reflector in the cluster.

A cluster may be formed by a route reflector plus its clients. Generally each cluster has a route reflector. Thus, a cluster is identified by the router ID of the route reflector. To increase redundancy and avoid single-point failure, a cluster may have more than one route reflector. Thus, all route reflectors in the cluster must be configured with the same cluster ID, so that the route reflector can identify updates from other reflectors in the cluster. If a cluster has more than one route reflector, you must use this command to configure the same cluster ID for all of them.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# bgp cluster-id 100.1.1.1

31.10

bgp confederation identifier

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the confederation ID bgp confederation identifier <1-65535> no bgp confederation identifier



Usage

Guidelines

<1-65535> ID of the confederation composed of multiple sub-ASes inside

Besides route reflection, confederation is another method to reduce full connections of IBGP. Specifically, one AS is divided into several sub-ASes to form a confederation. Full connections exist inside each sub-AS, and there are also connections between sub-ASes. Externally this confederation is a single AS. The confederation ID configured by this command actually is the AS No. observed from the outside.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# bgp confederation identifier 10

31.11

bgp confederation peers

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

To configure the confederation’s sub-ASes bgp confederation peers <1-65535> {<1-65535>}*7 no bgp confederation peers <1-65535> {<1-65535>}*7


31-5


Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Sub-AS number

This command informs BGP of all the sub-ASes in the confederation. If this command is not configured, BGP will regard all neighbors (except for neighbors in the same sub-AS) as outside the confederation. Before configuring this command, first configure the confederation ID.

Up to 8 sub-ASes can be configured with one command. When more than 8 sub-AS numbers need to be entered, repeat this command several times

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp confederation peers 65100 65200

31.12

bgp dampening

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables BGP route dampening bgp dampening {<half-life>|<half-life> <reuse> <suppress> max-suppress-time>}*1 no bgp dampening


Default

15 minutes

Default

Status


<half-life> When a route has been assigned a penalty, the penalty is decreased by half after the half-life period

Ranges from 1 to 45 minutes.

<reuse> When the penalty for a flapping route decreases and falls below the reuse value, the route becomes unsuppressed. That is, the route is added back to the BGP route table and used again for forwarding.

Ranges from 1 to 20000 seconds.

<suppress> A route is suppressed when its penalty exceeds the suppress limit

Ranges from 1 to 20000 seconds.

<max-suppress-time> Maximum duration of route suppression, ranging from 1 to 255 minutes

BGP route dampening is not enabled.

750

2000

4 times of half-time

Usage Use this command, when routes frequently change in order to reduce route

31-6


Guidelines oscillations.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp dampening

31.13

bgp default ipv4-unicast

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

To configure whether BGP IPv4 is to be enabled. bgp default ipv4-unicast no bgp default ipv4-unicast


Enable BGP IPv4

When BGP’s VPN function is in use, if ipv4 is not needed, use the no bgp

default ipv4-unicast command to disable ipv4. Thus, to transmit VPN routes, what is needed is only to activate neighbors under the vpnv4 address family.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp default ipv4-unicast

31.14

bgp default local-preference

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the default local preference bgp default local-preference <0-4294967295> no bgp default local-preference


Parameters

<0-4294967295>

Description

Value range of the local priority

Default

100

The local preference attribute is used inside the local AS for route selection.

When there are multiple paths to the same destination, the path with the higher preference is preferred

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp default local-preference 200

31-7

Chapter 31 BGP

31.15

bgp default route-target filter


Filters VPN routes based on locally configured route target.

If no bgp default route-target filter is configured, routes will be accepted.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status bgp default route-target filter no bgp default route-target filter


By default, VPN routes ar filtered.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# no bgp default route-target filter

31.16

bgp deterministic-med

Configures whether to use the MED attribute when comparing routes from different neighbors in the same AS. Default is disabled.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples bgp deterministic-med no bgp deterministic-med


OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# bgp deterministic-med

31.17

bgp fast-external-fallover

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

If a connection directly connected to the EBGP neighbor is disconnected, immediately reset the connection session. bgp fast-external-fallover no bgp fast-external-fallover


By default, the setting is enabled.

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#bgp fast-external-fallover

31-8


31.18

bgp router-id

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Sets the BGP router ID bgp router-id <A.B.C.D> no bgp router-id


Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Router ID of BGP

By default, the BGP automatically selects an interface address among currently available interfaces as the BGP router ID.

Usage

Guidelines

By default, the dynamic router ID is used. By using this command to designate a router ID, you can ensure that the router ID will not change. But make sure that the configured router ID is the only one on the network.

Usage

Examples

31.19

clear ip bgp

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# bgp router-id 192.168.1.1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

You can reset BGP connections after the BGP policies or protocol configurations are changed to enable the newly-configured policies to take effect. clear ip bgp [*|<1-65535>|<A.B.C.D>] {soft{in|out}} clear ip bgp peer-group <WORD>

Configuration mode

Parameters

*

<1-65535>

<A. B. C. D> soft in out

WORD

Description

All BGP neighbors

Neighboring AS

Neighbor address

Soft resetting without closing the actual connection

Soft resetting of the incoming connections

Soft resetting of the outgoing connections

Peer group name

31-9

Chapter 31 BGP

31.20

clear ip bgp dampening

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Resets the BGP route dampening clear ip bgp dampening {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M> or

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Network to be reset

31.21

clear ip bgp flap-statistics


Default

All network segments

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To clear the statistics information for BGP route dampening clear ip bgp flap-statistics {<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M> or

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Network to be cleared

31.22

debug bgp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

BGP debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages to analyze the protocol running status, so as to solve network problems. Turn on terminal monitoring (monitor on), and the debugging messages will be output to the Console. By default, all debugging messages are disabled. debug bgp [all|damping|events|filters|fsm|keepalives|updates {in|out}] no debug bgp [all|damping|events|filters|fsm|keepalives|updates

{in|out}]

Configuration mode

Parameters all damping

Description

Enable all debugging messages

BGP route dampening

31-10

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 31 BGP events fsm keepalives updates in out

BGP status changes

BGP state machine changes

BGP keepalives packet messages

BGP update packet messages

BGP update packet messages receiving

BGP update packet messages sending

By default, all debugging messsages are disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

By using this command, users may diagnose network problems.

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# debug bgp all terminal monitor

31.23


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Enables BGP to redistribute default routes. default-information originate no default-information originate


By default, the BGP is not allowed to redistribute default routes. Usually default routes are controlled via neighbor <A. B. C. D> default-originate.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# default-information originate

31.24

default-metric

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the BGP default metric (MED) default-metric <1-4294967295> no default-metric


Parameters

<1-4294967295>

Description

Default metric

Default

0

31-11


Usage

Guidelines

The default metric is used to automatically set a metric value when BGP redistributes a route from other protocols. When all other conditions remain the same, the system will prefer a route with a smaller MED value.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#default-metric 100

31.25

distance bgp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure the default distance value. distance bgp <external distance> <internal distance> <local-distance> no distance bgp


Parameters

<external distance>

<internal distance>

<local-distance>


External route distance value of the AS 20

Internal route distance value of the AS 200

Local route distance value 200

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# distance bgp 50 100 200

31.26

ip as-path access-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure AS path access lists for BGP ip as-path access-list <WORD> [deny|permit] <LINE> no ip as-path access-list <WORD> {[deny|permit] <LINE>}*1

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<WORD>

<LINE>

Description


Regular expression to match the AS path

The match of AS paths is completed via a regular expression of the AS path, which matches the AS path attribute in a BGP route to an ASCII character string, and determines if to accept the matched AS path via the deny or

permit parameter. After defining a list of the matched AS paths, you can apply them in the neighbor distribute-list or the neighbor filter-list command.

31-12


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#ip as-path access-list 1 permit 100 200 neighbor distribute-list route-map neighbor filter-list route-map

31.27

ip community-list

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure community attribute lists for BGP ip community-list <WORD> [deny|permit] <WORD> no ip community-list <WORD> {[deny|permit] <WORD>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD> deny permit

<WORD>

Description

Name of the community-list

Deny

Permit

Community type in the form of AA: NN; or a specific community name such as local-as, no-advertise and no-export permit

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

community-list is used to match community attributes. The deny or permit parameter is used to decide whether the matched community attribute is to be accepted. After the community attribute list is defined, you can use the

set community-list command of route-map.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip community-list 1 permit 1:100 route-map

31.28

maximum-paths

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures multiple next hops for EBGP. maximum-paths <1-6> no maximum-paths <1-6>


31-13


Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Parameters

<1-6 >

Description

Number of different next hops

Default

1

By default, EBGP Multipath is not configured, that is, the number of next hops is 1.

Usage

Guidelines

This command is used to configure the number of the EBGP next hops of

BGP and VPN Multipath feature. The no form of the command has the same effect as configuring the next hop count to 1.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# maximum-paths 3

31.29

maximum-paths ibgp

Configures multiple next hops for IBGP.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines maximum-paths ibgp <1-6> no maximum-paths ibgp <1-6>



<1-6> Allowed number of different next hops

1

By default, IBGP Multipath is not configured, that is, the number of next hops is 1

This command is used to configure the number of IBGP next hops of BGP and VPN Multipath feature. The no form of the command has the same effect as configuring the next hop count to 1.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# maximum-paths ibgp 3

31.30

neighbor activate

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Activates neighbors under an address family neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] activate no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] activate


31-14


Parameter

Description


Usage

Guidelines

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Peer group name

Address of the BGP neighbor

By default, Ipv4 neighbors are activated, but VPN neighbors are not activated.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 activate

31.31

neighbor default-originate

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Advertises default routes to neighbors. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] default-originate {route-map <WORD>} no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] default-originate


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<WORD>

Description

Peer group name



By default, default routes are not advertised to neighbors.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

When used, this command will unconditionally advertise a default route

(0.0.0.0/0) with itself being the next hop to the neighbor, regardless of whether there is any default route in the routing table or not.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 default-originate

31.32

neighbor description

Command

Syntax

Configures the neighbor description. When used, this command will configure a descriptive string for the designated neighbor so that the user can easily identify the configuration content. Its execution will not impact the running of the protocol. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]description <line> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]description

31-15


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<line>

Description

Peer group name


Description character string, which may include space, but should not be longer than 80 characters

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 description los angeles router

31.33

neighbor distribute-list

Sets a filter list for route distribution

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]distribute-list <list>[in|out] no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]distribute-list <list>[in|out]



<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<list> in out

Peer group name



Filter the routes to this neighbor or peer group

Filter the routes from this neighbor or peer group

This command is used to filter BGP routes. As the access-list can only match IP addresses, this command is only effective for the destination networks.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 distribute-list 1 out

31.34

neighbor ebgp-multihop

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Allows establishment of connections with EBGP neighbors on remote networks neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]ebgp-multihop{<1-255>}*1 no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]ebgp-multihop


31-16


Parameter

Description


<WORD> Peer group name

<A. B. C. D> Address of the BGP neighbor

<1-255> TTL, maximum hop count to the EBGP neighbor

64

By default, only neighbors directly connected are allowed, i. e. TTL=1.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usually, EBGP neighbors are directly connected. However, if necessary, you can use this command to allow them to be not directly connected.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 ebgp-multihop

31.35

neighbor filter-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the filter list for neighbors. You can use this command to filter routes from or to the neighbor. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] filter-list <filter-list> [in|out] no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] filter-list <filter-list> [in|out]


Usage

Guidelines


<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

< filter-list > in out

Peer group name


Number of the filter list

Ingress distribute list

Egress distribute list

As the access-list can only match the AS path, this command is only effective for ASes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 filter-list 1 in

31.36

neighbor maximum-prefix

Command

Limits the number of routes received from a peer or a peer group neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] maximum-prefix <1-4294967295>

31-17


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

{warning-only}*1 no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] maximum-prefix


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


<1-4294967295> Maximum number of routes to be received from this neighbor warning-only Give a warning in case that the maximum number threshold is exc eeded instead of discarding routes

By default, there is no restriction on the number of routes received from a single neighbor.

This command is used to restrict the maximum number of routes to be received by this neighbor, so as to enhance the system’s security. Be cautious when using this command. Note that the total number of routes is restricted. For the route quantity, please refer to the hardware revision specifications. By default, the total number of routes are not restricted.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 maximum-prefix 1000

31.37

neighbor next-hop-self

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Causes BGP to use its own address as the next hop when advertising routes to a neighbor. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] next-hop-self no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] next-hop-self


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


Use this command to set the local address as the next hop in BGP routes.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 next-hop-self

31-18


31.38

neighbor password

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the MD5 password for the neighbor. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] password <. LINE> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] password


Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


<. LINE> MD5 password

By configuring the MD5 password for the neighbor, the TCP connection will contain a signature.Thus, security of the connection can be guaranteed.

Both side must be configured with the same MD5 password.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 password admin

31.39

neighbor peer-group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures peer groups neighbor <WORD> peer-group no neighbor <WORD> peer-group


Parameters

<WORD>

Description

Peer group name

When multiple neighbors have the same configuration, for the sake of convenience, you may let these neighbors join a peer group. Thus, you will only need to configure the group. All neighbors in the peer group will share the same configuration.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor groupA peer-group

31.40

neighbor plain-password

Sets the plain text authentication mode and password for a neighbor.

31-19


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] plain-password <string> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] plain-password


Parameters

< peer-group-name >

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

<string> Clear text password

Password must be configured the same on both sides.

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 plain-password abcd

31.41

neighbor prefix-list

Applies the specified prefix-list to the specified neighbor.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] prefix-list <word> [in|out] no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] prefix-list <word> [in|out]


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<word> in out

Description

Peer group name



Filter the routes received

Filter the routes advertised

You need to first add a prefix-list, then apply it to the specified neighbor.

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 prefix-list 1 out

31.42

neighbor remote-as

Command

Syntax

Adds a BGP neighbors. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] remote-as <1-65535> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] {remote-as <1-65535>}

31-20


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status



<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<1-65535>

Peer group name


AS number of the BGP neighbor

This command creates a BGP neighbor entry. If the AS of the peer is the same as the local AS, then the two are IBGP neighbors, otherwise they are

EBGP neighbors.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 remote-as 100

31.43

neighbor route-map

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures a route-map for a neighbor neighbor [<WORD>|<A. B. C. D>] route-map <WORD> [in|out] no neighbor [<WORD>|<A. B. C. D>] route-map <WORD> [in|out]


Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

<WORD>

Description

Peer group name


Name of the route-map in Filter routes received out Filter routes advertised

The route-map command is a powerful route filtering and processing feature. You can use several conditions to match the specific route and thus flexibly filter the route as you may desire. You can also use the set command in the route-map to modify various attributes of a route. To do so, first define a route-map and then apply it to the designated neighbor via this command.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 route-map map1 out

31.44

neighbor route-reflector-client

Command

Configures a neighbor as a client of the router reflector neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] route-reflector-client

31-21


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] route-reflector-client


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


All IBGP routers in the AS must be in a full mesh and each neighbor will not advertise the routes received from its IBGP neighbors, so as to avoid a loop.

If a route reflector is used, all IBGP speakers will not require a full mesh. In the route reflector model, an internal BGP neighbor is configured as a route reflector to transfer any known routes to the IBGP neighbors. This design removes the need of each router to communicate with every other router.

You can use the neighbor route-reflector-client command to configure the local router as a route reflector and configure a designated neighbor as one of its clients. As a result, all neighbors configured via the command will become clients of the client group, and the other IBGP neighbors will be members of the non-client group of this local route reflector.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 route-reflector-client

31.45

neighbor send-community

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sends community attributes to a neighbor group neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]send-community {both|extended|standard} no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>]send-community {both|extended|standard}


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name

Address of the BGP neighbor both extended standard

Send both the standard and the extended community attributes

Send the extended community attribute

Send the standard community attribute

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 send-community

31-22


31.46

neighbor shutdown

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Manually shuts down a neighbor. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] shutdown no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] shutdown


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 shutdown

31.47

neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound

When the routing policy for a BGP neighbor entry changes, the session needs to be reset, which is usually too drastic to do. neighbor

soft-reconfiguration inbound solves this problem. Before executing the

clear ip bgp [ * | <1-65535> | <A. B. C. D> ] command, you must first execute the neighbor soft-reconfiguration inbound.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] soft-reconfiguration inbound no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] soft-reconfiguration inbound


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 soft-reconfiguration

Usage

Examples inbound

31.48

neighbor timers

Command

Syntax

Configures the interval for transmitting keepalive packets between neighbors and the neighbor hold time. Time configured with this command has a higher priority than what is configured with timer bgp. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] timers <keepalive> <holdtime> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] timers

31-23


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples


Parameters

<WORD>

Description

Peer group name


Default

<A. B. C. D>

<keepalive> Interval of sending the keepalive packet between neighbors, ranging from 0 to 21845 seconds

60 seconds

<holdtime> Hold time of the neighbor, ranging from 0 to 65535 seconds

180 seconds

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 timers 30 90

31.49

neighbor timers connect

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the value of the neighbor re-connection timer. neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] timers connect <0-65535> no neighbor [<WORD>|<A.B.C.D>] timers connect


Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


Default

120 seconds <1-65535> Range of the value for the re-connection timer

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10. 1. 1. 1 timers connect 10

31.50

neighbor update-source

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Sets the source IP address for the TCP connection in the BGP session neighbor [<WORD>|<A. B. C. D>] update-source {[ethernet|pos]

<slot/port>}*1 {[trunk|vlan] <IFNAME>}*1 {loopback <1-31>}*1

{ <slot/port. subifno>} no neighbor [<WORD>|<A. B. C. D>] update-source


31-24


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

31.51

network

Chapter 31 BGP

Parameters

<WORD>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Peer group name


Ethernet interface ethernet pos

<slot/port> trunk vlan

IFNAME loopback pos interface

Port No.

Trunk interface

VLAN interface

Interface name

Loopback interface

<1-31>

<slot/port. subifno>

Interface No. , up to 31 can be set

Sub-interface name

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 10.1.1.1 update-source loopback 1

Configures BGP to originate route information. When a route becomes active in the IP route table that matches this configuration, then BGP will advertise this route to BGP neighbors.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description network[<A. B. C. D/M>|<A. B. C. D>{mask <mask>}] {route-map <WORD>} no network[<A. B. C. D/M>|<A. B. C. D>{mask <mask>}]


Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Network

<A. B. C. D>

<mask>

<WORD>

Network address

Network mask in the form of <A. B. C. D>.


OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#network 100.1.1.0/24 Usage

Examples OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#network 101.1.1.0/24 route-map map1

31.52

network backdoor

Command

Syntax

Configures BGP network backdoor. It is similar to the network route configured via the network command, but the configured route is not advertised. network[<A.B.C.D/M>|<A.B.C.D>{mask <mask>}]backdoor no network[<A.B.C.D/M>|<A.B.C.D>{mask <mask>}]backdoor

31-25


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

<A. B. C. D>

<mask>

Description

Network address and mask

Network address

Network mask in the form of <A. B. C. D>.

Usage

Examples

31.53

redistribute

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#network 100.1.1.0/24 backdoor

Enables BGP to redistribute routes obtained from other protocols. Only routes in the IP route table will be redistributed by BGP.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

31.54

router bgp

redistribute [connected|static|isis|rip|ospf] {[route-map] <WORD>}*1 no redistribute [connected|static|rip|ospf]


Parameters connected

Description

Redistribute a directly connected route static isis rip ospf

<WORD>

Redistribute a static route

Redistribute an IS-IS protocol route

Redistribute a RIP protocol route

Redistribute an OSPF protocol route

route-map name, used for route filtering

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#redistribute ospf

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#redistribute static

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables / disables BGP. Enter BGP Configuration mode. router bgp <1-65535> no router bgp <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

The local AS number

31-26


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#router bgp 100

31.55

show debug bgp

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows the BGP debug configuration show debug bgp

31.56

show ip bgp

Configuration mode

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the BGP routing table. It is used to show all routes learned by the

BGP. You can also specify the display of a particular route. show ip bgp {<A.B.C.D/M>|<A.B.C.D>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Network to be shown

Network to be shown

31.57

show ip bgp cidr-only

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Show classless routes only show ip bgp cidr-only

Configuration mode

31.58

show ip bgp community

Command

Syntax

Shows routes for the specified BGP community. This command is used to filter and show routing information according to a community attribute. show ip bgp community {[<WORD>|local-as|no-advertise|no-export]}*4

{exact-match}*1

31-27

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD> local-as no-advertise no-export exact-match

31.59

show ip bgp community-list


Description

Community number in the form of AA NN

Specific community specified by the protocol: Not to be sent outside the local AS

Specific community specified by the protocol: Not to be sent to any neighbor

Specific community specified by the protocol: Not to be sent to the next AS

Community designated in the exact match mode

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the route information permitted by the specified BGP community list.

You should define the community list first before using it to show the filtered routing information. show ip bgp community-list <WORD> {exact-match }

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD>

Description

Name of the community list

31.60

show ip bgp dampened-paths

Shows BGP route information that is being dampened due to flapping

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes show ip bgp dampened-paths

Configuration mode

31.61

show ip bgp filter-list

Command

Syntax

Shows BGP route information matching the specified access-list. You should define the access-list first before using it to show the filtered routing information. show ip bgp filter-list <WORD>

31-28


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD>

31.62

show ip bgp flap-statistics

Description


Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows statistics of BGP flapping routes. show ip bgp flap-statistics {<A.B.C.D/M> | <A.B.C.D> | cidr-only | filter-list | prefix-list | regexp }*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D/M>

<A. B. C. D> cidr-only filter-list prefix-list regexp

Description

Network segment to be shown

Network segment to be shown

Only show classless BGP flapping routes

Show the BGP flapping routes matching the specified access-list

Show the BGP flapping routes matching the specified prefix-list

Show the BGP flapping routes matching the specified

AS regular expression

31.63

show ip bgp neighbors

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows information about neighbors. The command is used to display details about neighbors. show ip bgp summary can show brief information about neighbors. show ip bgp neighbors {<A. B. C. D>}

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Neighbor address

31.64

show ip bgp neighbors advertised-routes

Shows the routes advertised to the specified neighbor.

31-29


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show ip bgp neighbors <A.B.C.D> advertised-routes

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Neighbor address

31.65

show ip bgp neighbors received-routes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the routes received from the specified neighbor. show ip bgp neighbors <A.B.C.D> received-routes

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Neighbor address

31.66

show ip bgp neighbors routes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the routes received and accepted from the specified neighbor. show ip bgp neighbors <A.B.C.D> routes

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Neighbor address

31.67

show ip bgp peer-group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the information for a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group {<WORD>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD>

Description

Peer group name

31-30


31.68

show ip bgp prefix-list

Chapter 31 BGP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the BGP routing table filtered by prefix-list. Configure the prefix-list first before using the prefix-list to filter and show the BGP routing table. show ip bgp prefix-list <WORD>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<WORD>

Description

Name of the prefix list

31.69

show ip bgp regexp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the route information matching the specified AS regular expression. show ip bgp regexp <LINE>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<LINE>

Description

Regular expression of the AS

31.70

show ip bgp summary

Shows the summary information of the BGP neighbors. In the display, please note that the last part indicates the connection state or the number of received routes. In the established state, the number of received routes will be shown. To view the detailed information, use the show ip bgp

neighbors command. show ip bgp summary

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configuration mode

31.71

synchronization

Sets BGP synchronization.

31-31


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines synchronization no synchronization


Usually an IBGP route received by a router will not be regarded as being effective unless it has been received by the IGP. This situation is what we call "synchronization between IGP and IBGP" . The purpose of it is to avoid the case where IBGP has obtained the route but the IGP inside the AS has not yet advertised it throughout the AS. If BGP distributes this route out of the AS too early, the local router may have only the IBGP route but no IGP route when packets from outside the AS arrive. Thus, the local router does not know the actual next hop of this route and finally fails to forward the packets. The above case will not occur to a stub AS, so synchronization may be disabled.

Usage

Examples

31.72

timers bgp

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# synchronization

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the BGP keepalive and holdtime timers. timers bgp <Keepalive> <Holdtime> no timers bgp


Parameters

<Keepalive>

<Holdtime>

Description

Interval of sending keepalive packets, ranging from 0 to 21845 seconds

Hold time of the neighbor, ranging from 0 to

65535 seconds

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)# timers bgp 30 90

Default

60 seconds

180 seconds

31-32

Chapter 32 ISIS Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

32

32.1

area-password

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To set the authentication password for the level-1 area. To cancel the level-1 area password, use the no form of this command. area-password WORD [authenticate snp {send-only|validate}] no area-password

ISIS protocol configuration mode

Parameters word


Password character string, composed of 254 characters at most. authenticate snp Add the area password to the

SNP at Level-1.

If the parameter is not used, the area password will only be added to the LSP at

Level-1, rather than the SNP at Level-1. send-only Attach the area password to the

SNP at Level-1, but password check is not conducted on the

SNP received at Level-1.

The area password is not attached to the SNP at

Level-1 and password check is not conducted towards the

SNP received at Level-1. validate Attach the area password to the

SNP at Level-1, and conduct the password check towards the


The area password is not attached to the SNP at

Level-1 and password check is not conducted on the SNP received at Level-1.

If the command is not used, the area password will not be set.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Use this command to set the area-password, when the router sends and receives LSPs and SNP PDUs. Passwords of all IS-IS routers in the same area should be identical.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# router isis

OSM6508(config-router-isis)# area-password mypasswd domain-password, authentication mode

32-1

Chapter 32

ISIS

Chapter 32 ISIS

32.2

authentication mode


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets authentication mode for level-1 or level-2. To clear the authentication mode, use the no form of this command. authentication mode MODE LEVEL no authentication mode LEVEL

IS-IS protocol configuration mode

Default

Status

Parameters

MODE

Description md5 | text md5 refers to the MD5 authentication mode text refers to the plain text authentication mode

LEVEL level-1 | level-2 level-1 authentication level-2 authentication

If this command is not used, the authentication mode will be plain text mode. If a specific level is not specified in the command, by default, both level-1 and level-2 are covered.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

32.3

clear ip isis

Only after the password is set, will the setting of the authentication mode be meaningful. If the designated level is not set with a password, setting the authentication mode for the level will have no actual effect.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# area-password mypasswd

OSM6508(config-router-isis)# authentication mode md5 level-1 domain-password, area-password

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Clears the LSP database of IS-IS and restarts its neighbors. clear ip isis *

Configuration mode

Clear the LSP database and neighbors.

OSM6508(config)# clear ip isis * show isis database

32-2


Commands

32.4

domain-password

Chapter 32 ISIS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the authentication password for the Level-2 domain. Use the no parameter and this command to clear the domain password. domain-password WORD [authenticate snp {send-only|validate}] no domain-password


Parameters word

Description

Password character string of the routing domain, composed of 254 characters at most.

Default authenticate snp Attach the routing domain password to the SNP at Level-2

If the parameter is not used, the routing domain password will only be attached to the LSP at

Level-2, rather than the SNP at

Level-1. send-only Attach the routing domain password to the SNP at

Level-2, but do not conduct the password check on the SNP received at Level-2

The routing domain password is not attached to the SNP at

Level-2 and password check is not conducted towards the SNP received at Level-2 validate Attach the routing domain password to the SNP at

Level-2, and conduct the password check on the SNP received at Level-2.

Do not attach the routing domain password to the SNP at

Level-2, and do not conduct the password check towards the


If this command is not used, the domain password will not be set.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Use this command to set the domain password. When the router sends and receives LSPs and SNP PDUs at Level-2, the password will be checked. If the check fails, the LSP or the SNP will be discarded. Domain passwords of all routers in the Level-2 domain should be the same.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# domain-password mypasswd area-password; authentication mode

32-3

Chapter 32 ISIS

32.5

debug isis


ISIS debugging. The experienced user can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages and analyze the protocol status to solve network problems.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description debug isis ifsm|nfsm|events|pdu|lsp|spf no debug isis ifsm|nfsm|events|pdu|lsp|spf

Configuration mode

Parameters ifsm

Description

Debug the interface finite state machine nfsm events pdu lsp spf

Debug the neighbor finite state machine

Debug internal events

Debug the IS-IS PDU

Debug the LSP

Debug the route calculation

By default, ISIS debugging messages are disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# debug isis pdu

OSM6508(config)# debug isis nfsm show debug isis

32.6


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

To generate the default route for the IS-IS Level-2. Use this command to let the LSP carry the default route. Use the no parameter of this command to remove the default route. default-information originate no default-information originate


Usage

Guidelines

If this command is not used, the default route information will not be generated at Level-2.

By default, the router will not install default routes into the Level-2 route domain. This command enables the installing of default routes into the

Level-2 domain.

32-4


Usage

Examples

32.7

distance

Chapter 32 ISIS


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# default-information originate

Defines the administrative distance for IS -IS routes. The smaller the value, the higher the route priority will be.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description distance <1-255> no distance


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Administrative distance metric

The default Administrative distance is115.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# distance 220

32.8

dynamic-hostname

Enables automatic mapping of system-ids to hostnames. It is the same as

hostname dynamic.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status dynamic-hostname no dynamic-hostname


By default, dynamic-hostname is not enabled.

Related

Commands hostname dynamic

32.9

hostname dynamic

Command

Syntax

Enables automatic mapping of system-ids to hostnames. It is the same as

dynamic-hostname. hostname dynamic no hostname dynamic

32-5

Chapter 32 ISIS

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Related

Commands


By default, hostname dynamic is not enabled. dynamic-hostname

32.10

ignore-lsp-errors


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

When this command is used, and the received LSP is detected to have error, the processing of the LSP will be ignored. No indicates that the "age" of the LSP is set to 0 to broadcast the LSP when the received LSP is detected to have errors. ignore-lsp-errors no ignore-lsp-errors


Erroneous LSPs are discarded, and are not processed.

By default, when LSPs are received, IS -IS will check the LSP checksum. If the check fails, the LSP will be discarded. The purpose of configuring this command is not only to check errors, but also to set the "age" of the erroneous LSP to 0 and broadcast the LSP.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config) router isis

OSM6508(config-router-isis)# no ignore-lsp-errors

32.11

ip router isis

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Enables IS-IS IPv4 routing on an interface. To configure the IS-IS protocol, this comamnd must be executed. Use the no parameter of this command to disable IS-IS Ipv4 routing on the interface. ip router isis no ip router isis


By default, IS-IS IPv4 routing is disabled on the interface.

After this command is configured, the router will send on the interface IS-IS

32-6

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 32 ISIS

Guidelines Hello packets that include the IP address TLV, and update the IP reachability TLV in the LSP.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# interface ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip router isis router isis

32.12

isis circuit-type

Sets the circuit type (level) of an interface. Use the no parameter to set the circuit type to the default value.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description isis circuit-type level-1|level-1-2|level-2-only no isis circuit-type


Parameters level-1 level-1-2

Description

Level-1 only adjacency

Level-1-2 adjacency level-2-only Level-2 only adjacency

The default circuit type is level-1-2.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

This command designates the IS -IS adjacency type that the interface expects to set up with the neighbor. The configuration of the interface type should be conducted within the permitted scope of the is type setting. If level-1 or level-2 only is designated in this command, IS -IS will only send

PDUs for the designated level. On point-to-point interfaces, since there is only one type of Hello packet used, the circuit type has no influence on the sending of IS-IS Hello packets. If is-type is configured as level-1 or level-2 only, the interface will only send PDUs for the designated level.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis circuit-type level-2-only is-type

32.13

isis csnp-interval

Sets the CSNP interval (in seconds). Use the no parameter of this command to set the CSNP interval to its default value.

32-7


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status isis csnp-interval <0-65535> [level-1|level-2] no isis csnp-interval


Parameters

<0-65535> level-1 level-2

Description

Interval in seconds

Interval of Level-1 CSNP

Interval of Level-2 CSNP

If this command is not used, IS -IS takes 10 seconds as the default interval for level-1 and level-2.

Usage

Guidelines

Configure this command to change the CSNP interval. By default, CSNP packets are sent every ten seconds. This parameter is only valid for broadcast interfaces, because regular CSNP packets are only sent on broadcast interfaces, and on Point-to-Point interfaces CSNP packets are only sent when the adjacency is initialized.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508> enable


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis csnp-interval 20

32.14

isis hello-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the Hello packet interval. The setting of Hello-interval is related to

hello-multiplier (see the isis hello-multiplier command). Use the no parameter to set Hello-interval to its default value. isis hello-interval [<0-65535>|minimal] [level-1|level-2] no isis hello-interval


Parameters

<0-65535>

Description

Interval in seconds minimal level-1 level-2

Sets the hold-time to 1 second

Interval of Level-1 Hello

Interval of Level-2 Hello

The default hello interval is 10 seconds.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configured the interval between two consecutive hello packets. The hold timer is calculate by multiplying the hello-interval by the hello-multiplier. If the minimal keyword is used for the hello-interval, the hold timer will be set

32-8

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 32 ISIS to 1 second and the hello-interval is calculated by 1 second divided by the

hello-multiplier. For example, if hello-multiplier is configured as 4 and the

hello-interval is minimal, hello packets will be sent every 250 milliseconds.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis hello-interval 5 level-1


Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis hello-interval minimal isis hello-multiplier

32.15

isis hello-multiplier

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the hello-multiplier for the Hello hold time. Use the no parameter of this command to set the multiplier to its default value. isis hello-multiplier <3-1000> [level-1|level-2] no isis hello-multiplier


Parameters

<3-1000> level-1

Description

Hello multiplier value

Level-1 Hello multiplier level-2 Level-2 Hello multiplier

The default hello-multiplier is 3.

Default

S tatus

Usage

Guidelines

Changes the Holding timer of Hellos. The hold timer is calculate by multiplying the hello-interval by the hello-multiplier. If the minimal keyword is used for the hello-interval, the hold timer will be set to 1 second and the

hello-interval is calculated by 1 second divided by the hello-multiplier. For example, if hello-multiplier is configured as 4 and the hello-interval is

minimal, hello packets will be sent every 250 milliseconds

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis hello-multiplier 4 isis hello-interval

32.16

isis hello padding

Enables the padding of hello packets to the maximum MTU size

32-9

Chapte r 32 ISIS Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status isis hello padding no isis hello padding


By default, padding is enabled.

Usage

Guidelines

IS-IS hellos are padded to the full MTU to allow for early detection of errors that result from transmission problems with large frames or errors that result from mismatched MTUs on adjacent interfaces. Padding can be disabled to avoid wasted bandwidth caused by the extra padding.

32.17

isis lsp-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the Link State packet (LSP) interval. Use the no parameter of this command to set the LSP interval to its default value. isis lsp-interval <1-4294967295> no isis lsp-interval


Parameters

<1-4294967295>

Description

Interval in milliseconds

The default lsp-interval is 33 milliseconds.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

This command is used to set the minimum interval of sending two consecutive LSP packets.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis lsp-interval 100 isis retransmit-interval

32.18

isis mesh-group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Sets the group ID for the interface. isis mesh-group <1-4294967295> no isis mesh-group


32-10


Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<1-4294967295>

Description mesh-group ID

By default, the mesh-group ID is not set.

To optimize link-state packet (LSP) flooding in nonbroadcast multiaccess

(NBMA) networks use the isis mesh -group command. LSPs that are first received on subinterfaces that are part of a mesh group are flooded to all interfaces except those in the same mesh group. If the blocked keyword is configured on a subinterface, then a newly received LSP is not flooded out over that interface.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis mesh-group 20 isis mesh-group blocked

32.19

isis mesh-group blocked

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Sets the interface to not flood LSP packets. isis mesh-group blocked


The interface will not block the flooding of LSP packets.

When this command is used, the interface will block the flooding of LSP packets.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

32.20

isis metric


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis mesh-group blocked isis mesh-group

Sets the metric for the interface. To set the default metric, use the no form of this command.

32-11


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description isis metric <1-63> [level-1|level-2] no isis metric


Parameters

<1-63> level-1

Description metric value metric of level-1 level-2 metric of level-2

The default metric is 10 for both level-1 and level-2.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

The interface metric is contained in the IP reachable information TLV. This value is valid when the metric-style is configured as ‘narrow’.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis metric 20 isis wide-metric, metric-style

32.21

isis password

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the authentication password for the interface. To delete the password, use the no form of this command. isis password WORD [level-1|level-2] no isis password [level-1|level-2]


Parameters word level-1

Description

Password character string

Password of level-1 Hello PDU level-2 Password of level-2 Hello PDU

Level-1 and level-2 have no passwords.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth0/0)# isis password mypassword level-1 area-password, domain-password, authentication mode

32-12


32.22

isis priority

Chapter 32 ISIS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets priority for the LAN DIS (Designated Intermediate System) election. To set the default priority, use the no form of this command. isis priority <0-127> [level-1|level-2] no isis priority


Parameters

<0-127> level-1

Description

Priority value

Priority of level-1 level-2 Priority of level-2

The default priority is 64 for both level-1 and level-2.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Use this command to set the priority value in LAN IS-IS Hello PDU. This command is invalid for Point-to-Point interfaces. The lower the priority value, the less likely the router will be elected as the DIS; on the other hand, the higher the priority value, the more likely the router will be elected as the

DIS.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-if-eth0/0)# isis priority 127

32.23

isis restart grace-period

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Sets the T3 timer used when restarting the router database synchronization. isis restart grace-period <1-65535> no isis restart

Configuration mode.

Parameters grace-period

Description

<1-65535> in seconds

The default grace period is 65535 seconds.

Usage

Guidelines

The T3 timer is the time after which the router will declare that it has failed to achieve database synchronization.

Related restart-timer, isis restart-hello-interval

32-13

Chapter 32 ISIS

Commands

32.24

isis restart helper

Sets the restart helper mode.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Related

Commands isis restart helper no isis restart helper

Configuration mode

By default restart helper mode is disabled. restart-timer, isis restart grace-period

32.25

isis restart-hello-interval


Sets the T1 timer interval for sending Hello packet that contain restart TLV s.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description isis restart-hello-interval <1-65535> LEVEL no isis restart-hello-interval LEVEL


Parameters

<1-65535>

LEVEL

Description

Interval in seconds level-1|level-2

Sets hello timer for level-1

Sets hello timer for level-2

The default interval used at level-1 and level-2 is 3 seconds.

Default

Status

Related

Commands restart-timer, isis restart grace-period

32.26

isis retransmit-interval

Command

Syntax

Sets the LSP re-transmission interval. To set the default interval, use the no form of this command. This is valid only for point -to-point interfaces. isis retransmit-interval <0-65535> no isis retransmit-interval

32-14


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters

<0-65535>

Description

Interval of re-transmission of the same LSP, in seconds

Default

Status

By default, the retransmit-interval is 5 seconds.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis retransmit-interval 10 isis lsp-interval

32.27

isis wide-metric

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the wide metric for the interface. To set wide metric to the default value, use the no form of this command. isis wide-metric <1-16777214> [level-1|level-2] no isis wide-metric


Parameters

<1-16777214> level-1

Description wide metric wide metric of level-1 interface level-2 wide metric of level-2 inteface

The default metric value for both level-1 and level-2 is 10.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

32.28

is-type

The value will be valid when metric-style is set as ’wide’.

OSM6508(config)# interface ethernet 11

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# isis wide-metric 100 isis metric, metric-style

Sets the routing level for ISIS. To set ISIS to the default level, use the no form of this command.

32-15


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description is-type [level-1|level-1-2|level-2-only] no is-type

ISIS configuration mode

Parameters level-1 level-1-2 level-2-only

Description

Routing only for Level-1 IS

Routing for Level-l and level-2 IS

Routing only for Level-2 I S

By default, the is-type is level-1-2.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Changing is-type value will start and stop the routing for the designated level.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# is-type level-1 isis circuit-type

32.29

lsp-gen-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Sets the minimum delay regenerating the same LSP. Use no parameter of the command to set the interval as default value. lsp-gen-interval [level-1|level-2] <1-120> no lsp-gen-interval


Parameters level-1 level-2

<1-120>

Description

Set interval of Level-1 IS

Set interval of Level-2 IS

Interval in seconds

By default, IS-IS uses 30 seconds for level-1 and level-2.

Usage

Guidelines

When the router’s local interfaces change state, LSPs will be updated and flooded. The lower lsp-gen-interval, the faster the network converges.

Higher values will reduce freqent updating and flooding.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# lsp-gen-interval 5

32-16


Related

Commands lsp-refresh-interval

32.30

lsp-refresh-interval

Chapter 32 ISIS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Sets the LSP refresh interval. To set the default interval, use the no form of this command. lsp-refresh-interval <1-65535> no lsp-refresh-interval


Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

LSP refresh interval in seconds

The default lsp-refresh-interval is 900 seconds.

Usage

Guidelines

It is recommended to set the lsp-refresh-interval less than the

max-lsp-lifetime value.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# lsp-refresh-interval 600 lsp-gen-interval, max-lsp-lifetime

32.31

max-area-addresses

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Configured the maximum number of area addresses. To set the parameter to the default value, use the no form of this command. max-area-addresses MAXAREA no max-area-addresses


Parameters

MAXAREA

Description

<3-254>

The maximum number of area addresses is 3.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# max-area-addresses 5

32-17

Chapter 32 ISIS

32.32

max-lsp-lifetime


To set the longest life of an LSP, use this command. To set it to the default value, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description max-lsp-lifetime <1-65535> no max-lsp-lifetime


Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

longest LSP life, in seconds

By deafult the max-lsp-lifetime is 1200 seconds as default life.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands lsp-refresh-interval must be less than the max-lsp-lifetime.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# max-lsp-lifetime 1500 lsp-refresh-interval

32.33

maximum-paths

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the largest number of equivalent cost routes that IS-IS installs in the routing table. maximum-paths <1-6> no maximum-paths


Parameters

<1-6>

Description

The largest number of equivalent cost routes is 1 to 6.

By default, up to 4 equivalent cost routes are allowed.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# maximum-paths 6 router isis

32-18


32.34

metric-style

Chapter 32 ISIS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the metric mode. To set the default metric mode, use the no form of this command. metric-style MSTYLE [LEVEL] no metric-style


Parameters

MSTYLE

LEVEL

Description

Narrow | wide

Narrow Metric type

Wide Metric type level-1 | level-2 | level-1-2

Metric mode of level-1

Metric mode of level-2

Metric mode of level-1-2

By default, IS-IS uses narrow mode.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

32.35

net


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# metric-style wide level-1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Adds a Network Entity Title (NET) to IS-IS. To delete the NET, use the no form of this command. net XX. . . . XXXX. YYYY. YYYY. YYYY. 00 no net XX. . . . XXXX. YYYY. YYYY. YYYY. 00


Parameters

XX. . . . XXXX

Description

Area address

System ID YYYY. YYYY. YYYY

By default, there is no NET configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

The largest number of addresses that ‘net’ can configure is MAX AREA

ADDRESSES. Set a NET address for each IS -IS example.


32-19


Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-router-isis) net 49.0000.0001.0002.0003.00 max-area-addresses

32.36


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the interface to be passive. Use the no form of this command to make the interface non-passive. passive-interface <IFNAME> <slot/port> no passive-interface


Parameters

IFNAME

Description

Ethernet | pos

Ethernet interface pos interface

<slot/port> Slot number and port number

By default, the interface is not passive.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

32.37

prc-interval

Passive interfaces do not send/receive ISIS packets (ie. hellos), but the

Interface addresses will be advertised in LSPs on other non-passive interfaces.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the minimum interval between two adjacent PRC (Partial Route) calculations. prc-interval LEVEL <1-120> no prc-interval LEVEL


Parameters

LEVEL

<1-120>

Description level-1 | level-2 level-1 sets the PRC calculation interval of level-1 level-2 sets the PRC calculation interval of level-2

In seconds

32-20


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

The default PRC-interval is 1 second.

PRC calculation is the route calculation resulted from the change of IP reachable information and is performed after the SPF calculation. The smaller the value, the faster the convergence.

Related

Commands

32.38

redistribute

spf-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Redistributes reachable information to IS-IS from other protocols. To stop redistributing, use the no form of this command. redistribute PROTOCOLS [METRIC|METRICTYPE|LEVEL|ROUTEMAP] no redistribute PROTOCOLS


Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Parameters

PROTOCOLS

METRIC

METRICTYPE

Description connected | static | rip | ospf | bgp connected: Connected route static: Static route rip: RIP route ospf: OSPF route bgp: BGP route metric <0-4261412864>

<0-4261412864> metric value metric-type internal | external internal internal metric external external metric

LEVEL level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2 level-1 redistributes routes to Level-1

ROUTEMAP level-1-2 redistributes routes to Level-1 and Level-2 level-2 redistributes routes to Level-2

Name of the route map

By default, no routes are redistributed. If metric has not been designated, the metric = 30. If metric type has not been designated, the internal metric type will be used. If level has not been designated, the route will be redistributed to level-2.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# redistribute ospf metric 10 level-1 distance

32-21

Chapter 32 ISIS

Commands

32.39

redistribute isis


To redistribute reachable information from one level to another. To stop redistribution, use the no form of this command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

32.40

restart isis

redistribute isis LEVELFROMTO [distribute-list WORD] no redistribute isis LEVELFROMTO


Parameters

LEVELFROMTO

Description level-1 to level-2 | level-2 to level-1 level-1 Level-1 area level-2 Level-2 domain

WORD Access-list name

By default, IS-IS only redistributes specific L1 route to L2.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# redistribute isis level-2 into level-1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Restarts IS-IS and sets the grace period. restart isis [grace-period <1-65535>]

Configuration mode

Parameters grace-period

Description

<1-65535> Notify the neighbors of the restart time.

By default, grace-period is 65535 seconds.

Default

Status

Related

Commands router isis

32.41

restart-timer

Sets the T2 timer that the router waits for LSP database synchronization.

32-22


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Related

Commands

32.42

router isis

restart-timer <5-65535> LEVEL no restart-timer LEVEL


Parameters

<5-65535>

Description

Timeout time, in seconds

LEVEL level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2

By default, the restart-timer is 60 seconds for level-1 and level-2. isis restart-hello-interval, isis restart grace-period

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enables IS-IS. To disable IS -IS, use the no form of this command. router isis no router isis

Configuration mode

By default, IS-IS is disabled.

Initialize IS-IS and enters the IS-IS configuration mode. Configure at least one NET address to start IS-IS. Moreover, use the ip router isis command command to enable IS-IS on an interface.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# router isis ip router isis, net

32.43

set-overload-bit

Command

Syntax

Command

Sets the overload bit of self-LSP, use this command; to delete the overload position from self-LSP, use the no form of this command. set-overload-bit [SUPPRESS|STARTUP] no set-overload-bit


32-23


Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

SUPPRESS

STARTUP

Description suppress external | interlevel external does not notify of the external reachable routes coming from other protocols or other routing domains interlevel does not notify the internal routes with different levels on-startup <5-86400>

Interval after startup before clearing the overload bit.

By default, the overload bit is not set.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

If overload-bit is set in LSPs, the router will not be used as a transit router in

SPF calculation. With this command, the overload bit in LSPs sent by this router will be set, and other routers will not treat the router as a transit or forwarding router. When setting the overload bit, the router goes on receiving LSPs. If the on-startup option has been designated, the router only sets overload bit at startup, and then clears it after the specified interval. If the suppress option has been designated, the router will suppress the designated redistribution of reachable routes in the overload status.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# set-overload-bit on-startup 120

32.44

show clns is-neighbors

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Related

Commands

Shows IS neighbor information. show clns [TAG] is-neighbors [IFNAME|detail]

Configuration mode, read-only mode

Parameters

TAG

IFNAME

Detail show clns neighbor

Description

Show the routing area

Show neighbors on an interface

Show the detailed information of all interfaces

32.45

show clns neighbors

Shows CLNS neighbor information.

32-24


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show clns [TAG] neighbors [IFNAME|detail]


Parameters

TAG

IFNAME detail show clns is-neighbors

Related

Commands

32.46

show ip isis route

Description


Show neighbors on an interface

Show the detailed information of all interfaces

Shows the IS-IS IPv4 routing table.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show ip isis [TAG] route


Parameters

TAG

Description

Show the routing area show isis database, show isis topology

Related

Commands

32.47

show isis database

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the IS-IS link state database. show isis database [FLAGS|LEVEL|LSPID]


Parameters

FLAGS

Description

Detail | verbose

detail shows the detailed information of IS-IS Link State database.

verbose shows the detailed information of traffic engineering database

32-25


LEVEL

LSPID l1 | l2 | level-1 | level-2 l1 shows the IS-IS Level-1 Link State database l2 shows the IS-IS Level-2 Link State database level-1 shows the IS-IS Level-1 Link State database level-2 shows the IS-IS Level-2 Link State database

XXXX. XXXX. XXXX. XX-XX LSP ID show ip isis route, show isis topology

Related

Commands

32.48

show isis interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the detailed information of an interface. show isis [TAG] interface [IFNAME]


Parameters

TAG

IFNAME

Description


Interface name

32.49

show isis topology

Shows IS -IS topological data.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Related

Commands

32.50

spf-interval

show isis topology [l1 | level-1 | l2 | level-2]


Parameters level-1 level-2 show isis database

Description

IS-IS level-1 SPF topology

IS-IS level-2 SPF topology

Sets the minimum interval between two SPF calculations. Use no parameter and this command to set the interval value to the default value.

32-26


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description spf-interval [level-1|level-2] <1-120> no spf-interval


Parameters level-1 level-2

Description

Set SPF calculation interval for Level-1

Set SPF calculation interval for Level-2

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

<1-120> SPF interval, in seconds

By default, the spf-interface is 10 seconds.


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# spf-interval 5 level-2

32.51

summary-address

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures summary addresses for IS-IS. To delete summary addresses, use the no form of this command. Routes learned from other protocols can also be summarized. The metric value used by a summary address is the minimum among the metric values of all matched addresses. summary-address A.B.C.D/M {level-1|level-1-2|level-2} {metric

<0-16777214>} no summary-address A.B.C.D/M


Parameters

A. B. C. D/M level-1 level-1-2

Description

IPv4 prefix

Summary route only for Level-1.

Summary route for Level-1 and Level-2. level-2 metric

<0-16777214>

Summary route only for Level-2 .

Metric for summary route.

Under the narrow mode, ranges 0-63.

Under wide mode, ranges from 0 to 16777214.

By default, no summary addresses are configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-router-isis)# summary-address 10.10.0.0/16 level-1-2 summary-prefix

32-27

Chapter 32 ISIS

32.52

show isis counter

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows statistics for IS -IS. show isis counter

Configuration mode,read-only mode.

32.53

show isis interface counter

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows the statistics for an IS -IS interface. show isis interface counter

The configuration mode is read-only mode.

32.54

show running-config isis

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows the configuration of IS-IS. show running-config isis

Configuration mode, read-only mode.


32-28


33

33.1

access-list route

Chapter 33 Route Policy

Chapter 33

Route Policy

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To define an access-list. To delete it, use the no form of this command. access-list route <name> <1-65535> [deny| permit] [<A. B. C. D/M> | any] no access-list route <name> [deny |permit] [<A. B. C. D/M> | any] no access-list route <name>

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<name>

Description

Access-list name should be a character string or positive integer.

<1-65535> deny permit

<A. B. C. D/M> any

Priority level of the access-list should be expressed with a positive integer.

Deny the matched route.

Permit the matched route.

Specify the matched IP address and mask length.

Match any route.

After creating or deleting an access list, you should use the related commands where route filtering is needed.

Each access-list may contain multiple rules. The sequence of rules is very important. Once a match is found, comparisons to the rest of the rules end.

When adding rules with the same name, the following rules appy:

1) Different ACL rules with different priorities will be added to the access list according to their priorities; 2) Different rules with the same priority, the newer rule will replace the older rule; 3) Repeating the same rule with the same priority will not affect the access list; 4) Duplicating the same rule with different priorities, the newer rule will replace the older rule.

At the end of each access-list, there is a default match item "deny any", which can be changed by adding “permit any” with the higher priority level

(65535).

Filter all RIP routes received on interface e1:

OSM6508(config)# access-list route test 4 deny 192.168.1.0/24



Display:

33-1

Chapter 33 Route Policy Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

OSM6508(config)# show access-list route test

access-list route test 4 deny 192.168.1.0/24



Application:

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# router rip

OSM6508(config-router-rip)# distribute-list test in ethernet 1/1 distribute-list, access-list description

33.2

access-list route description

Configures a text description for an access-list.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Related

Commands

33.3

ip prefix-list

access-list route <name> description <desc> no access-list route <name> description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

<desc>

Description

Name of the access-list, which should be a character string.

Descriptive character string.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route test description TEST access-list route

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure a prefix list. To delete it, use the no form of this command.

{no} ip prefix-list <name> {seq <seq-no>} [[deny|permit] <A. B. C. D/M>

{ge <masklen1>}{le <masklen2>} | any]

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

<seq-no>

Description

Name of the prefix list, which should be a character string.

Sequence number of the prefix list, ranging from 1 to 4294967295.

Default

10

33-2

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 33 Route Policy deny permit

<A. B. C. D/M>

Deny the designated address range.

Permit the designated address range.

IP address range to be matched

M masklen1 masklen2

The matched mask length should be no less than this value and the value should range from M+1 to 32.

The matched mask length should be no more than this value and the value should range from M+1 to 32.

Match any IP address.

32

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines any

There is no prefix list.

After creating or deleting a prefix list with this command, you should apply the related command where route filtering is needed.

If necessary, use the ge and le clauses to designate the mask range for the prefix list based on M<masklen1<=masklen2. The prefix’s mask range should then be subject to the following formula: masklen1

≤

Mask length to be checked

≤

masklen2

In contrast, the prefix’s mask range without using the ge and le clauses will be subject to the following formula:

M

≤

Mask length to be checked

≤

32

The prefix list may be composed of several prefixes. To create them, you should use the same prefix list name but different sequence numbers. The prefix with a smaller sequence number will be matched first, and the sequence numbers may be continuos or discontinuous.

During address matching, a prefix of permit type that matches a certain address will pass filtering while that of deny type will fail to pass filtering, and the subsequent prefixes will not be checked. If the address does not fall within the normal address segment range, the next prefix will be checked according to the sequence number.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip prefix-list list1 seq 10 permit 10.0.0.0/8 ge 9 le

24

OSM6508(config)# ip prefix-list list1 seq 20 permit 20.0.0.0/8 ge 9 le

16

OSM6508(config-route-map)# match as-path list1 ip prefix-list description

33.4

ip prefix-list description

Configures a description for a prefix list.

33-3

Chapter 33 Route Policy Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ip prefix-list <name> description <desc> no ip prefix-list <name> description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

<desc>

Description


Description of the prefix list, which should be a character string.

There is no description for a prefix list.

Default

Status

Related

Commands ip prefix-list

33.5

match ip address prefix-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the match condition for the route-map.

{no} match ip address prefix-list <PrefixListName> route-map configuration mode

Parameters

<PrefixListName>

No match condition

Description


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

During route-map matching, routes that match at least one of the match conditions will be applied with the designated set operation, while those routes that do not match any match condition will be ignored.

The match process is done according to the route-map sequence number and the order of match conditions.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# ip prefix-list f1 permit 66.0.0.0/9

OSM6508(config)#route-map map1 permit 1

OSM6508(config-route-map)# match ip address f1

33.6

match metric

To configure the metric match condition in the route-map.

33-4


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

{no} match metric <0-4294967295> route-map configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4294967295>

No match condition

Description

Route metric

Usage

Examples

33.7

route-map


During route-map matching, routes that match at least one of the match conditions will be applied with the designated set operation, while those routes that do not match any match condition will be ignored.

The match process is done according to the route-map sequence number and the order of match conditions.

OSM6508(config)#route-map map1 permit 1

OSM6508(config-route-map)# match metric 1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Creates a route-map or enter the existing route-map configuration mode. route-map <name> [deny|permit] <1-65535> no route-map <name> no route-map <name> [deny|permit] <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name> deny

Description

Name of the designated route map

Default permit permit

<1-65535>

Routes that match are not redistributed.

Routes that match are processed by the set command and distributed, otherwise they will be ignored.

Sequence number of the route-map command. The route-map command will be executed in sequence from smallest to largest.

No route-map

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

The route-map command can more precisely control the filtering of routes.

33-5


Usage

Examples


The following example will explain how to configure a route-map.

Each route-map command includes a list of match and set commands, of which, the match command is used to specify the match conditions of route redistribution, while the set command is used to designate the operations to be done on matches during route redistribution.

The match command may take many forms. For details, please refer to the descriptions in previous sections. Note that the match command is sequence insensitive but all match conditions must take part in the match process.

A route-map may contain several commands. Those routes that do not match any of the match conditions will be ignored, that is, denied. To modify only certain attributes of a route, you should define a set command in the

route-map.

OSM6508(config)#access-list a1 permit 66.0.0.0/8

OSM6508(config)#route-map r1 permit 1

OSM6508(config-route-map)#match ip address a1

OSM6508(config-route-map)# set ip next-hop 192.168.0.176


OSM6508(config-router)#redistribute static route-map r1

33.8

set metric

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Cnfigures the route metric value a the route-map. set metric <0-4294967295> no set metric {<0-4294967295>}

Route-map mode

Parameters

<0-4294967295>

Description

Route metric

No set commands in a route-map

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Referenced route-map

OSM6508(config)# ip route 66.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.115

OSM6508(config)# access-list a1 permit 66.0.0.0/8

OSM6508(config)#route-map r1 permit 1

OSM6508(config-route-map)#match ip address a1

OSM6508(config-route-map)#set metric 10

OSM6508(config-route-map)#exit


OSM6508(config-router)#redistribute static route-map r1

33-6


Related

Commands route-map

33.9

Show access-list route


Shows the configuration of an access-list of route type.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show access-list route

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show access-list route access-list route

33.10

show ip prefix-list

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the configuration for a prefix list. show ip prefix-list show ip prefix-list [<name>|all] <A. B. C. D/M> show ip prefix-list [<name>|all] seq <1-4294967295> show ip prefix-list [<name>|all] {[ detail | summary]}

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name> all

<A. B. C. D/M>

<1-4294967295> detail summary

Description


Indicates all prefix lists

Prefix address

Sequence number of the same prefix list

Show detailed information, including usage statistics

Show summary information

Shows summary information only

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

The configuration of all prefix lists will be shown if no prefix list name is designated.

OSM6508(config)# show ip prefix-list

33-7


Related

Commands ip prefix-list

33.11

show route-map


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Show route-map configuration show route-map {<name>}

Configuration mode

Parameters

<name>

Description

Name of the designated route map. Optional.

The configuration information of all route-maps will be shown if no route-map name is designated.

OSM6508(config)# show route-map

33-8


34

34.1

Layer 3 multicast

Chapter 34 Multicast Route

Chapter 34

Multicast Route

34.1.1 clear ip mroute

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Deletes multicast routing table entries. clear ip mroute <group> {<source>}}

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<group>

<source>

Description

Dotted group address

Dotted source address

To delete the entire multicast routing table, use this command without any parameters.

When entrering only a group address, all multicast routing entries with the group address will be deleted.

To delete a route (S, G), enter the group address and the source address.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# clear ip mroute 224.1.1.1 192.168.1.1

OSM6508(config)# clear ip mroute

34.1.2 ip multicast-routing

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Enables IP Multicast routing. ip multicast-routing no ip multicast-routing

Configuration mode

Parameters no

Description

To disable IP multicast routing, use the no form of this command.

You should use this command to enable IP multicast forwarding before enabling a multicast routing protocol or IGMP.

34-1


OSM6508(config)# ip multicast-routing

OSM6508(config)# ip multicast-routing ip pim sparse-mode

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


34.1.3 show ip mroute

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To show the multicast routing table show ip mroute {<group>{/<mask>}| source <source>| summary}

Configuration mode

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<group>

Description

Group address of the multicast route, which is a class-D IP address

<source>

<mask> summary

Source address of the multicast route

Mask of the group address

Route statistics

This command can be used to show the contents of the IP multicast routing table. A multicast route is the result of running a multicast routing protocol and IGMP, which is used for the forwarding of a multicast packets.

If the command contains no parameters, then all the multicast routing entries will be shown. To show the (*,G) and (S,G) routes matching the specified group (and mask), enter the <group> parameter; to show all routes of the specified source address, enter the <source> parameter; to show statistics, enter the "summary" parameter.

OSM6508(config)# show ip mroute 225.1.1.0/24

34.1.4 show ip rpf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Shows the reverse path forwarding information for the specific multicast source. show ip rpf <A. B. C. D>

Configuration mode


34-2


Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples


<A. B. C. D> Source IP address of the multicast for the reverse path forwarding

This command is used to show the RPF (Reverse Path Forwarding) information of a specific multicast source, e. g. RPF upstream neighbor and inbound interface name corresponding to this source and IP address.

OSM6508(config)# show ip rpf 192.168.1.1

34.1.5 show running-config ip-multicast

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Shows multicast-related information in the current running configuration. show running-config ip-multicast

Configuration mode.

Usage

Examples

34.2

IGMP

This command is used to show the ip multicast, IGMP and PIM configuration information in the current running configuration.

However, the multicast configurations (such as ip pim sparse-mode) in the interface mode will not be shown. To show them, execute the command

show running-config interface.

OSM6508(config)# show running-config ip-multicast

34.2.1 clear ip igmp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Clears the current IGMP groups. clear ip igmp group {<group> | [Ethernet | loopback | pos | trunk | vlan ]

< ifname > }

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<group>

<ifname>

Description

Dotted IGMP group address (A. B. C. D)

Interface name; case sensitive

This command is used to clear dynamic IGMP group member information.

To delete a statically configured IGMP member, use the no ip igmp

34-3


Usage

Examples


static-group command.

To delete all the IGMP member groups, do not enter any parameter.

To delete a specific IGMP member from all interfaces, enter the group address.

To delete all IGMP member groups from an interface, enter the <ifname> interface parameter.

OSM6508(config)# clear ip igmp group

OSM6508(config)# clear ip igmp group 225.1.1.100

OSM6508(config)# clear ip igmp group ethernet 1/1

34.2.2 debug igmp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables IGMP debugging messages. To cancel the related debugging setting, use the no form of this command. debug igmp [packet|member] no debug igmp [packet|member|all]

Configuration mode.

Parameters packet

Description

Debug messages for IGMP packets member Debug messages for IGMP group members

By default, IGMP debug messages are disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Experienced users can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages to analyze the protocol status, to solve network problems.

Turn on the terminal monitor switch, and the debugging information will be output to the console.

OSM6508(config)# debug igmp packet Usage

Examples

Related

Commands terminal monitor

34.2.3 ip igmp access-group

Command

Syntax

Sets the access list to control member reports for a specific multicast group.

To cancel the filter setting, use the no form of this command. ip igmp access-group <access_list> no ip igmp access-group

34-4


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Interface configuration mode.


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


By default, no ip igmp access-groups are configured on interfaces.

Configure an ip igmp access-group on an interface to permit or deny

IGMP reports by route ACL.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route igmpgrp_acl 10 permit 226.0.0.0/8


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip igmp access-group igmpgrp_acl access-list route

34.2.4 ip igmp member-timeout

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Sets the IGMP member timeout. To restore the member timeout to the default value, use the no form of this command. ip igmp member-timeout <70-65535> no ip igmp member-timeout


Parameters

<70-65535>

Description

Timeout of the IGMP member in seconds

The default member timeout is 260 seconds.

The member timeout time is equal to the reliability coefficient * the query interval + the response time, that is, 2*125+10s = 260s by default.


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip igmp member-timeout 300 ip igmp querier-timeout ip igmp query-interval

34.2.5 ip igmp querier-timeout

Sets the IGMP querier timeout. To restore the IGMP querier timeout to the

34-5


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration default value, use the no form of this command. ip igmp querier-timeout <65-6005> no ip igmp querier-timeout <65-6005>



<65-6005> Timeout of the IGMP querier in seconds

The default IGMP querier timeout is 255 seconds.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

On network segments, only one router is elected the IGMP querier. All other routers become non-queriers. If the non-querier router does not receive any query packets during the timeout time, it will consider that the querier no longer exists and will then start sending query packets once again.

The querier-timeout is equal to the product of the reliability coefficient * the query interval + half of the response time, that is, 2*125+10/2s = 255s by default.

OSM6508(config)# int ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip igmp querier-timeout 200 ip igmp member-timeout ip igmp query-interval

34.2.6 ip igmp query-interval

Command

S yntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the IGMP query interval. To restore the IGMP query interval to the default value, use the no form of this command. ip igmp query-interval <30-3000> no ip igmp query-interval


Parameters

<30-3000>

Description

IGMP query interval in seconds

The default IGMP query interval is 125 seconds.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

The IGMP query interval is an important parameter specified in the protocol.

It controls the sending frequency of the IGMP queries, so that routers can discover the groups that IGMP hosts want to receive packets for.

34-6


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands



OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip igmp query-interval 100 ip igmp member-timeout ip igmp querier-timeout

34.2.7 ip igmp static-group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures an IGMP static member at the interface. To delete the static member, use the no form of this command. ip igmp static-group no ip igmp static-group <A. B. C. D>


Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Group address no Deletes the static member

By default, there are no static members.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configure a static IGMP member on the designated interface if necessary.

Static IGMP members do not timeout.

You can use this command to ensure constant multicast forwarding or use it for simple testing.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip igmp static-group 224.1.1.1

34.2.8 show debug igmp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Shows the IGMP debug message configuration. show debug igmp

Configuration mode.

This command is used to show the IGMP debug configuration.

OSM6508(config)# show debug igmp

34-7

Chapter 34 Multicast Route Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

34.2.9 show ip igmp group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the current group member information of IGMP. show ip igmp group {<A. B. C. D> | static | summery | interface

[Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname>}

Configuration mode.

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters static

Description

Show static member group summary Member group count shown by category (dynamic and static)

<interface>

<ifname>

Interface (keyword)

Interface name

This command is used to show the group members received by IGMP and the static group member configuration. To show all the current IGMP members, do not specify any parameter. To show the current IGMP members on an interface, specify the interface parameter. To show the total number of multicast groups by types, use the summary option.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show ip igmp group interface ethernet 1/1

OSM6508(config)# show ip igmp group ip igmp static-group

34.2.10 show ip igmp timer

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Shows the default and current values of the IGMP timers. show ip igmp timer {interface [Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan]

<ifname>}

Configuration mode.


<ifnamee> interface

There are three important timers in IGMP: IGMP querier timeout, the IGMP member timeout and the IGMP query interval timer. This command can show their default, recommended and current values in seconds.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show ip igmp group

34-8


Related

Commands ip igmp member-timeout ip igmp querier-timeout ip igmp query-interval

34.3

PIM

34.3.1 debug pim


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables PIM debugging messages. To cancel the related debugging messages, use the no form of this command. debug pim [packet [ hello |register| join-prune| bootstrap| assert| graft| cand-rp-adv | all | summary] ] no debug pim [packet [ hello |register| join-prune| bootstrap| assert| graft| cand-rp-adv | all | summary] ]

Configuration mode.

Parameters packet hello register join-prune bootstrap

Description

Shows debug messages for PIM packets

Shows debug messages for PIM hello packets

Shows debug messages for PIM register packets

Shows debug messages for PIM join-prune packets

Shows debug messages for PIM bootstrap packets

Shows debug messages for PIM assert packets assert graft Shows debug messages for PIM graft/graft-ack packets cand-rp-adv summary all

Shows debug messages for PIM cand-rp-adv packets

Shows basic information for PIM packets

Shows all debug messages for PIM packets

By default, all the debug messages are disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Experienced users can, when necessary, turn on debugging messages to analyze the protocol status, to solve network problems.

Turn on the terminal monitor switch, and the debugging information will be output to the console.

OSM6508(config)# debug pim packet join-prune

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands terminal monitor

34-9

Chapter 34 Multicast Route Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

34.3.2 ip pim bsr-border

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the related interface as the border for PIM Bootstrap messages.

To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim bsr-border no ip pim bsr-border


Parameters Description no Used to cancel the setting

By default, the interface will not serve as the border for PIM Bootstrap message, that is, it will forward PIM Bootstrap messages.

After an interface is configured as the BSR border, Bootstrap messages will not be forwarded out the interface.

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip pim bsr-border

34.3.3 ip pim bsr-candidate

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets this router as a candidate BSR. To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim bsr-candidate [Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname>

{hash-mask-length <0-32> priority <0-255>} no ip pim bsr-candidate

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<interface>

Description

Interface name for the IP address of the candidate BSR

<0-32> Mask length for the BSR to calculate the RP mapping,

0 by default

<0-255> Priority of the candidate BSR to contend for the BSR,

0 (lowest priority) by default

By default, this router is not a candidate BSR.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

A BSR (Bootstrap Router) periodically sends bootstrap messages in the

PIM-SM network. There must be a unique BSR in the PIM-SM network, which receives messages advertised from candidate RPs and sends

34-10

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 34 Multicast Route bootstrap messages to notify all routers in its domain of the current RP list.

In the PIM-SM network, at least one candidate BSR must be configured via this command.

Multicast must be started first on the interface that serves as the candidate

BSR.

OSM6508(config)# ip pim bsr-candidate ethernet 1/1 ip pim rp-candidate

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

34.3.4 ip pim downstream-filter

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Filters multicast groups from downstream routers via an access list. To cancel the filtering policy setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim downstream-filter <access_list> no ip pim downstream-filter


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


By default, there’s no filtering.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

By enabling this filtering mechanism on a specific interface, you can filter the received multicast groups in the PIM Join/Prune packets, so as to determine whether to accept or reject the groups within the specified range.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route down_acl 10 permit 226. 0. 0. 0/8

OSM6508(config)# interface eth 1/1

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim downstream-filter down_acl access-list route

34.3.5 ip pim dr-priority

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures the DR priority on an interface. To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim dr-priority <0-4294967294> no ip pim dr-priority


34-11


Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<0-4294967294>

Parameter

Description

DR priority

Description

The DR priority is 1 (the lowest priority).

Usage

Examples


When several PIM routers exist in a network segment, they will send hello packets to elect a DR. As a result, the winner will take care of user data on this network segment. The election rules are as follows: A router with the highest priority will become the DR first; for routers with the same DR priority, the one with the largest interface IP address will be selected as the

DR.


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim dr-priority 100

34.3.6 ip pim message-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the message interval of JOIN-PRUNE message of the PIM. To restore the set interval to the default value, use the no form of this command. ip pim message-interval <1-65535> no ip pim message-interval

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Message interval for JOIN-PRUNE messages in seconds

By default, the pim JOIN-PRUNE message interval is 60 seconds.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

This command can be used to modify the PIM JOIN-PRUNE message interval.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip pim message-interval 30 ip pim query-interval

34.3.7 ip pim sparse-mode

Enables PIM on an Interface. To disable PIM on an Interface, use the no

34-12


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines form of this command. ip pim [dense-mode | sparse-mode| passive] no ip pim [dense-mode | sparse-mode| passive]



Parameters sparse-mode dense-mode passive

Description

Sparse mode

Dense mode (currently not supported)

Passive mode, that is, only IGMP packets will be received.

By default, PIM is disabled on all interfaces.

In order to forwarded IP multicast packets, a multicast routing protocol needs to be enabled on interfaces. Use this command to enable either PIM sparse-mode (PIM-SM) or PIM dense-mode* (PIM -DM) on an interface.

Note: * Please check for availability.

To use PIM, you should enable PIM on at least one interface via this command. Also, IGMP needs to be enabled on Intefaces with IGMP hosts connected.

Also before executing this command, you should use the ip

multicast-routing command to enable multicast forwarding.

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim sparse-mode

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip multicast-routing

34.3.8 ip pim neighbor-filter

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the neighbor filtering rule via an access list. To cancel this filtering policy setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim neighbor-filter <access_list> no ip pim neighbor-filter


Parameters

<access_list>

Description


34-13


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

By default, PIM neighbors are not filtered.


By enabling this filtering mechanism on an interface, you can filter the received PIM Hello packets so as to determine whether to accept or reject the neighbor based on a route ACL.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route neig_acl 10 permit 192.168.1.1/32


OSM6508(config-if-eth0/0)# ip pim neighbor-filter neig_acl access-list route

34.3.9 ip pim query-interval

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the transmission interval for PIM HELLO messages for the corresponding interface. To restore the interval to the default value, use the

no form of this command. ip pim query-interval <1-18724> no ip pim query-interval


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


<1-18724> Transmission interval for the PIM HELLO messages in seconds; 30 seconds by default

This command can be used to modify the PIM HELLO message transmission interval of an interface, if necessary.


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim query-interval 25 ip pim message-interval

34.3.10 ip pim rp-address <A. B. C. D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures a static RP address. To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim rp-address <A. B. C. D> {group <A. B. C. D/M> {[override | priority

<0-254>]}} no ip pim rp-address <A. B. C. D> {group <A. B. C. D/M>}

Configuration mode.

34-14


Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines


Parameters

<A. B. C. D> group <A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Static RP address

Group address range for the RP; all groups by default:

224. 0. 0. 0/4

Override the bootsrap message override priority <0-254>

There is no static RP entries.

Priority of the static RP; 254 by default (the lowest priority)

The RP (Rendezvous Point) is the root node of the RPT (Rendezvous Point

Tree) in the PIM network. There must be a unique RP device in the PIM network, which receives the PIM REGISTER packet sent from the source

DR and forwards the data along the RPT. Upon receipt of IGMP requests, each border PIM router will send a group join packet to the RP to request data streams for the corresponding group.

In the PIM network, you can use this command to configure one or more static RP addresses, if necessary.

OSM6508(config)# ip pim rp-address 192.168.1.1 group 225.0.0.0/8

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip pim bsr-candidate ip pim rp-address

34.3.11 ip pim rp-candidate

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Sets this router as a PIM candidate RP. To cancel the setting, use the no form of this command. ip pim rp-candidate [Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname> {group

<A.B.C.D/M>} no ip pim rp-candidate [Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname> {group

<A.B.C.D/M>}

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<ifname>

<A. B. C. D/M>

Description

Interface name for the IP address of the candidate RP

Group address range for the RP; all the groups by default: 224. 0. 0. 0/4 no Cancel the RP setting

This router is not a candidate RP.

34-15


Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

The RP (Rendezvous Point) is the root node of the RPT (Rendezvous Point

Tree) in the PIM network. There must be a unique RP device in the PIM network, which receives the PIM REGISTER packet sent from the source

DR and forwards the data along the RPT. Upon receipt of IGMP requests, each border PIM router will send a group join packet to the RP to request data streams for the corresponding group.

In the PIM protocol, communication traffic can be configured to switch from

RPT to SPT with the source DR serving as the root after it reaches a certain threshold, so as to optimize the data stream path. In the software the traffic threshold is 0, that is, RPT will be immediately switched over to the SPT once any RPT data stream arrives.

In the PIM network, at least one candidate RP must be configured via this command or static RPs configured on each router.

Multicast must be started first on the interface that serves as the candidate

RP.

OSM6508(config)# ip pim rp-candidate ethernet 1/1 group 225.0.0.0/8 ip pim bsr-candidate ip pim rp-address


34.3.12 ip pim source-dr-filter group

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Filters multicast packets on the source-dr via ACL for destination group. To cancel the filtering policy, use the no form of this command. ip pim source-dr-filter group <access_list> no ip pim source-dr-filter group


Parameters

<access_list>

Description



Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enable this filtering mechanism on an interface of the source DR to filter multicast packets based on destination group address.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# access-list route sdrgrp_acl 10 permit 226.0.0.0/8


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim source-dr-filter group sdrgrp_acl access-list route

34-16

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration Chapter 34 Multicast Route

34.3.13 ip pim source-dr-filter source

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Filters multicast packets on the source-dr via ACL for source IP address. To cancel the filtering policy, use the no form of this command. ip pim source-dr-filter source <access_list> no ip pim source-dr-filter source


Parameters

<access_list>

Description



Enable this filtering mechanism on an interface of the source DR to filter multicast packets based on source IP address.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route sdrsrc_acl 10 permit 192.168.1.1/32

OSM6508(config)# interface ethernet

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# ip pim source-dr-filter source sdrsrc_acl access-list route

34.3.14 show debug pim

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Shows the PIM debugging configuration. show debug pim

Configuration mode.

This command is used to show the PIM debugging configuration.

OSM6508(config)# show debug pim

34.3.15 show ip pim bsr-router

Command

Syntax

Shows the BSR election status of PIM. show ip pim bsr-router

34-17


Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Configuration mode.

This command shows information such as the current BSR address, priority and RP mapping mask.

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim bsr-router

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip pim bsr-candidate


34.3.16 show ip pim interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows information about the PIM interface. show ip pim interface {[Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname>}

Configuration mode.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Parameters

<ifname>

Description

Interface name

This command is used to show the list of the interfaces running PIM and their states.

To show all the PIM interfaces, do not enter the <ifname> parameter; to show the PIM information for a specific interface, enter the <ifname> parameter.

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim interface ip pim sparse

34.3.17 show ip pim neighbor

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows the PIM neighbors. show ip pim neighbor {[Ethernet|loopback|pos|trunk|vlan] <ifname> }

Configuration mode.

34-18


Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples


Parameters

<ifname>

Description

Interface name

This command is used to show PIM neighbors. A PIM neighbor is discovered through HELLO packets.

To show all the PIM neighbors, do not enter the <ifname> parameter; to show the PIM neighbors on a specific interface, enter the <ifname> parameter.

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim neighbor

34.3.18 show ip pim rp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Shows the current RP list. show ip pim rp

Configuration mode.

This command shows the list of the currently available RPs, including the

RP address, managed group address range, source and timeout time.

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim rp ip pim rp-candidate

34.3.19 show ip pim rp-candidate

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related show the current candidate RP list. show ip pim rp-candidate

Configuration mode.

This command can be used on the candidate RP or BSR to show the candidate RP information.

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim rp-candidate ip pim rp-candidate

34-19


Commands


34.3.20 show ip pim rp-hash <A. B. C. D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

To determine the RP mapping of a group. show ip pim rp-hash <A. B. C. D>

Configuration mode.

Parameters

<A. B. C. D>

Description

Group address to be queried

This command can be used to calculate the RP mapping of any group so as to know the RP used for the group.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show ip pim rp-hash 224.1.1.1 ip pim rp-candidate

34-20

n

Part 6

MPLS Configuration

Chapter 35 MPLS Part 6 MPLS Configuration

35

35.1

mpls ip

Enables MPLS on the interface.

“no” format of this command disables MPLS on the interface.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples mpls ip no mpls ip


By default, MPLS is disabled on all interfaces.

Before enabling MPLS on an interface, LDP must be globally enabled first.

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls label protocol ldp


OSM6508(config-vlan-v1) # mpls ip show mpls ldp interfaces

35.2

mpls label protocol ldp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Globally enables LDP and MPLS forwarding.

“no” format of this command globally disables LDP and MPLS forwarding. mpls label protocol ldp no mpls label protocol

Configuration Mode

By default, LDP and MPLS forwarding are disabled.

Before configuring any MPLS parameters, it is neccesary to globally enable

MPLS forwarding.

OSM6508(config)# mpls label protocol ldp

35-1

Chapter 35

MPLS

Chapter 35 MPLS

Examples

Related

Commands mpls ip

35.3

mpls ldp advertise-labels


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the label distribution policy for LDP

“no” format of this command disables the policy. mpls ldp advertise-labels for <prefix_aclname> mpls ldp advertise-labels to <peer_aclname> no mpls ldp advertise-labels

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<prefix_aclname>

Description

Used for filtering FEC label distribution

<peer_aclname> Used for filtering label distribution to LSR neighbors

By default, no filtering is done.

By using the “for <prefix_aclname”> parameters, the OSM6500 only distributes FEC labels permitted by the prefix_aclname. The prefix_aclname list should contain the list of permitted FECs.

With the “to <peer_aclname>” parameters, the OSM6500 only distributes labels to adjacent routers permitted by the peer_aclname (based on LDP

ID). The peer_aclname should be the subnet of the interface where the neighbor LSR exists.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# access-list route a1 1 permit 192.168.1.0/24

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp advertise-labels for a1 show mpls ldp bindings

35.4

mpls ldp backoff

Command

Syntax

Configures the initial and the maximum time for the LDP backoff mechanism.

“no” format of this command restores the initial and maximum times to their default values. mpls ldp backoff <initial-backoff> < maximum-backoff> no mpls ldp backoff

35-2

Part 6 MPLS Configuration Chapter 35 MPLS

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configuration mode

Parameters

<initial-backoff>

Description

The initial backoff time

(seconds: 5 – 2147483)

Default

15 seconds

<maximum-backoff> The maximum backoff time 120 seconds

(seconds: 5 – 2147483)

When LDP neighbors fail to establish a connection (possibly due to incompatability), a backoff mechnasim is used to prevent continuous retries.

The OSM6500 will delay the retry for <initial-backoff>. If the connection continues to fail, the delay time will be doubled until <maximum-backoff> is reached.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp backoff 30 120 show mpls ldp backoff show mpls ldp parameters

35.5

mpls ldp discovery

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the interval for LDP hello messages and the hold time for either directly connected neighbors or remote (targeted) neighbors.

“no” format of this command will restore the default values. mpls ldp discovery [ hello | target -hello ] [ holdtime | interval ] <seconds> no mpls ldp discovery [ hello | target-hello ] [ holdtime | interval ]

Confiuration Mode

Parameters hello target-hello holdtime

Description

Configures the sending interval for hello messages and the holdtime which is related to directly connected neighbors.

Configures the sending interval of hello messages and the holdtime which is related to indirectly connected neighbors.

When no hello messages are received from an LDP neighbor for the holdtime, the neighbor will be considered dead.

Defines the sending interval for hello messages.

Defines the number of seconds for the holdtime or hello interval (seconds: 1-65535) interval

<seconds>

35-3


Default

Status

For directly connected neighbors, the default hello interval is 5 seconds and holdtime is 15 seconds; For remote neighbors, the default hello interval is

15 seconds and the holdtime is 45 seconds.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp discovery hello interval 20 show mpls ldp parameters

35.6

mpls ldp discovery transport-address

Configures the transport address in hello messages sent from the interface.

“no” format of this command restores the transport address in hello messages to the default value.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status mpls ldp discovery transport-address [ interface | <ip address> ] no mpls ldp discovery transport-address

Interface Confiuration mode

Parameters interface

Description

Use the Interface’s IP address as the transport address in hello messages sent from the interface.

<ip address> Use the specified IP address as the transport address in hello messages sent from the interface.

By default, the LDP router-id is the transport address in hello messages sent from the interface.

Usage

Guidelines

When establishing a connection between two switches, it is necessary to establish a TCP connection. Each switch must know the transport address of its neighbor. This command enables the user to change the value of transport address.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-vlan-v1) mpls ldp discovery transport-address interface show mpls ldp discovery show mpls ldp neighbor

35.7

mpls ldp holdtime

35-4

Configures the holdtime when no LDP message are received on a session.

“no” format of this command restores the holdtime to the default value.


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description mpls ldp holdtime <seconds> no mpls ldp holdtime

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<seconds>

Description

Holdtime when no LDP messages are received on the session

(seconds: 1-65535)

By default, the holdtime is 40 seconds.

Default

40 seconds

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

When a connection is established between two switches, the value of connection holdtime is the smaller of the two connection holdtimes configured on the two switches.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config) # mpls ldp holdtime 60 show mpls ldp parameters

35.8

mpls ldp loop-detection

Enable LDP loop detection.

“no” format of this command disabled loop detection.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples mpls ldp loop-detection no mpls ldp loop-detection

Configuration Mode

By default, LDP loop detection is disabled.

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp loop-detection

35.9

mpls ldp router-id

Command

Confugures the LDP router ID.

“no” format of this command restores the ROUTER ID to the default value. mpls ldp router-id [loopback <interface_name> |vlan <interface_name> |

35-5


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines ethernet <slot/port> | pos <slot/port> ] no mpls ldp router-id

Configuration Mode

Parameters loopback

<interface_name> vlan

<interface_name>

Description

LOOPBACK interface

Name of LOOPBACK interface

VLAN interface

Name of VLAN interface ethernet

<slot/port> pos

ETHERNET interface

Slot and Port number

? ETHERNET interface ? pos interface

<slot/port>


? POS interface?

By default, the LDP router ID is the loopback interface IP address. If there’s no IP address on the loopback interface, then the router ID is the highest IP address of all current interfaces.

Normally the LDP router ID is the loopback IP address. If the LDP router ID is configured to be the IP from a different interface, that interface must be operational.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp router-id loopback 1 show mpls ldp discovery

35.10

mpls ldp targeted-sessions

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Configures a target LDP neighbor.

“no” format of this command deletes the targeted neighbor. mpls ldp targeted-sessions with <accesslist> no mpls ldp targeted-sessions

Configuration Mode

Parameters

<accesslist>

Description

Accesslist of target neighbors

Receive all targeted hello messages.

35-6


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<accesslist> contains the LSR ID of the targeted neighbors.

OSM6508(config)# access-list route a1 1 permit 192.168.1.1/32

OSM6508(config)# mpls ldp targeted-sessions with a1 show mpls ldp discovery

35.11

mpls signalling advertise implicit-null

Enables implicit-null signalling to be used and php enabled.

“no” format of this command advertises the OSM6500 to be the the last hop.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands mpls signalling advertise implicit-null <accesslist> no mpls signalling advertise implicit-null

Configuration Mode

By default, implicit-null signalling is disabled.

OSM6508(config)# mpls signalling advertise implicit-null acl1 mpls label protocol ldp

35.12

show mpls ldp backoff

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Displays the LDP backoff timers. show mpls ldp backoff

Configuration Mode

Displays the initial and maximum backoff time for LDP sessions.

OSM6508(config) # show mpls ldp backoff mpls ldp backoff

35-7

Chapter 35 MPLS

35.13

show mpls ldp bindings


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Displays the lable-mappings distributed by LDP. show mpls ldp bindings <A.B.C.D/M> <A.B.C.D/M>

Configuration Mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

Description

Specifies the IP address and mask length.

? optional?

<A.B.C.D/M>

Specifies the IP address and mask length.

? optional?

This command shows the label-mappings distributed by LDP, if there are no parameters, all label-mapping information will be shown; when an IP address and net mask are specified, only the label-mapping information of the matching LSP (label switch path) with this IP address and mask will be shown. Contents shown include information such as the corresponding IP address and mask length of the LSP, label-mapping received and distributed by the LSP, adjacent LDP identifier, label information, etc.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config) # show mpls ldp bindings

35.14

show mpls ldp discovery

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Displays information about the LDP neighbor discovery process. show mpls ldp discovery

Configuration Mode

This command displays information about the LDP neighbor discovery process, including the local LDP identifier, interface name, LDP identifier and transport address of the adjacent neighbor, etc.

OSM6508(config) # show mpls ldp discovery

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show mpls ldp neighbor show mpls ldp interfaces

35-8


35.15

show mpls ldp interfaces

Chapter 35 MPLS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Displays LDP Interface information. show mpls ldp interfaces [vlan <interface_name> | ethernet <slot/port> ]

Configuation Mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters vlan

<interface_name>

Description

VLAN interface

Name of VLAN interface ethernet Ethernet interface

<slot/port>


? ethernet interface?

If not interface is specified, all LDP interfaces are displayed. Information displayed includes: inteface name, transport address and whether label switching has been enabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config) # show mpls interfaces vlan test mpls label protocol ldp mpls ip

35.16

show mpls ldp neighbor

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Displays LDP neighbor information. show mpls ldp neighbor [vlan <interface_name> | ethernet <slot/port>|

<A.B.C.D>]

Configuration Mode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters vlan

<interface_name> ethernet

<slot/port>

Description

VLAN interface

VLAN interface name

Ethernet interface

Slot and Port number(ethernet interface)

<A.B.C.D> LSR ID of the neighbor

This command displays information for LDP neighbors. The contents include information such as the local LDP identifier, LDP identifier of the neighbor, connection state, method of label ditribution, name and address

35-9

Chapter 35 MPLS of the interface for the adjacent LDP ID, etc…

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show mpls ldp neighbor show mpls ldp discovery

35.17

show mpls ldp parameters


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Displays LDP configuration information. show mpls ldp parameters

Configuration Mode

Displays LDP configuration information. The content includes information such as the LDP protocol version, local LDP identifier, keepalive and holdtimes and backoff timers.

OSM6508(config)# show mpls ldp parameters

35-10

Part 7

VPN Configuration


36

36.1

debug lspm l2vpn

Chapter 36 L2 VPN Commands

Chapter 36

L2 VPN Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Enables debugging messages related to L2VPN in MPLS -TE.

To disable the debugging, use the no form of this command. debug lspm l2vpn no debug lspm l2vpn

Configuration mode.

By default, debugging messages are disabled.

When enabled, debug information related to L2VPN in MPLS-TE are logged.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# debug lspm l2vpn

36.2

debug mpls l2transport

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Enables debugging messages related to l2transport.

To disable the debugging, use the no form of this command.

debug mpls l2transport no debug mpls l2transport

Configuration mode.

By default, debugging messages are disabled.

When enabled, the system will show debugging information for the transmission and receiption of the remote hello messages related to

MARTINI (L2VPN), the message creation and deletion of remote sessions, the VC-based setup, deletion and availability of the LSP, and the binding of

L2VPN.

OSM6508(config) # debug mpls l2transport

36-1


Examples

36.3

mpls l2transport route


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures whether L2VLAN packets are forwarded via a specific VC.

To delete the L2VPN, use the no form of this command.

mpls l2transport route <A.B.C.D> < 1-2147483646> [tagged | <slot/port>] no mpls l2transport route


Usage

Guidelines

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<1-2147483646>

Description

IP address of the peer PE for the VC

VC identifier, ranging from 1 to 2147483646. tagged Sets the l2vpn working mode either tagged or raw mode. If you do not specify “tagged”, then “raw” mode is used. <Optional>

<slot/port> Sets the l2vpn working mode on the port <slot/port>.

If you do not specify <slot/port>, vlan mode is used.

<Optional>

MPLS L2 VLAN VCs interconnect two PE switches via the MPLS domain.

You can configure this command on the VLAN interface connecting the PE switch to the CE switch, so that L2 VLAN packets are sent to the peer via the MPLS network. The “tagged” option sets whether packets transmitted by the PE have a tag id.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Note

When configuring the vc_id on a switch, you must ensure that the vc_ids on both ends be the same. If the LSRs of both ends of a l2vpn use the “tagged” setting, you must ensure both LSRs work in the same mode, that is, in raw mode or tagged mode, so that the two can establish an l2vpn.

OSM6508(config) # interface vlan vlan1

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1) # mpls l2transport route 192.168.1.1 5 tagged show mpls ldp discovery show mpls ldp neighbor show mpls l2 vc detail

36.4

mpls static l2transport route

Statically configures the forwarding of L2 VLAN packets on a specific VC.

To delete the static L2VPN, use the no form of this command.

36-2

Part 7 VPN Configuration Chapter 36 L2 VPN Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines mpls static l2transport route <vc_id> <A.B.C.D> <remote_label>

<local_label> [tagged| <slot/port>| <trunkname>] no mpls static l2transport route


Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<vc_id>

Description

IP address of the peer PE for the VC

VC identifier, ranging from 1 to 255

<remote_label> VC label marked on the L2 VLAN packets forwarded by the incoming node PE LSR

<local_label> VC label marked on the L2 VLAN packets forwarded to the outgoing node PE LSR tagged Sets the l2vpn working mode either tagged or raw mode. If you do not specify “tagged”, then “raw” mode is used. <Optional>

<slot/port> Sets the l2vpn working mode on the port <slot/port>. If you do not specify <slot/port>, vlan mode is used. <Optional>

MPLS L2 VLAN VCs interconnect the VLANs of two PE switches through the MPLS domain. You can configure the L2VPN remote PE address information and remote and local VC label information on the VLAN interface, in order to enable L2 VLAN packets of both switches to be sent to the peer via the MPLS network.

Usage

Examples

Note

When configuring the vc_id on a switch, you must ensure that the vc_ids on both ends be the same. If the LSRs of both ends of a l2vpn use the “tagged” setting, you must ensure both LSRs work in the same mode, that is, in raw mode or tagged mode, so that the two can establish an l2vpn.

OSM6508(config)# interface vlan vlan1

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)# mpls static l2transport route 30 192.168.1.1

115 133

36.5

show mpls l2 transport vc

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows part or all the static and dynamic L2VPN configuration.

show mpls l2transport vc {<1-255> | detail}

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description

VC id number (optional)

36-3


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Part 7 VPN Configuration detail Whether to show detailed information (optional)

This command shows information for static and dynamic L2VPNs, including the VC ID allocated to the switch interface, the interface that forwards L2

VLAN packets, VC status, the VC label locally allocated, the VC label sent from the neighboring switch and the tunneling label used in the MPLS network. Its two parameters are both optional.

OSM6508(config)# show mpls l2 transport vc

36-4


37


&

37.1

debug mpls vpls

Chapter 37 VPLS Commands*

Chapter 37

VPLS Commands*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

37.2

mpls vpls

Enables VPLS-related debugging messages.

To disable the messages, use the no form of this command.

debug mpls vpls no debug mpls vpls

Configuration mode

By default, debugging is disabled.

When enabled, the system will show information on the transmission and receiption of messages related to VPLS and VPLS pw-based setup.

OSM6508(config)# debug mpls vpls

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Adds a VLAN to the VPLS domain.

To delete the vlan from the VPLS domain, use the no form of this command. mpls vpls <vplsname> no mpls vpls


Parameters

<vplsname>

Description

VPLS domain name

By default, no VPLS domain configuration

Usage Use this command to add a VLAN interface to the VPLS domain named

37-1

Chapter 37 VPLS Commands* Part 7 VPN Configuration

Guidelines vplsname, so that the L2 packets of the VLAN can cross the VPLS to reach other VLANs connected to this VPLS domain.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)# mpls vpls v1 show interface vpls

37.3

mpls vpls disable

Disables VPLS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status mpls vpls disable

Configuration mode

By default, VPLS is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls vpls disable mpls vpls enable

37.4

mpls vpls domain

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Adds a VPLS domain.

To delete a VPLS domain, use the no form of this command.

mpls vpls domain <vplsname> <1-255> no mpls vpls domain {<vplsname>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<vplsname>

Description

VPLS domain name

<1-255> VPLS domain Index

By default, no VPLS domains are configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Allows the OSM6500 to join the VPLS domain for the specified index.

37-2


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls vpls v1 10

OSM6508(config)# no mpls vpls v1 show mpls vpls domain

37.5

mpls vpls enable

Enables VPLS

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status mpls vpls enable

Configuration mode

By default, VPLS is disabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls vpls enable mpls vpls disable

37.6

mpls vpls OUI

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

To configure the VPLS OUI.

mpls vpls OUI <1-16777215>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-16777215>

Description

VPLS OUI

No VPLS domain configuration

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# mpls vpls OUI 122 show mpls vpls domain

Chapter 37 VPLS Commands*

37-3

Chapte r 37 VPLS Commands*

37.7

show interface vpls


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Shows the interface VPLS configuration show interface vpls {[<vplsname>]}*1

Configuration mode


<vplsname> VPLS domain name

This command shows the configuration all VLAN interfaces for the VPLS domain whose name is vplsname.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show mpls vpls interface v1

37.8

show mpls vpls domain

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Shows the VPLS domain configuration.

show mpls vpls domain {<vplsname>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<vplsname>

Description

VPLS domain name

This comand shows the VPLS domain configuration for vplsname. If

vplsname is not specified, the command will show all VPLS domains.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show mpls vpls domain mpls vpls domain

37.9

show mpls vpls peer

Command

Syntax

Shows the BGP Peer neighbor information for VPLS.

show mpls vpls peer

37-4

Part 7 VPN Configuration Chapter 37 VPLS Commands*

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

This command shows the peer neighbor information for all VPLS domains.

OSM6508(config)# show mpls vpls peer

37.10

show mpls vpls pseudowire

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Shows the pseudowire configuration for the VPLS domain.

show mpls vpls pseudowire <vplsname>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<vplsname>

Description

VPLS domain name

This command shows the pseudowire configuration for the VPLS domain

vplsname. If no vplsname is specified, then all pseudowires are displayed.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show mpls vpls pseudowire v1

37-5

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands Part 7 VPN Configuration

38

38.1

address-family

Chapter 38

MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Use this command to enter the ipv4 or vpnv4 address family configuration sub-mode. In the sub-mode, you can configure parameters specific to the address family for the routing protocols for a vrf.

address-family ipv4 vrf vrf_name no address-family ipv4 vrf vrf_name address-family vpnv4 [unicast] no address-family vpnv4 [unicast]


Parameters ipv4

Description

Configure the vrf with standard IPv4 adress prefixes vpnv4 Configure the vrf for vpnv4

Usage

Guidelines

Related

Commands unicast Designated Unicast prefix vrf_name Specify the name of the VRF associated with the submode command

This command is used to enter the ipv4 or vpnv4 address family configuration sub-mode. In the sub-mode, you can configure parameters specific to the address family for the routing protocols for a vrf. ip vrf exit-address-family neighbor activate

38.2

clear ip route vrf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Refreshes all the routes in the vrf fib table.

clear ip route vrf <vrf_name>

Configuration mode

38-1


Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Parameters vrf_name

Description

Name of the designated VRF

This command can validate the vrf import map configuration while maintaining TCP connections.

OSM6508(config)# clear ip route vrf vpn1 show ip route vrf show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf import map

38.3

exit-address-family

Exits the current address family configuration sub-mode.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands exit-address-family

Address family configuration sub-mode

OSM6508(config-router-af)# exit-address-family address-family

38.4

import map <route-map-name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the import route map for a VRF.

import map <route-map-name> no import map <route-map-name>

VRF submode

Parameters route-map-name

Description

The import route map for the VRF.

No “route-map” configuration.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

This command can better control the routes for a VRF. It associates the designated VRF with the route map. Based on the route’s route-target extended community attribute, it uses the route map to filter those routes for

38-2


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands the VRF.

OSM6508(config)# ip vrf vrf_blue

OSM6508(config-vrf)# import map blue_import_map ip vrf show ip vrf route-target

38.5

import vrf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Imports another VRF route into this VRF.

import vrf vrf-name [ route-map map-name ]

VRF submode

Parameters vrf-name

Description

The name of the VRF of the export route. map-name The name of the route-map used to filter routes.

No importing of routes from any VRF.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

This command can be used to import the BGP routing table of another VRF into the BGP routing table of this VRF. Only allows the route be imported once, that is, if a VRF route is imported from another VRF, it will no longer be imported by other VRFs.

Related

Commands ip vrf show ip vrf

38.6

ip route <A.B.C.D/M> vrf

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Adds a static route to a VRF.

To delete a static route from the VRP, use the no form of this command.

ip route [<A.B.C.D/M>| <A.B.C.D> <mask>] vrf <vrf_name> <nexthop>

{<distance>}*1 {[weight] <1-8>}*1 no ip route [<A.B.C.D/M>| <A.B.C.D> <mask>] vrf <vrf_name> <nexthop>

Configuration mode


38-3


Description

<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D>

<mask> vrf_name

<nexthop> distance weight

Destination network and mask length

Dotted destination network

Dotted destination network mask

Name of the VRF

Next -hop IP address

Priority, which ranges from 1 to 255

Weight, which ranges from 1 to 8

1

0

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

38.7

ip route vrf

OSM6508(config)# ip route 192.168.1.0/24 vrf test 192.168.1.1 show ip route vrf ip route vrf ip route <A.B.C.D/M> vrf <vrf_name> <a.b.c.d> [distance]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Creates a static route for the VRF.

ip route vrf <WORD> [<A.B.C.D/M> | <A.B.C.D> <mask>] [<nexthop>

{[global]}*1 | <ifname>] {<distance>}*1 {[weight] <1-8>}*1 no ip route vrf vrf-name [<A.B.C.D/M> | <A.B.C.D> <mask>] [<nexthop>

{[global]}*1 | <ifname>]

Configuration mode

Parameters vrf_name

<A.B.C.D/M>

Default

<A.B.C.D>

<mask>

<nexthop>

<ifname> global

Description

Name of the VRF

Destination network and mask length

Dotted destination network

Dotted destination address subnet mask

Next -hop gateway IP address

Interface name (eth 1/1, etc)

Sets whether Next -hop address is global

38-4

Part 7 VPN Configuration Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands distance weight

Priority, which ranges from 1 to 255;

Weight, which ranges from 1 - 8

1

0

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# ip route vrf test 10.1.0.0/16 192.168.1.1 show ip route vrf

38.8

ip vrf forwarding vrf_name

Associates an interface or sub-interface with a VRF.

To remove the interface from the VRF, use the no form of the command.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description ip vrf forwarding vrf_name no ip vrf forwarding vrf_name


Parameters vrf_name

Description

Name of VRF

This command is used to associate an interface to a VRF.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#ip vrf forwarding vpn1 ip route vrf

38.9

ip vrf vrf_name

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Creates a VRF and enters the VRF configuration mode.

To delete the VRF, use the no form of the command.

ip vrf vrf_name no ip vrf vpn_name

Configuration mode

Parameters vrf_name

Description

Name of the VRF

38-5


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

By default, no VRFs are configured.

A VRF cannot be used until after the route-target is configured.

OSM6508(config)# ip vrf vpn1

OSM6508(config-vrf)# rd 100:2

OSM6508(config-vrf)# route-target 1:200 ip vrf forwarding

38.10

maximum routes

Limits the maximum number of routes allowed in a VRF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples maximum routes limit {warn threshold | warn-only} no maximum routes

VRF submode

Parameters limit warn threshold

Description

The maximum number of routes in a VRF

Set to reject any route if the limit has been reached.

Threshold is the percentage of the maximum number of routes (ranging 1 to 100) before a warning message is generated. warn-only Set to send a SYSLOG error message when the maximum number of routes in a VRF exceeds the limit. Note: additional routes above the limit will be allowed.

OSM6508(config)#ip vrf vrf1

OSM6508(config-vrf)#rd 100:1

OSM6508(config-vrf)#route-target import 100:1

OSM6508(config-vrf)#maximum routes 1000 warn-only

38.11

neighbor {ip-address } activate

Command

Syntax

Activates the address family for the BGP neighbor.

To deactivate, use the no form of the command.

neighbor {ip-address } activate no neighbor {ip-address} activate

38-6


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

38.12

rd

VPN address family

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands

Parameters Description ip address IP address of the neighboring router

By default, the IPv4 address family is enabled for all BGP neighbors, but for the VPN_IPV4 address family, it is disabled and must be activated explicitly with this command.

OSM6508(config)#router bgp 100

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#neighbor 192.168.1.1 remote-as 100

OSM6508(config-router-bgp)#address-family vpnv4 unicast

OSM6508(config-router-af)# neighbor 192.168.1.1 activate

OSM6508(config-router-af)#exit-address-family address-family exit-address-family

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Creates a routing and forwarding table for a VRF.

rd route-distinguisher

VRF submode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters Description route-distinguisher (see Guideline below)

Use an RD to create routing and forwarding tables for a VPN and designate the default RD. The RD is added to the beginning of the VPN’s IPv4 prefixes to form a globally unique VPN IPv4 prefix. RDs may be associated with the

Automatic System Number (ASN). In that case, it is a value composed of an

ASN and any number. Or it may be associated with an IP address, in this case, it is composed of an IP address and any number. It may take one of the following formats:

1. 16-bit Automatic System Number (ASN): 32-bit user-defined number, for example, 101:3

2. 32-bit IP address: 16-bit user-defined number, e.g. 192.168.122.15:100.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# ip vrf vrf_blue

OSM6508(config-vrf)# rd 100:3

38-7


Related

Commands

38.13

route-target

ip vrf show ip vrf


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Creates a route-target expanded community for a VRF. To delete the route-target, use the no form of the command.

route-target {import | export | both} [route-target-ext-community] no route-target {import|export|both} [route-target-ext-community]

VRF submode

Usage

Guidelines

Parameters import

Description

Imports routing information from the target VPN extended community export Export routing information to the target VPN extended community both Imports both import and export routing information to the target VPN extended community route-target-ext -community Adds the route-target extended community attributes to the VRF's list of import, export, or both (import and export) route-target extended communities

The route-target command is used to create a route-target extended community list for importing, exporting or both for the specified VRF.

Execute the command for every target community. Learned routes that have the specific route-target extended community will be imported to all VRFs that have been configured with the route-target extended community. Just like the RD, an extended community is either composed of an ASN and any number or composed of an IP address and any number. It may take one of the following formats:

1. 16-bit Automatic System Number (ASN): 32-bit user-defined number, e.g.

101:3.

2. 32-bit IP address: 16-bit user-defined number, e.g. 192.168.122.15:100.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#ip vrf vrf_blue

OSM6508(config-vrf)#route-target both 1000:1 ip vrf

38.14

show ip bgp vpnv4 all

Shows all the routes in the VPNv4 BGP database. You can also search the table for specific routes.

38-8


Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D>

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands show ip bgp vpnv4 all {<A.B.C.D/M>|<A.B.C.D>}*1

Description

Network and mask to be shown

Network to be shown

38.15

show ip bgp vpnv4 all dampened-paths

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Shows the vpnv4 route information that is suppressed due to flapping.

show ip bgp vpnv4 all dampened-paths

Configuration mode

38.16

show ip bgp vpnv4 all flap-statistics

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the statistics of BGP vpn route flapping.

show ip bgp vpnv4 all flap-statistics { <A.B.C.D/M> | <A.B.C.D/M> longer-prefixes | <A.B.C.D> | cidr-only | filter-list <WORD> | prefix-list

<WORD> | regexp <.LINE> }*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D/M>

<A.B.C.D> cidr-only filter-list

<WORD> prefix-list regexp

<.LINE>

Description

Network to be shown (in the form of network ID/mask length)

Network to be shown

Show only the network with classless masks

Filter the display using an as-path access-list

Filter name

Filter the display using a prefix-list

Filter the display using an as-path regular expression

Regular expression

38.17

show ip bgp vpnv4 all labels

Command

Syntax

Shows the label information in the BGP’s VPNv4 database.

show ip bgp vpnv4 all labels

38-9


Command

Modes

Configuration mode

38.18

show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows information for BGP VPNv4 neighbors.

(show ip bgp vpnv4 all summary can be used to show the brief neighbor information) show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors {<A.B.C.D>}

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Neighbor address

38.19

show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> advertised-routes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the routes advertised to a neighbor show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> advertised-routes

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Neighbor address

38.20

show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> routes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the vpn route information received from a neighbor show ip bgp vpnv4 all neighbors <A.B.C.D> routes

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

Neighbor address

38-10


38.21

show ip bgp vpnv4 all summary


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Shows brief BGP VPN neighbor information.

show ip bgp vpnv4 all summary

Configuration mode

Please note that the last part of the display shows the connection state or the number of received routes.In the established state, the number of received routes will be shown. To view the detailed information, use the

show ip bgp neighbors command.

38.22

show ip bgp vpnv4 rd

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Shows the Network Layer Reachability Information (NLRI) in the VPNv4 database that matches the RD

Configuration mode

Parameters

[<ASN:nn>|<IP_address:nn>]

Description

RD (route distinguisher) to be matched

38.23

show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf vrf-name

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the BGP routing information for a specific vrf.

show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf vrf-name { [ labels | neighbor| summary ]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters Description vrf-name Name of the VRF labels Show label information

Usage

Guidelines

Usage neighbors Show all the details of TCP and BGP neighbors related to the vrf-name summary Show the states of all the neighbors related to vrf-name

This command is used to show the BGP routing information related to a specific vrf.

OSM6508(config)# show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf test

38-11


Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf test neighbor show ip route vrf show ip bgp vpnv4 show ip vrf

38.24

show ip route vrf

Shows the IP route table for the VRF

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show ip route vrf vrf-name{ [bgp|static|connected|rip|ospf|summary]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters vrf-name bgp static connected rip ospf

Description

Name of the VRF

Show BGP routes

Show static routes

Show directly connected routes

Show rip routes

Show ospf routes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands summary Show summary routes

This command is used to show the IP rout e table for a VRF.

OSM6508(config)# show ip route vrf test

OSM6508(config)# show ip route vrf test static show ip vrf show ip bgp vpnv4

38.25

show ip vrf

show ip bgp vpnv4 vrf vrf-name

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the configuration for a VRF show ip vrf {brief | detail | interfaces}*1 {vrf_name}

Configuration mode

Parameters Description brief Shows brief vrf information for a specific vrf or all vrfs

38-12


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands ip vrf rd route-target ip vrf forwarding

Chapter 38 MPLS-based L3 VPN Commands detail interfaces

Shows detailed vrf information for a specific vrf or all vrfs

Shows detailed interface information for a specific vrf or all vrfs vrf-name Name allocated to the VRF

Use the key word “brief” to show brief information for a vrf, and use the key word “detail” to show detailed information.

OSM6508(config)# show ip vrf detail test

38-13

Part 8

Access Configuration

Chapter 39 PPPoE Part 8 Access Configuration

39

39.1

debug pppoe

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enable PPPoE debug messages to be logged to the terminal. Use the no form of the command to disabled the messages. debug pppoe {[all|event|error]}*1 no debug pppoe

Configuration mode.

Parameters all event

Description

All debug messages

Event level debug messages error Error level debug messages

By default, PPPoE debug messages are disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

39.2

description

OSM6508(config)# debug pppoe all

OSM6508(config)# no debug pppoe

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures a name for the PPPoE Profile.

The no format of the command deletes the Profile name.

description <string> no description

Profile configuration mode

Parameters string

Description

Profile name

By default, no description is configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-pppoe-profile)# description profile1

39-1

Chapter 39

PPPoE

Chapter 39 PPPoE

Related

Commands pppoe profile

39.3

max-sessions-per-mac limit


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the maximum number of PPPoE Sessions by MAC address.

max-sessions-per-mac <0-60000>

Profile configuration mode

Parameters

0

? 60000

Description

The maximum amount of

PPPoE Sessions

Default

5

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-pppoe-profile)# max-sessions-per-mac 1024

39.4

pppoe [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables the PPPoE service on an interface. When enabled,

PPPoE clients are allowed to connect. Use the no form of this command to disabled the PPP service on the interface.

pppoe enable profile <0-15> pppoe disable interface configuraton mode


Description

Enables the PPPoE service on the interface

Disables the PPPoE service on the interface

<0-15> The Profile ID of Profile for the interface

By default, PPPoE is disable on the interface

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

System PPPoE service must be enabled first.

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# pppoe enable profile 0

39-2


Related

Commands service pppoe enable

39.5

pppoe max-sessions-limit


Command

S yntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the maximum number of PPPoE session allowed on the system.

pppoe max-sessions-limit <0-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

0

? 60000

Description

Session limit

OSM6508(config)# pppoe max-sessions-limit 10000

Default

60000

39.6

pppoe no-nas-user-max-time

Configures the maximum time to wait for the NAS when establishing a

PPPoE user.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description pppoe no-nas-user-max-time <50-1000>

Configuration mode

Parameters

50

? 1000

Description

Maximum wait time in seconds

Default

90 seconds

OSM6508(config)# pppoe pppoe no-nas-user-max-time 90

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show pppoe config

39.7

pppoe profile

Command

Creates a PPPoE profile and enters the profile configuration mode.

Use the no form of the command to delete a PPoE profile.

pppoe profile <0-15>

39-3


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description no pppoe profile <0-15>

Configuration mode

Parameters

0-15

Description

Profile ID

By default, no PPPoE profiles exist.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Up to 16 profiles are supported.

OSM6508(config)# pppoe profile 0

39.8

pppoe threshold-sessions-limit <0-60000>


Command

Syntax

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Parameter

Description pppoe threshold-sessions-limit <0-60000>

Sets the threshold session limit.

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<0-60000>

Description

Session threshold

Default setting

60000

OSM6508(config)# pppoe threshold-sessions-limit 60000

39.9

pppoe user DowntrafficrateThreshold <8 -2147483647>

Command

Syntax

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

39-4 pppoe user DowntrafficrateThreshold <8-2147483647>

Sets the user down-traffic-rate threshold.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<8-2147483647>

Description down-traffic-rate threshold (bit/s)

OSM6508(config)# pppoe user downtrafficratethreshold 100000


39.10

pppoe user UptrafficrateThreshold <8-2147483647>


Command

Syntax

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Parameter

Description pppoe user UptrafficrateThreshold <8-2147483647>

Sets the user up-traffic-rate threshold.

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<8-2147483647>

Description up-traffic-rate threshold (bit/s)

OSM6508(config)# pppoe user uptrafficratethreshold 100000

39.11

pppoeuser ratetrap_display [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples pppoeuser ratetrap_display [enable|disable]

Enables and disables the trap for pppoe user traffic rate.

Configuration mode

Parameters

[enable|disable]

Description

Enable or disable

Default setting disable

OSM6508(config)# pppoeuser ratetrap_display enable

39.12

service dhcpc-proxy [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enables and disables the DHCP Client Proxy. The DHCP Client Proxy allows the OSM6500 to obtain an IP address from a DHCP server and then assign it to the PPPoE client. service dhcpc-proxy [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

39-5


Parameter

Description

Parameters enable

Description

Enables the DHCP Client

Default

Status disable Disables the DHCP Client

DHCP Client Proxy is disabled.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# service dhcpc-proxy enable

39.13

service pppoe [enable|disable]


Enables and disables the system PPPoE service.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description service pppoe [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables the system PPPoE service.

Default

Status

Disable Disables the system PPPoE service.

By default, the PPPoE service is disabled.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# service pppoe enable

39.14

show interface ethernet <portlist> pppoe

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Shows the interface PPPoE configuration.

show interface ethernet <portlist> pppoe

Configuration mode

Parameters

Portlist

Description

Portlist description

OSM6508(config)# show interface ethernet 1/2 pppoe show pppoe config

39-6


Commands

39.15

show pppoe bind

Shows the PPPoE bindings.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show pppoe bind

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show pppoe bind

39.16

show pppoe config


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Shows the PPPoE global configuration show pppoe config

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show pppoe config

39.17

show pppoe profile

Shows the PPPoE profiles.

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description show pppoe profile [all|<0-15>]

Parameters all

Description

Shows all PPPoE Profiles

Usage

Examples

0

? 15 Shows the specified PPPoE Profile ID

OSM6508(config)# show pppoe profile all

39.18

show pppoeuser DowntrafficrateThreshold

Command

Syntax show pppoeuser downtrafficratethreshold

39-7

Chapter 39 PPPoE Part 8 Access Configuration

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Usage

Examples

Displays the down-traffic-rate threshold.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show pppoeuser downtrafficratethreshold

39.19

show pppoeuser uptrafficrateThreshold

Command

Syntax

Command

Function

Command

Mode

Usage

Examples show pppoeuser uptrafficratethreshold

Displays the up-traffic-rate threshold.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show pppoeuser uptrafficratethreshold

39.20

virtual-template

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Command

Mode

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Configures the virtual-template for the PPPoE profile.

Use the no form of the command to delete the virtual-template from the profile.

virtual-template <0-15> no virtual-template <0-15>

Parameters

<0-15>

Description

Virtual-template ID.

PPPoE profile configuration mode

By default, no virtual-template is configured on the profile.

OSM6508(config-pppoe-profile)# virtual-template 0

39-8


40


40.1

config dot1x authenticate-protocol [chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|pap]

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Chapter 40

802.1x*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the 802.1x authentication protocol config dot1x authenticate-protocol [chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|pap]

Configuration mode

Parameters chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|pap


Method of authentication eap-md5

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x authenticate-protocol chap

40.2

config dot1x clear-statistic

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Clears the 802.1x authentication statistics config dot1x clear-statistic

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x clear-statistic

40.3

config dot1x keepalive [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enables and disables 802.1x authentication keepalives config dot1x keepalive [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

40-1

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Parameter

Description

Parameters enable

Description

Enables keepalives disable Disables keepalives

By default, keepalives are disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x keepalive enable config dot1x keepalive disable

40.4

config dot1x keepalive max-no-response-count <2-30>


Configures the 802.1x keepalive maximum no response count

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dot1x keepalive max-no-response-count <2-30>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<2-30>

Description

Maximum no response count

Deault Configuration

5

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x keepalive max-no-response-count <2-30>

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands config dot1x keepalive enable

40.5

config dot1x keepalive mechanism [ping-pong|state-machine]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Configures the 802.1x keepalive mechanism config dot1x keepalive mechanism [ping-pong|state-machine]

Configuration mode

Parameters

[ping-pong|state-machine]

Ping-pong mechanism

Description

802.1x keepalive mechanism.

40-2

Part 8 Access Configuration Chapter 40 802.1x*

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x keepalive mechanism ping-pong config dot1x keepalive enable

40.6

config dot1x keepalive ping-pong-period <60-600>

Configure 802.1x keepalive ping-pong period.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands config dot1x keepalive ping-pong-period <60-600>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<60-600>

Description

Ping-pong period

Default

120 seconds

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x keepalive ping-pong-period 60 config dot1x keepalive mechanism ping-pong

40.7

config dot1x keepalive state-machine-period <10-3600>

Configures the 802.1x keepalive state-machine-period

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands config dot1x keepalive state-machine-period <10-3600>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<10-3600>

Description state-machine-period

Default

300

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x keepalive state-machine-period 100 config dot1x keepalive mechanism state-machine

40.8

config dot1x max-req <1-10>

Configures the maximum number of times that 802.1x authentication resends 802.1x frames during the authentication process.

40-3

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dot1x max-req <1-10>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-10>

Description

Resend count

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x max-req 2

40.9

config dot1x pae force-logoff all


Default

2

Force all 802.1x users to the logoff state

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples config dot1x pae force-logoff all

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x pae force-logoff all

40.10

config dot1x pae force-logoff id <0-65535>

Force 802.1x user with the specified ID to the logoff state

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dot1x pae force-logoff id <0-65535>

Configuration mode


Usage

Examples

<0-65535> PAE’s ID number

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x pae force-logoff id 5

40.11

config dot1x pae force-logoff ip <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Force 802.1x user with the specified IP address to the logoff state config dot1x pae force-logoff ip <A.B.C.D>

40-4


Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x pae force-logoff ip 192.168.1.1

40.12

config dot1x pae force-logoff mac <address> {port <port>}*1

Force 802.1x user with the specified MAC address to the logoff state

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dot1x pae force-logoff mac <address>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<address>

Description

MAC address

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x pae force-logoff mac 001122334455

40.13

config dot1x pae force-logoff port <port>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Force 802.1x user with the specified port to the logoff state config dot1x pae force-logoff port <port>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<port>

Description port , for example 1/1

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x pae force-logoff port 1/1

40.14

config dot1x quiet-period <0-65535>

Command

Syntax

Command

Configures the 802.1x quiet period after an authentication failure of the client.

config dot1x quiet-period <0-65535>

Configuration mode

40-5

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<0-65535>

Description the time to not accept authentication requests from the client after a failure (in seconds)

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x quiet-period 60

40.15

config dot1x re-authentication [enable|disable]


Default

60 seconds

Enables and disabled 802.1x re-authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dot1x re-authentication [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables 802.1x re-authentication

Default

Status disable Disables 802.1x re-authentication

By default, re-authentication is disabled.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x re-authentication enable

40.16

config dot1x re-authentication period <1-65535>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the 802.1x re-authentication interval config dot1x re-authentication period <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description re-authentication interval in seconds unit: second

Default

3600

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x re-authentication period 1800

Usage

Examples

40-6


Related

Commands config dot1x re-authentication enable

40.17

config dot1x server-timeout <1-65535>

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Configures the 802.1x server-timout.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dot1x server-timeout <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Time to wait in seconds before timing out the authentication server

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x server-timeout 15

Default

30 seconds

40.18

config dot1x session-timeout-type [reauthentication|logoff]

Configures the 802.1x server-timeout-type

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dot1x session-timeout-type [reauthentication|logoff]

Configuration mode

Parameters

[reauthentication|logoff]

Description

Mechanism to use, when the server times-out

By default, the session-time-out type is logoff

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x session-timeout-type logoff

40.19

config dot1x supp-portal [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Enables and disables the 802.1x supplicant portal feature.

config dot1x supp-portal [enable|disable]

40-7

Chapter 40 802.1x* Part 8 Access Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables supp-portal

Default

Status disable Disables supp -portal

By default, the supplicant portal is disabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-portal enable config dot1x supp-portal disable

40.20

config dot1x supp-portal portal-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the 802.1x supplicant portal-url.

config dot1x supp-portal portal-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters url local remote

Description

URL address

Use the configured URL address

Use the URL address returned by Radius authentication

Default

Status

Local URL

Usage

Guidelines

When the url-mode is remote, if RADIUS server does not return a URL, use the local URL.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-portal portal-url http://192.168.11.3

40.21

config dot1x supp-secret {<secret>}*1

Command

Syntax

Configures the 802.1x supplicant secret onfig dot1x supp-secret {<secret>}*1

40-8


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters secret

Description

Secret supplicant key

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-secret {<secret>}*1

40.22

config dot1x supp-timeout <1-65535>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the 802.1x supplicant timeout config dot1x supp-timeout <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Time to wait for supplicant’s 802.1x frames (in seconds)

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-timeout 15

40.23

config dot1x supp-upgrade [enable|disable]

Default

30 seconds

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables the supplicant software upgrade feature.

config dot1x supp-upgrade [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables supplicant upgrade disable Disables supplicant upgrade

By default, supplicant upgrade is disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-upgrade enable config dot1x supp-upgrade disable

40-9

Chapter 40 802.1x*

40.24

config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-force [enable|disable]


Enables and disables the supplicant software upgrade-force feature.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-force [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables the supplicant upgrade-force disable Disables the supplicant upgrade-force

By default, upgrade-force is disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-force enable config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-force disable

40.25

config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the URL address to be used for supplicant upgrades. config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-url <url> {url-mode [local | remote]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<url> local remote

Description

URL address

Use the configured URL address

Use the URL address returned by Radius authentication

Local URL.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

When the url-mode is remote, if RADIUS server does not return a URL, use the local URL.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x supp-upgrade upgrade-url http://192.168.11.2

40-10


Related

Commands config dot1x supp-upgrade enable

40.26

config dot1x tx-period <1-65535>

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Configures the 802.1x tx-period for re-transmitting EAP-Request/Identity frames.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples config dot1x tx-period <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description the interval for re-transmitting

EAP-Request/Identity frames (in seconds)

OSM6508(config)# config dot1x quiet-period 60

40.27

config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x [enable|disable]

Default

30 seconds

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables 802.1X authentication on a port config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

Port list

Description

Port number, ie. 1/1

To use a portlist, use the format: 1/1-4 config all ports all enable|disable to enable/disable

By default, 802.1x is disabled on all ports

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#config port 1/1 dot1x enable

40-11

Chapter 40 802.1x* Part 8 Access Configuration

40.28

config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x authcontrolledportcontrol [auto|forceauth|forceunauth]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the 802.1x authcontrol on a port config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x authcontrolledportcontrol

[auto|forceauth|forceunauth]

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters portlist

Description


To use a portlist, use the format: 1/1-4

Default all auto|forceauth|forceunauth config all ports state parameter auto

OSM6508(config)#config port 1/1 dot1x authcontrolledportcontrol auto

40.29

config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x max-hosts <1-512>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the maximum number of 802.1x users allowed on a port config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x max-hosts <1-512>

Configuration mode

Parameters portlist

Description


To use a portlist, use the format: 1/1-4 config all ports

Default all

<1-512> Max users 255

The command is effective only for the MAC-based control mode ports

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#config port 1/1 dot1x max-hosts 200

40-12

Part 8 Access Configuration Chapte r 40 802.1x*

40.30

config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x port-control-mode [mac-based|port-based]

Configures the 802.1X authentication control mode for a port

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config port [<portlist>|all] dot1x port-control-mode

[mac-based|port-based]

Configuration mode

Parameters portlist

Description


To use a portlist, use the format: 1/1-4

Default

Usage

Examples all

[mac-based|port -based] config all ports control mode parameter mac-based

OSM6508(config)#config port 1/1 dot1x port-control-mode mac-based

40.31

show debug dot1x

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Shows the 802.1x debug configuration show debug dot1x

40.32

show dot1x

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show debug dot1x

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Shows the 802.1x configuration show dot1x

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x

40-13

Chapter 40 802.1x*

40.33

show dot1x authenticate-protocol


Shows the 802.1x authentication protocol type

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dot1x authenticate-protocol

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x authenticate-protocol

40.34

show dot1x pae all

Show the 802.1x PAE state machine for all users and ports

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dot1x pae all

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x pae all

40.35

show dot1x pae id

Shows the 802.1x PAE state machine for the specified PAE ID

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples show dot1x pae id <0-524287>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-524287>

Description

PAE ID

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x pae id 5

40.36

show dot1x pae mac <address>

Command

Shows the 802.1x PAE state machine for the specified MAC address show dot1x pae mac <address>

40-14


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters address

Description

MAC address.

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x pae mac 001122334455

40.37

show dot1x pae port <port>

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Shows the 802.1x PAE state machine for the specified port show dot1x pae port <port>

Configuration mode

Parameters port

Description port

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x pae port 1/1

40.38

show dot1x statistic

Shows 802.1x statistics

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show dot1x statistic

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show dot1x statistic

40.39

show port [<portlist>|all] dot1x

Command

Syntax

Command

Shows the 802.1X port configuration show port [<portlist>|all] dot1x

Configuration mode

40-15

Chapter 40 802.1x*

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands


Parameters portlist

Description


To use a portlist, use the format: 1/1-4 all config all ports

OSM6508(config)# show port 1/1 dot1x config http-redirect-url <url> show http-redirect

40-16

Chapter 41 Portal* Part 8 Access Configuration

41


&

41.1

config http-redirect-url

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Configures the HTTP redirect URL. config http-redirect-url <url>

Service group configuration mode

Parameters Description url HTTP redirect URL, with a length up to 511 characters

OSM6508(config-service-group)# config http-redirect-url http://192.168.1.1 show http-redirect

Chapter 41

Portal*

41-1

Chapter 41 Portal*

41.2

config ip-address type


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the IP address assigning mode. config ip-address type [one-time|two-time]


Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters one-time two-time one-time

Description

Configures the IP address assignment mode as one-time

Configures the IP address assignment mode as two-time

OSM6508(config-service-group)# config ip-address type two-time show http-redirect

Configures the IP address of the Portal Server. config portal-server ip-address <A.B.C.D>


Usage

Guidelines


<A.B.C.D> Portal Server IP

In general, the IP address of Portal Server is the same as the IP address in command config http-redirect-url <url> .

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-service-group)# config portal-server ip-address

192.168.1.1 config http-redirect-url <url> show http-redirect

41.4

config redirect-range

41.3

config portal-server ip-address

Adds and deletes redirect-ranges

41-2


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

41.5

http-redirect

Chapter 41 Portal* config redirect-range [ add | delete ] <A.B.C.D/M>


Parameters add

Description

Adds a network delete Deletes a network

A.B.C.D/M Network and Mask

OSM6508(config-service-group)# config redirect-range add

192.168.1.0/24 show http-redirect

Enables and disables HTTP redirect on an Interface

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description http-redirect [enable|disable]


Parameters enable

Description

Enables HTTP redirect on an Interface disable Disables HTTP redirect on an Interface

By default, HTTP redirect is disabled on all Interfaces

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-if-eth2/3)# http-redirect enable show http-redirect

41.6

http-redirect service-group

Command

Syntax

Configures an HTTP redirect service group.

The no command deletes the specified service group. http-redirect service-group <groupname> no http-redirect service-group <groupname>

41-3

Chapter 41 Portal* Part 8 Access Configuration

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Configuration mode

Parameters groupname

Description

Name of the service group, with a length up to 63 characters

Currently, only 1 service-group is supported.

OSM6508(config)# http-redirect service-group default show http-redirect

41.7

service http-redirect

Enables and disables the HTTP redirect service.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description service http-redirect [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables the HTTP redirect service disable Disables the HTTP redirect service

Default

Status

By default, the HTTP redirect service is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# service http-redirect enable show service show http-redirect

41.8

show http-redirect

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Displays the HTTP -redirect configuration show http-redirect

Configuration mode, Service group configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show http-redirect

41-4


Examples

Related

Commands service http-redirect http-redirect service-group config http-redirect-url config ip-address type config portal-server ip-address config redirect-range http-redirect

Chapter 41 Portal*

41-5

42-6

Part 8 Access Configuration Chapter 42 NAS Commands

42

42.1

NAS Commands

42.1.1 nas cut-user all

Cuts all user connections

Command nas cut-user all syntax

Command

Configuration mode modes

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user all

Exampless

42.1.2 nas cut-user auth-type [pap|chap|eapmd5|eaptls|noauth]

Chapter 42

NAS Commands

Command syntax

Command modes

Cuts user connections by authentication type.

nas cut-user auth-type [pap|chap|eapmd5|eaptls|noauth]

Configuration mode

Parameter

Description

Parameter Description

[pap|chap|eapmd5|eaptls|noauth] Authentication type

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user auth-type pap

Exampless

42.1.3 nas cut-user ip-address <A.B.C.D>

Command syntax

Command modes

Cuts user connections by IP nas cut-user ip-address <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode


Parameter

Description

Parameter

<A.B.C.D>

Description

User IP

Default configuration

None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user ip-address 192.168.1.1

Exampless

42.1.4 nas cut-user mac <usermac>

Cuts user connections by MAC

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description nas cut-user mac <usermac>

Configuration mode

Parameter Description

<usermac> User MAC address

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user mac 001122334455

42.1.5 nas cut-user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|web|portal|telnet]


None

Command syntax

Command modes

Cuts user connections by protocol type nas cut-user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|web|portal|telnet]

Configuration mode

Parameter

Description

Parameter Description Default configuration

[dot1x|pppoe|web|portal|telnet] User protocol type None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user pe-type pppoe

Exampless

42.1.6 nas cut-user port <slot/port>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Cuts user connections by access port nas cut-user port <slot/port>

Configuration mode


42-7

Chapter 42 NAS Commands

<slot/port> User access slot/port No. None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user port 1/3

Exampless

42.1.7 nas cut-user name <username>


Cuts user connections by user name

Command nas cut-user name <username> syntax

Command


Parameter

Description


<username> User name None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user name pppoeuser1

Exampless

42.1.8 nas user flow-rate-monitor interval <30-4294967295>

Configure user flow rate monitoring interval

Command syntax nas user flow-rate-monitor interval <30-4294967295>

Command


Parameter Parameter Description Default configuration

Description

<30-4294967295> nas user flow rate monitoring interval

4294967295 seconds

Default

By default, the NAS user flow rate monitoring interval is 4294967295s.

Status

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas user flow-rate-monitor interval 500

Exampless

42.1.9 nas user downlink default

Command syntax

Command

Sets the downstream rate for NAS users to the default value (no rate restriction on the downstream) nas user downlink default

Configuration mode

42-8

Part 8 Access Configuration Chapter 42 NAS Commands modes

Default

Status

By default, there’s no downlink rate restriction

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas user downlink default

Exampless

Related nas user uplink default commands

42.1.10 nas user downlink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Sets the downstream CIR and CBS values for NAS users nas user downlink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameter

[bps|kbps]

<0-65535>

Description

Rate unit

CIR value


None

None

<0-65535> CBS value None

By default, there’s no downlink rate restriction

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# nas user downlink unit kbps cir 1024 cbs 1024

Related nas user uplink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535> commands

42.1.11 nas user uplink default

Command syntax

Command modes

Default

Status

Usage

Exampless

Sets the upstream rate for NAS users to the default value (no rate restriction on the upstream) nas user uplink default

Configuration mode

By default, there’s no uplink rate restriction

OSM6508(config)# nas user uplink default

42-9


Related nas user downlink default commands

42.1.12 nas user uplink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>


Sets the upstream CIR and CBS values for NAS users

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description nas user uplink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameter

[bps|kbps]

<0-65535>

Description

Rate unit

CIR value


None

None

<0-65535> CBS value None

Default

Status

By default, there’s no uplink rate restriction.

Usage

Exampless

Related commands

OSM6508(config)# nas user uplink unit kbps cir 1024 cbs 1024 nas user downlink unit [bps|kbps] cir <0-65535> cbs <0-65535>

42.1.13 show nas user all

Displays all NAS users

Command syntax

Command modes show nas user all

Configuration mode

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user all

Exampless

42.1.14 show nas user auth-type [pap|chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|noauth]

Command syntax

Command modes

Displays NAS users by authentication type show nas user auth-type [pap|chap|eap-md5|eap-tls|noauth]

Configuration mode

42-10


Parameter

Description

Parameter

[pap|chap|eapmd5|eaptls|noauth]

Description

Authentication type

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user auth-type chap

Exampless

42.1.15 show nas user bandwidth



None

Displays NAS users’ bandwidth information

Command syntax show nas user bandwidth

Command


Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user bandwidth

Exampless

42.1.16 show nas user ip <address>

Displays NAS users by IP address

Command show nas user ip <address> syntax

Command modes

Configuration mode


Description

<address> User IP address None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# nas cut-user ip-address 10.10.10.3

Exampless

42.1.17 show nas user isp-domain <domain>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Displays NAS users by domain show nas user isp-domain <domain>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

User domain name


None

OSM6508(config)# show nas user isp-domain domain1

Usage

Exampless

42-11


42.1.18 show nas user mac <address>


Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Displays NAS users by MAC address show nas user mac <address>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<address>

Description

User MAC address


None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user mac 000d5652eb52

Exampless

42.1.19 show nas user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|portal|web|telnet]

Displays NAS users by protocol type

Command syntax show nas user pe-type [dot1x|pppoe|portal|web|telnet]

Command modes

Configuration mode


Description

[dot1x|pppoe|web|portal|telnet] User Protocol type None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user pe-type dot1x

Exampless

42.1.20 show nas user port <portno>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Exampless

Displays NAS users by access port show nas user port <portno>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<portno>

Description

User access port No.


None

OSM6508(config)# show nas user port 1/3

42-12


42.1.21 show nas user state <1-7>


Displays NAS users by current status

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description show nas user state <1-7>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<1-7>

Description

1: authenticating

2: authenticated

3: authorizing

4: authorized


None

5: wait DHCP

6: Sent Start account

7: online

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user state 7

Exampless

42.1.22 show nas user statistic

Displays NAS user statistics

Command show nas user statistic syntax

Command modes

Configuration mode

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user statistic

Exampless

42.1.23 show nas user trafficrate port <port>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Displays NAS user rate information on the specified port show nas user trafficrate port <port>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<port>

Description

Port No./port No. list


None

OSM6508(config)# show nas user trafficrate port 1/3,1/4

Usage

Exampless

42-13


42.1.24 show nas user username <username>


Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Displays NAS user by user name show nas user username <username>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<username>

Description

User name


None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user username user1

Exampless

42.1.25 show nas user vlan <vlanname>

Displays NAS users by VLAN

Command syntax show nas user vlan <vlanname>

Command modes

Configuration mode


Description

<vlanname> VLAN name None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# show nas user vlan vlan1

Exampless

42.1.26 show running-config nas

Displays the NAS configuration information

Command syntax

Command modes show running-config nas

Configuration mode

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# show running-config nas

42.1.27 debug nas {[all|event|error]}*1

Enables and disables NAS debugging messages.

42-14


Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description debug nas {[all|event|error]}*1 no debug nas

Configuration mode

Parameter

{[all|event|error]}*1

Description

All - all NAS debug messages

Event - NAS event debug messages

Error - NAS error debug messages information

By default, NAS debug messages are disabled.


None

Default

Status

Usage guidelines

To view debug messages use the terminal monitor command. It is recommended to disable debug messages after debugging.

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# debug nas all

Related no debug nas commands

42.1.28 show debug nas

Displays NAS debug configuration

Command syntax

Command modes

Usage

Exampless show debug nas

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show debug nas

42.2

Domain Commands

42.2.1 create isp-domain <domain>

Command syntax

Command modes

Creates an isp domain create isp-domain <domain>

Configuration mode

42-15


Parameter

Description

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name

Usage

Exampless


OSM6508(config)# create isp-domain domain1 delete isp-domain <domain>

42.2.2 delete isp-domain <domain>



None

Deletes an isp domain

Command syntax delete isp-domain <domain>

Command modes

Configuration mode


Description

<domain> Domain name None

Usage

OSM6508(config)# delete isp-domain domain1

Exampless

Related create isp-domain <domain> commands

42.2.3 config isp-domain <domain> aaa-protocol [radius|tacacs]

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the AAA protocol for the isp domain config isp-domain <domain> aaa-protocol [radius|tacacs]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name

[radius|tacacs] AAA protocol used

RADIUS is the default protocol


None

RADIUS

Default

Status

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# config isp-domain domain1 aaa-protocol tacacs

42-16


42.2.4 config isp-domain <domain> authentication [enable|disable]

Enables and disables RADIUS authentication for the domain

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> authentication [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[enable|disable] Enable/disable Disable

Default

By default, RADIUS authentication is disabled for the domain

Status

Usage

OSM6508(config)# config isp-domain domain1 authentication enable

Exampless

42.2.5 config isp-domain <domain> authentication [add-server|delete-server] id <0-4>

Adds and deletes an authentication server for the domain

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> authentication [add-server|delete-server] id

<0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[add-server|delete-server] Add/delete domain server None

<0-4> Authentication server id None

Usage config isp-domain domain1 authentication add-server id 0

Exampless

42.2.6 config isp-domain <domain> authentication mode [independent |primary-backup]

Command syntax

Command modes

Configures the authentication mode for the domain config isp-domain <domain> authentication mode [independent

|primary-backup]

Configuration mode

42-17

Chapter 42 NAS Commands Part 8 Access Configuration

Parameter

Description


None <domain> Domain name

[independent|primary-backup] Independent mode/primary/standby

None switchover mode

Default

By default, the authentication mode is independent

Status

Usage

OSM6508(config)# config isp-domain domain1 authentication mode independent

Exampless

42.2.7 config isp-domain <domain> authentication config-server id <0-4> type primary

Sets the primary authentication server for the domain

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status config isp-domain <domain> authentication config-server id <0-4> type primary

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

<0-4> Server id None

When there is only one authentication server in the domain, it becomes the primary server by default.

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# config isp-domain domain1 authentication config-server id

0 type primary

42.2.8 config isp-domain <domain> accounting [enable|disable]

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Enables and disables RADIUS accounting for the domain.

config isp-domain <domain> accounting [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[enable|disable] Enable/disable Disable

By default, RADIUS accounting is disabled for the domain

42-18


Usage

OSM6508(config)# config isp-domain domain1 accounting enable

Exampless

42.2.9 config isp-domain <domain> accounting [add-server|delete-server] id <0-4>

Configures an accounting server for the domain

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> accounting [add-server|delete-server] id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[add-server|delete-server] Add/delete accounting server

None


Default

By default, no accounting servers are configured for the domain.

Status

Usage config isp-domain domain1 accounting add-server id 0

Exampless

42.2.10 config isp-domain <domain> accounting config-server id <0-4> type [primary|multi|backup]

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the accounting server type for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting config-server id <0-4> type

[primary|multi|backup]

Configuration mode

Default

Status

Parameter

<domain>

<0-4>

Description

Domain name

Server id


None

None

[primary|multi|backup] Primary server/multi-server/standby server

None

When there is only one accounting server, it becomes the primary server by default.

Usage

Exampless config isp-domain domain1 accounting config-server id 0 type primary

42-19


42.2.11 config isp-domain <domain> accounting mode [independent| primary-backup|multi]

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the accounting mode for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting mode [independent| primary-backup|multi]

Configuration mode

Default

Status

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[independent| primary-backup|multi|share]

Independent—independent mode primary-backup—primary/standby switchover mode

None multi—multi-server mode

When there is only one accounting server, it becomes the primary server by default.

Usage config isp-domain domain1 accounting config-server id 0 type primary

Exampless

42.2.12 config isp-domain <domain> accounting start-need-ip [enable|disable]

Configures whether the user should obtain an IP first before accounting starts

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> accounting start-need-ip [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[enable|disable] Enable/disable

IP-obtained before disable accounting starts

Usage config isp-domain domain1 accounting start-need-ip enable

Exampless

42.2.13 config isp-domain <domain> accounting sync [enable|disable]

Command syntax

Configures synchronous accounting for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting sync [enable|disable]

42-20


Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

[enable|disable]

Description

Domain name

Enable/disable synchronous accounting


Usage config isp-domain domain1 accounting sync enable

Exampless

42.2.14 config isp-domain <domain> accounting wait-ip <100-600>


None disable

Configures the waiting time for the user to obtain an IP before accounting starts

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> accounting wait-ip <100-600>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

<100-600> IP-obtain waiting time 100

Usage config isp-domain domain1 accounting wait-ip 200

Exampless

42.2.15 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting enable

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Exampless


Enables interim accounting for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting enable

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None config isp-domain domain1 accounting interim-update-accounting enable config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting disable

42-21


42.2.16 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting disable

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Disables interim accounting for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting disable

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

Usage

Exampless

Related commands config isp-domain domain1 accounting interim-update-accounting disable config isp-domain domain1 accounting interim-update-accounting enable

42.2.17 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting fail_cut_time <0-3600>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the disconnection-waiting time for interim accounting failures config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting fail_cut_time <0-3600>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

<0-3600>

Description

Domain name

Disconnection waiting time


None

None

Usage

Exampless config isp-domain domain1 accounting interim-update-accounting fail_cut_time 1000

42.2.18 config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting interval <60-3600>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the interim accounting interval for the domain config isp-domain <domain> accounting interim-update-accounting interval

<60-3600>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

<60-3600>

Description

Domain name

Interim accounting interval


None

300

42-22


Usage

Exampless config isp-domain domain1 accounting interim-update-accounting interval

1000

42.2.19 config isp-domain <domain> authorize mode [independent |primary-backup]

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the domain authorization mode config isp-domain <domain> authorize mode [independent | primary -backup]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[independent | primary-backup]

Independent mode/primary/standby

Independent switchover mode

Usage config isp-domain domain1 authorize mode primary-backup

Exampless

42.2.20 config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account] [add-server|delete-server] id

<0-4>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Adds and deletes a TACACS+ server for the domain config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account]

[add-server|delete-server] id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Usage

Exampless

Parameter

<domain>

[authenticate|authorize|account]

Description

Domain name

Authentication/aut horization/accounti ng

Add/delete


None

None

[add-server|delete-server] None

<0-4> Server id None config isp-domain domain1 tacc authenticate add-server id 0

42-23


42.2.21 config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account] config-server id <0-4> type primary

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the TACACS+ server type for the domain config isp-domain <domain> tacc [authenticate|authorize|account] config-server id <0-4> type primary

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

[authenticate|authorize|account] Authentication/author ization/accounting

None


Usage config isp-domain domain1 tacc authenticate config-server id 0 type primary

Exampless

42.2.22 config isp-domain <domain> tacc account config-server id <0-4> type [multi|backup]

Configures the TACACS+ accounting server type for the domain

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description config isp-domain <domain> tacc account config-server id <0-4> type

[multi|backup]

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

<0-4>

Description

Domain name

Accounting server id


None

None

[multi|backup] Multi-server/standby server

None

Usage config isp-domain domain1 tacc account config-server id 0 type multi

Exampless

42.2.23 config isp-domain <domain> username [complete|incomplete]

Command syntax

Configures the domain’s username mode to complete mode or incomplete mode config isp-domain <domain> username [complete|incomplete]

42-24


Command modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name

[complete|incomplete] Complete mode/incomplete mode

Usage config isp-domain domain1 username incomplete

Exampless

42.2.24 show isp-domain



None

Complete mode

Displays all domain names

Command syntax

Command modes

Usage

Exampless show isp-domain

Configuration mode show isp-domain

42.2.25 show isp-domain <domain>

Command syntax

Command modes

Parameter

Description

Displays configuration and status information for the specified domain show isp-domain <domain>

Configuration mode

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name


None

Usage

Exampless show isp-domain domain1

42.2.26 show nas user isp-domain <domain>

Command syntax

Command modes

Displays NAS user information for the specified domain show nas user isp-domain <domain>

Configuration mode

42-25


Parameter

Description

Usage

Exampless

Parameter

<domain>

Description

Domain name show nas user isp-domain domain1



None

42-26

Part 9

Security Configuration

Chapter 43 RADIUS Part 9 Security Configuration

43

43.1

config login-auth [local|radius]

Configures the user login authentication mode.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Examples config login-auth [local|radius]

Configuration mode

Parameters

[local|radius]

Description

Login Authentication Mode

By default, logins are authenticated locally

OSM6508(config)# config login-auth radius

43.2

config login-radius time <1-600>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the user login authentication time. config login-radius time <1-600>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-600>

Description

User Login

Authentication Tme (in seconds)

OSM6508(config)# config login-radius time 5

43.3

debug radius

Command debug radius {[all|event|error]}*1

Default Setting

16

Chapter 43

RADIUS

43-1

Chapter 43 RADIUS

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines no debug radius

Enables and disables RADIUS debug messages

Configuration mode

Parameters all event

Description all RADIUS messages

RADIUS event messages error RADIUS error messages

To display the debug messages on the terminal, execute the terminal

monitor command.

It is strongly recommended that you use the no debug command to disable the messages at the end of debugging.

OSM6508(config)# debug radius error

Usage

Exampless

Related

Commands show debug radius


43.4

radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables the server-switch feature for radius accounting/authentication. radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Default

Status

Parameters accounting

Description

Configures the server-switch feature for radius accounting. authentication Configures the server-switch feature for radius authentication.

[enable|disable] Enable or disable

By default, the server-switch feature for radius accounting and authentication is disabled.

43-2

Part 9 Security Configuration Chapter 43 RADIUS

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# radius authentication server-switch enable show radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch

43.5

radius accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port

<1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Add a RADIUS accounting server. radius accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip

<A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

First <A.B.C.D>

Second <A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

RADIUS Server IP

RADIUS Client IP

Default Setting

Usage

Examples

<1-6500> UDP PORT NUMBER 1813

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting add-server id 0 server-ip 192.168.1.5 client-ip 192.168.1.1

43.6

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sets the maximum retransmission count for accounting messages. radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

<2-10>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Maximum

Retransmission Count

Default Setting

3

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting config-server id 0 max-retransmit-count 5

43-3


43.7

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-drop-count <2-30>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Sets the retransmission drop count for accounting messages. radius accounting config-server id <0 -4> max-retransmit-drop-count <2-30>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

<2-30>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Drop Count for

Maximum

Retransmission

Default Setting

5

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting config-server id 0 max-retransmit-drop-count 10

43.8

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sets the retransmission failure count for accounting messages. radius accounting config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

<2-30> Failure count for

Retransmission

5

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting config-server id 0 max-send-fail-count

10

43.9

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Sets the retransmission interval for accounting messages radius accounting config-server id <0-4> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Configuration mode

43-4


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

<5-300> Retransmission interval

(in seconds)

10

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting config-server id 0 retransmit-interval

5

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

43.10

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret>

Configures the key for RADIUS accounting

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius accounting config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret>

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

<secret> Shared Key Manufacture

OSM6508(config)# radius accounting config-server id 0 shared -secret authsecret

43.11

radius accounting config-server id <0-4> status active

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the server status for RADIUS accounting radius accounting config-server id <0-4> status active

Configuration mode


<0-4> RADIUS Server ID

When the OSM6500 can’t communicate with a RADIUS server, the server status will change to “inactive” ; when the communication between the

OSM6500 and the server is recovered, this command can be used to set the server status to “active”.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting config-server id 0 status active

43.12

radius accounting delete-server id <0-4>

Deletes a RADIUS accounting server.

43-5


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius accounting delete-server id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting delete-server id 0

43.13

radius accounting disable

Disables RADIUS accounting

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius accounting disable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS accounting is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting disable radius accounting enable

43.14

radius accounting enable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Enables RADIUS accounting function. radius accounting enable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS accounting is disabled

OSM6508(config)#radius accounting enable radius accounting disable

43-6


43.15

radius accounting traffic disable

Disables RADIUS traffic accounting

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius accounting traffic disable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS traffic accounting is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# radius accounting traffic disable radius accounting traffic enable

43.16

radius accounting traffic enable


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Enables RADIUS traffic accounting radius accounting traffic enable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS traffic accounting is disabled

OSM6508(config)# radius accounting traffic enable radius accounting traffic disable

43.17

radius authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port

<1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Add a RADIUS authentication server. radius authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip

<A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

43-7


Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

Server ID

Default Setting

Usage

Examples

First <A.B.C.D>

Second <A.B.C.D>

RADIUS Server IP

RADIUS Client IP

<1-6500> UDP PORT NUMBER 1812

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication add-server id 0 server -ip

192.168.1.5 client-ip 192.168.1.1

43.18

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Sets the maximum retransmission count for authentication messages.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius authentication config-server id <0 -4> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

<2-10> Maximum


3

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication config-server id 0 max-retransmit-count 5

43.19

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-drop-count <2-30>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sets the retransmission drop count for authentication messages. radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-retransmit-drop-count

<2-30>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

<2-30>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Drop Count for

Maximum

Retransmission

Default Setting

5

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication config-server id 0 max-retransmit-drop-count 10

43-8


43.20

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>

Sets the retransmission failure count for authentication messages.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius authentication config-server id <0-4> max-send-fail-count <2-30>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

<2-30> Failure Count for

Maximum

Retransmission

5

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication config-server id 0 max-send-fail-count 10

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default setting

43.21

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Sets the retransmission interval for authentication messages

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius authentication config-server id <0 -4> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

Usage

Examples

<5-300> Retransmission Interval

(in seconds)

10 seonds

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication config-server id 0 retransmit-interval 5

43.22

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures the key for RADIUS authentication radius authentication config-server id <0-4> shared-secret <secret>

Configuration mode

43-9


Parameter

Description

Parameters

<0-4>

<secret>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Shared Key

Default Setting

Manufacture

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius authentication config-server id 0 shared-secret authsecret

43.23

radius authentication config-server id <0-4> status active

Configures the server status for RADIUS authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines radius authentication config-server id <0-4> status active

Configuration mode


<0-4> RADIUS Server ID

When the OSM6500 can’t communicate with a RADIUS server, the server status will change to “inactive” ; when the communication between the

OSM6500 and the server is recovered, this command can be used to set the server status to “active”.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication config-server id 0 status active

43.24

radius authentication delete-server id <0-4>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Deletes an authentication server. radius authentication delete-server id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication delete-server id 0

43-10


43.25

radius authentication disable

Disables RADIUS authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius authentication disable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS authentication is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication disable radius authentication enable

43.26

radius authentication enable


Enables RADIUS authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius authentication enable

Configuration mode

By default, RADIUS authentication is disabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)#radius authentication enable radius authentication disable

43.27

radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Configures the standard attribute for access downlink bandwidth. radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink standard <1-255>

Configuration mode


43-11


Description

Usage

Examples

<1-255> RADIUS standard attribute

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink standard 10

43.28

radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures vendor attributes for access downlink bandwidth. radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink Vendor-Specific

<VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType

Description Default Setting

VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for downlink bandwidth RADIUS

Vendor attributes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bandwidth downlink

Vendor-Specific 3 629

43.29

radius config-attribute access-bandwidth unit <bps|kbps>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the access bandwidth units for RADIUS attributes. radius config-attribute access-bandwidth unit <bps|kbps>

Configuration mode

Parameters bp s

Description

Bits per second kbps Kbit per second

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bandwidth unit bps

43-12


43.30

radius config-attribute access-bandwidth uplink standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the standard attribute for access uplink bandwidth. radius config-attribute access-bandwidth uplink standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description

RADIUS standard attribute

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bandwidth uplink standard 10

43.31

radius config-attribute access-bindwidth uplink Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures vendor attributes for access uplink bandwidth. radius config-attribute access-bindwidth uplink Vendor-Specific

<VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for uplink bandwidth RADIUS Vendor attributes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bindwidth uplink


43.32

radius config-attribute access-bandwidth-by-class

Command

Syntax

Function

Description radius config-attribute access-bandwidth-by-class [enable|disable]

Enables and disables the use of the RADIUS Class attribute for access bandwidth.

43-13


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Exampless

Configuration mode


Parameters Description enable Enables the RADIUS Class attribute in access bandwidth. disable Disables the RADIUS Class attribute in access bandwidth.

By default, the RADIUS Class attribute is enabled.

When enabled, if the RADIUS Class attribute string is 32 bits in length, the second byte of the attribute will be the uplink access bandwidth, and the fourth byte will be the downlink access bandwidth.

When disabled, the attribute will not be used.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute access-bandwidth-by-class enable

43.33

radius config-attribute all default-value

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Exampless radius config-attribute all default-value

Set the configured RADIUS attributes to their default values.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute all default-value

43.34

radius config-attribute clear

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Exampless

Related

Commands radius config-attribute clear

Disables the configuration of all configured RADIUS attributes.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute clear radius config-attribute set

43-14


43.35

radius config-attribute dev-ip standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for dev-ip.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute dev-ip standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute dev-ip standard 10

43.36

radius config-attribute dev-mac standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the standard attribute for dev-mac. radius config-attribute dev-mac standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute dev-mac standard 10

43.37

radius config-attribute dev-name standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the standard attribute for dev-name. radius config-attribute dev-name standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


43-15


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute dev-name standard 10

43.38

radius config-attribute dev-port standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for dev-port.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius config-attribute dev-port standard <1-255>

Configuration mode


Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute dev-port standard 10

43.39

radius config-attribute downlink_cbs standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for access downlink bandwidth.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute downlink_cbs standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute downlink_cbs standard 10

43.40

radius config-attribute downlink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Configures Vendor attributes for access downlink brandwidth. radius config-attribute downlink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters Description Default Setting

43-16


Description

Usage

Guidelines

VendorType

VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for downlink bandwidth burst traffic

RADIUS Vendor attributes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute downlink_cbs Vendor-Specific 5

629

43.41

radius config-attribute extern1 stardard <1-255>

Configures the standard extended attribute PPPoE_extern1.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius config-attribute extern1 stardard <1-255>

Configuration mode


Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute extern1 stardard 10

43.42

radius config-attribute extern1 Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Configures Vendor attributes for PPPoE_extern1. radius config-attribute extern1 Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for PPPoE_extern1 RADIUS attribute.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute extern1 Vendor-Specific 11 629

43-17


43.43



Configures the standard extended attribute PPPoE_extern2

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute extern2 stardard <1-255>

Configuration mode




43.44


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines


{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629


Usage

Examples


43.45


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures the standard extended attribute PPPoE_extern3 radius config-attribute extern3 stardard <1-255>

Configuration mode

43-18


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<1-255>

Description



43.46


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures Vendor attributes for PPPoE_extern3 radius config-attribute extern3 Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629


Usage

Examples


43.47


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the standard extended attribute PPPoE_extern4. radius config-attribute extern4 stardard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description



43.48


Configures Vendor attributes for PPPoE_extern4.

43-19


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines radius config-attribute extern4 Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629


Usage

Examples


43.49


Configures the standard extended attribute PPPoE_extern5

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute extern5 stardard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description



43.50


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage


{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for PPPoE_extern5 RADIUS

43-20


Guidelines

Usage

Examples attribute.


43.51

radius config-attribute filter-id standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the standard attribute for Filter ID. radius config-attribute filter-id standard <1-255>

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute filter-id standard 10

43.52

radius config-attribute filter-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Configures Vendor attributes for Filter ID.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius config-attribute filter-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for filter-id RADIUS Vendor attributes.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute filter-id Vendor-Specific 6 629

43.53

radius config-attribute frame-protocol <0-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures the frame-protocol standard attribute radius config-attribute frame-protocol <0-255>

Configuration mode

43-21


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<0-255>

Description Default Setting value for frame-protocol 1, PPP protocol

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute frame-protocol 2

43.54

radius config-attribute frame-protocol default

Configures the frame-protocol default value

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute frame-protocol default

Configuration mode

1, PPP protocol.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute frame-protocol default

43.55

radius config-attribute nas-port

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius config-attribute nas-port mode <1-2>

Configures the format for the RADIUS NAS-Port attribute.

Configuration mode

Parameters Description mode <1-2> 1:slot*MAX_PORT_NO+portno (default mode);

2:slot*32+portno-1

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute nas-port mode 2

43.56

radius config-attribute nas-port-id

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

43-22 radius config-attribute nas-port-id mode <0-2>

Configures the string format for the RADIUS NAS-Port-Id attribute.


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Exampless

Configuration mode


<0-2> 0: don’t send NAS-Port-Id attribute (default mode) ;

1: vlan mode(eg:"slot=1;subslot=0;port=1;VLANID=3");

2: port mode

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute nas-port-id mode 2

43.57

radius config-attribute nas-port-type

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Exampless radius config-attribute nas-port-type <0-19>

Sets the value of nas-port-type RADIUS attribute

Configuration mode


<0-19> The value of nas-port -type, 15 (Ethernet port) by default

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute nas-port-type default

43.58

radius config-attribute nas-port-type default

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Configure nas-port-type’s default attribute radius config-attribute nas-port-type default

Configuration mode

15, ethernet port type.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute nas-port-type default

43-23


43.59

radius config-attribute path-track standard <1-255>


Configures the standard attribute for path-track

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Related

Commands radius config-attribute path-track standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute path-track standard 10

43.60

radius config-attribute portal-url

Function

Description

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Sends the RADIUS attribute with the portal-url. radius config-attribute portal-url default-value radius config-attribute portal-url standard <1-255> radius c onfig-attribute portal-url vendor-specific <1-255> {<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters default-value standard <1-255>

Description

Sets the RADIUS portal-url attribute to the default-value

Sends the RADIUS portal-url using a standard attribute, which ranges from 1 to 255 vendor-specific Sends the RADIUS portal-url using a vendor specific attribute

Vendor type <VendorType>

<VendorId> Vendor ID.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute portal-url standard 10

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute portal-url Vendor-Specific 5 629

43.61

radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for the MAC address of the PPPoE peer.

43-24


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac standard 10

43.62

radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Configures Vendor attributes for the MAC address of the PPPoE peer.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for pppoe_peermac RADIUS Vendor attributes.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute pppoe_peermac Vendor-Specific

7 629

43.63

radius config-attribute pppoe_vci standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the standard attributes with PPPoEoA access VCI value. radius config-attribute pppoe_vci standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description

RADIUS standard attribute radius config-attribute pppoe_vci standard 10

43-25


43.64

radius config-attribute pppoe_vci Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configure Vendor attributes for PPPoEoA access VCI value. radius config-attribute pppoe_vci Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for pppoe_vci RADIUS Vendor attributes.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute pppoe_vci standard


43.65

radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the standard attribute for PPPoEoA access VPI value. radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi standard 10

43.66

radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures Vendor attributes for PPPoEoA access VPI value. radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

43-26


Parameter

Description

Parameters

VendorType


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

VendorId 629

Specify VendorType and VendorId for pppoe_vpi RADIUS Vendor attributes.

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute pppoe_vpi Vendor-Specific 8 629

43.67

radius config-attribute primary-dns standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the standard attribute for primary-dns. radius config-attribute primary-dns standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute primary-dns standard 10

43.68

radius config-attribute primary-nbns standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for primary-nbns.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute primary-nbns standard <1-255>

Configuration mode



OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute primary-nbns standard 10

43.69

radius config-attribute secondary-dns standard <1-255>

Command

Configures the standard attribute for secondary-dns. radius config-attribute secondary-dns standard <1-255>

43-27


Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute secondary-dns standard 10

43.70

radius config-attribute seconary-nbns standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for secondary-nbns.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute secondary-nbns standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute secondary-nbns standard 10

43.71

radius config-attribute set

Reset all configured RADIUS attributes

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute set

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute set

43.72

radius config-attribute telnet-priority standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Configures the standard attribute for telnet-priority. radius config-attribute telnet-priority standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

43-28


Modes

Parameter

Description


Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute telnet-priority standard 10

43.73

radius config-attribute upgrade-url standard <1-255>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the standard attribute for upgrade-url. radius config-attribute upgrade-url standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute upgrade-url standard 10

43.74

radius config-attribute uplink_cbs stanndard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for access uplink bandwidth burst traffic.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute uplink_cbs standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute uplink_cbs standard 10

43.75

radius config-attribute uplink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Configures vendor attributes for access uplink bandwidth burst traffic. radius config-attribute uplink_cbs Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

43-29


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for uplink bandwidth burst traffic

RADIUS Vendor attributes.

Usage

Examples

43.76

radius config-attribute vlan-id standard <1-255>

Configure the standard attribute for vlan-id

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute vlan-id standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute vlan-id standard 10

43.77

radius config-attribute vlan-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType> {<VendorId>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures Vendor attributes for vlan

? id radius config-attribute vlan-id Vendor-Specific <VendorType>

{<VendorId>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

VendorType


VendorId 629

Specify the VendorType and VendorId for vlan-id RADIUS Vendor attributes.

Usage

Guidelines

43-30


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute vlan-id Vendor-Specific 10 629

43.78

radius config-attribute vlan-ip standard <1-255>

Configures the standard attribute for vlan-ip.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius config-attribute vlan-ip standard <1-255>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius config-attribute vlan-ip standard 10

43.79

radius proxy accounting cut add id <0-9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configures the cut port for the Radius proxy accounting server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy accounting cut add id <0-9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description radius server id

Default Setting

<1-6500> the cut port for the Radius proxy accounting server

1815

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting cut add id 0 udp-port 1863

43.80

radius proxy accounting cut delete id <0-9>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Deletes the cut port for the Radius proxy accounting server. radius proxy accounting cut delete id <0-9>

Configuration mode

43-31


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples


Parameters

<0-9>


OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting cut delete id 0

43.81

radius cut add-server accounting id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Adds a RADIUS CUT accounting server. radius cut add-server accounting id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

<1-6500> Udp Port Number 1813

OSM6508(config)# radius cut add-server accounting id 0

43.82

radius cut add-server authentication id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Adds a RADIUS CUT authentication server. radius cut add-server authentication id <0-4> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

Default Setting

<1-6500> Udp Port Number 1812

OSM6508(config)# radius cut add-server authentication id 0

43.83

radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> active

Activates the radius proxy accounting server.

43-32


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> active

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting server-ip 192.168.0.252 active

43.84

radius cut delete-server accounting id <0-4>

Deletes a RADIUS CUT accounting server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius cut delete-server accounting id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

OSM6508(config)# radius cut add-server accounting id 0

43.85

radius cut delete-server authentication id <0-4>

Deletes a RADIUS CUT authentication server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius cut delete-server authentication id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

RADIUS Server ID

OSM6508(config)# radius cut add-server authentication id 0

43.86

radius cut disable

Disables the RADIUS CUT feature

43-33


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands radius cut disable

Configuration mode

By default, the RADIUS CUT feature is disabled

OSM6508(config)# radius cut disable radius cut enable

43.87

radius cut enable


Enables the RADIUS CUT feature

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius cut enable

Configuration mode

By default, the RADIUS CUT feature is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# radius cut enable radius cut disable

43.88

radius cut verify-by [authenticator|message-authenticator|none]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Configures the verification mode for CUT messages. radius cut verify-by [authenticator|message-authenticator|none]

Configuration mode

Parameters

[authenticator|message-authe nticator|none]

Description

Verification Mode

By default, the verification mode is “none”

43-34


Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius cut verify-by authenticator

43.89

radius proxy authentication cut add id <0 -9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the cut port for the Radius proxy authentication server. radius proxy authentication cut add id <0-9> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>


Default Setting

<1-6500> the cut port for the

Radius proxy authentication server

1815

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication cut add id 0 udp-port 1863

43.90

radius proxy authentication cut delete id <0-9>

Deletes the cut port for the Radius proxy authentication server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy authentication cut delete id <0-9>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>


OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication cut delete id 0

43.91

radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax n

Adds a proxy accounting server radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip

<A.B.C.D>

43-35


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode


Parameters

<0-9>

First <A.B.C.D>

Second <A.B.C.D>

Description

Server Client Pair ID

RADIUS Server IP

RADIUS Client IP

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting add id 0 server-ip 192.168.0.252 client-ip 192.168.1.1

43.92

radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name <domain-name>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Adds a proxy accounting server domain name. radius proxy accounting add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name

<domain-name>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description


<A.B.C.D>

<domain-name>

RADIUS Server IP

Domain Name

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting add id 1 server-ip 192.168.0.252 domain-name mrv.com

43.93

radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> active

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Activates a proxy authentication server. radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> active

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication server-ip 192.168.0.252 active

43-36


43.94

radius proxy accounting client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configure the key for proxy accounting radius proxy accounting client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Client IP

<secret> KEY for Accounting RADIUS Client

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting client-ip 192.168.1.1 share-secret client

43.95

radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configures the proxy accounting CUT server port number.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Default Setting

<1-6500> Proxy accounting

RADIUS CUT Server

Port Number

1815

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting cut server-ip 192.168.0.252

Usage

Examples udp-port 1863

43.96

radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Disables proxy accounting radius proxy accounting cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable

Configuration mode


43-37


Description

Usage

Examples

<A.B.C.D> RADIUS Server IP

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting cut server-ip 192.168.0.252 disable

43.97

radius proxy accounting delete id <0-9>

Deletes a proxy accounting server

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy accounting delete id <0-9>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description


OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting delete id 0

43.98

radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the proxy accounting port radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<1-6500>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Porxy accounting Port

Number Server

Default Setting

1813

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting server-ip 192.168.0.252 udp-port

1862

43.99

radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Command

Syntax

Configures the maximum retransmission count from the RADIUS Proxy to the RADIUS accounting Server. radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

43-38


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Default Setting

<2-10> Maximum


By default, the retrasmission count is 3

3

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting server-ip 192.168.0.252 max-retransmit-count 5

43.100

radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the retransmission interval from the RADIUS Proxy to the

RADIUS accounting server. radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Default Setting

<5-300> Retransmission Interval 10

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting server-ip 192.168.0.252 retransmit-interval 30

43.101

radius proxy accounting serve r-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the key for the proxy accounting server. radius proxy accounting server-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

<secret> KEY for RADIUS Server

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy accounting server-ip 192.168.0.252

Usage

Examples

43-39

Chapter 43 RADIUS Part 9 Security Configuration share-secret server

43.102

radius proxy authentication add id <0 -9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip <A.B.C.D>

Adds a proxy authentication server

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy authentication add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> client-ip

<A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

First <A.B.C.D>

Description


RADIUS Server IP

Usage

Examples

Second <A.B.C.D> RADIUS Client IP

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication add id 0 server-ip

192.168.0.252 client-ip 192.168.1.1

43.103

radius proxy authentication add id <0 -9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name <domain-name>

Adds a proxy authentication server domain name.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy authentication add id <0-9> server-ip <A.B.C.D> domain-name

<domain-name>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

<A.B.C.D>

Description


RADIUS Server IP

Usage

Examples

<domain-name> Domain Name

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication add id 1 server-ip

192.168.0.252 domain-name mrv.com

43.104

radius proxy authentication client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Configures the key for the proxy authentication server. radius proxy authentication client-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Configuration mode

43-40


Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Client IP

Usage

Examples

<secret> Secret Key for RADIUS Authentication

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication client-ip 192.168.1.1 share-secret authsecret

43.105

radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the CUT port for the proxy authentication server. radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration Command

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

<1-6500>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

CUT Port Number for the proxy authentication server

Default Setting

1815

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication cut server-ip 192.168.0.252 udp-port 1863

43.106

radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Disables the proxy authentication CUT feature radius proxy authentication cut server-ip <A.B.C.D> disable

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication cut server-ip 192.168.0.252 disable

43-41


43.107

radius proxy authentication delete id <0 -9>


Deletes a proxy authentication server

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy authentication delete id <0-9>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description

Server ID

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication delete id 0

43.108

radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configures a proxy authentication server port.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> {udp-port <1-6500>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Default Setting

<1-6500> Port Number for proxy authentication server

1812

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication server-ip 192.168.0.252

Usage

Examples udp-port 1861

43.109

radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count <2-10>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the maximum retransmission count from RADIUS Proxy to

RADIUS authentication Server. radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> max-retransmit-count

<2-10>

Configuration mode

Parameters Description Default Setting

43-42


<A.B.C.D> RADIUS Server IP

<2-10> M aximum

Retransmission Counts

By default, the maximum retrasmission count is 3.

3

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication server-ip 192.168.0.252 max-retransmit-count 5

43.110

radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval <5-300>

Configure the retransmission interval from RADIUS Proxy to RADIUS authentication Server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> retransmit-interval

<5-300>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

Default Setting

Usage

Examples

<5-300> Retransimission Interval

(in seconds)

10

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication server-ip 192.168.0.252 retransmit-interval 30

43.111

radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the key for the proxy authentication server. radius proxy authentication server-ip <A.B.C.D> share-secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<A.B.C.D>

Description

RADIUS Server IP

<secret> Key for RADIUS Authentication Server

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy authentication server-ip 192.168.0.252 share-secret server

43-43


43.112

radius proxy disable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Disables the RADIUS Proxy. radius proxy disable

Configuration mode

By default, the RADIUS Proxy is disabled

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy disable radius proxy enable

43.113

radius proxy enable

Enables the RADIUS Proxy.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands radius proxy enable

Configuration mode

By default, the RADIUS Proxy is disabled

OSM6508(config)#radius proxy enable radius proxy disable

43.114

radius proxy fast-fail disable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Disables the Proxy fast-fail feature radius proxy fast-fail disable

Configuration mode

By default, the Proxy fast-fail feature is disabled

43-44



Status

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy fast-fail disable radius proxy fast-fail enable

43.115

radius proxy fast-fail enable


Enables the Proxy fast-fail feature

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status radius proxy fast-fail enable

Configuration mode

By default, the Proxy fast-fail feature is disabled

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy fast-fail enable radius proxy fast-fail disable

43.116

radius proxy proxy-port udp-port <1-6500>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the proxy port radius proxy proxy-port udp-port <1-6500>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-6500>


Radius Proxy UDP-Port 1814

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy udp-port 1860

43-45


43.117

radius proxy retransmit [enable|disable]

Disables and enables the proxy retransmission feature

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy retransmit [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables the retransmission feature

Default

Status

Disable Disables the retransmission feature

By default, the proxy retransmission feature is disabled

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy retransmit enable

43.118

radius proxy search-target-server mode <0-1>

Configures the search mode by which the RADIUS Proxy searches the

RADIUS servers.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples radius proxy search-target-server mode <0-1>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-1>

Description

0: search RADIUS

Servers by Client IP; 1: search RADIUS Servers by domain name

Default Setting

0

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy search-target-server mode 1

43.119

radius proxy share-secret mode <0-1>

Configures the shared key mode.

43-46


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description radius proxy share-secret mode <0-1>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-1>

Description

0: same key for RADIUS

Server and RADIUS

Client; 1: different key for RADIUS Server and

RADIUS Client

Default Setting

0

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# radius proxy share-secret mode 1

43.120

show debug radius

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Exampless

Related

Commands show debug radius

Shows the RADIUS debugging configuration

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show debug radius

RADIUS error debugging is [on] debug radius

43.121

show radius

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Displays basic RADIUS configurations. show radius

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius

43-47


43.122

show radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch


Shows the RADIUS active/backup switchover configuration.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show radius [accounting|authentication] server-switch

Configuration mode

Parameters accounting

Description

Accounting

Usage

Examples authentication Authentication

OSM6508(config)# show radius accounting server-switch

43.123

show radius-client [summary|detail]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Displays summary or detail information about the Radius client status show radius-client [summary|detail]

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius-client summary

43.124

show radius config-attribute

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Shows the RADIUS attribute configuration show radius config-attribute

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius config-attribute

43-48


43.125

show radius custom-attributes


Shows the RADIUS custom attributes.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show radius custom-attributes

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius custom-attributes

43.126

show radius cut process-way

Shows the mechanism for RADIUS CUT processing CUT requests.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show radius cut process-way

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius cut process-way

43.127

show radius cut verify-way

Shows the mode by which RADIUS CUT verifies CUT messages.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show radius cut verify-way

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show radius cut verify-way

43.128

show radius proxy {configuration}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Shows the RADIUS Proxy configuration. show radius proxy

Configuration mode

43-49


Modes

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# show radius proxy

43.129

show radius proxy accounting id <0 -9>


Shows the proxy accounting Server Client Pair.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples show radius proxy accounting id <0-9>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description


OSM6508(config)# show radius proxy accounting id 0

43.130

show radius proxy authentication id <0-9>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Shows the proxy authentication Server Client Pair. show radius proxy authentication id <0-9>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-9>

Description


OSM6508(config)# show radius proxy authentication id 0

43.131

show running-config [radius-client|radius-proxy]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Displays the running configuration for the Radius client or Radius Proxy. show running-config [radius-client|radius-proxy]

Configuration mode

43-50


Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<0-9>

Description


OSM6508(config)# show running-config radius-client


43-51


44


44.1

config tacc re-transmit max-num <1-3>


Chapter 44

TACACS+ Client*

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the TACACS+ maximum retransmission count. config tacc re-transmit max-num <1-3>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-3>

Description

Configure TACACS+ maximum re-transmit count

Default Setting

1

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config tacc re-transmit max-num 2

44.2

config tacc re-transmit period <3-10>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configures the TACACS+ retransmission period config tacc re-transmit period <3-10>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<3-10>

Description

TACACS+ retransmission (in seconds)

Default Setting

3 seconds

OSM6508(config)# config tacc re-transmit period 4

44-1


44.3

tacc accounting [enable|disable]


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables TACACS+ accounting tacc accounting [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables TACACS+ Accounting

Disable Disables TACACS+ Accounting

By default, TACACS+ Accounting is disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

In order to enable TACACS+ accounting fucntion, the NAS must be reconfigured.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# tacc accounting enable

44.4

tacc accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Adds a TACACS+ accounting server. tacc accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

ID for TACACS+ server

Default Setting

<A.B.C.D> IP Address for

TACACS+ Server

<key> Shared Key for

TACACS+Server manufacture

OSM6508(config)# tacc accounting add-server id 0 server-ip 192.168.0.133

OSM6508(config)# tacc accounting add-server id 0 server-ip 192.168.0.133 share-key authkey tacc accounting delete-server id <0-4>

44-2


44.5

tacc accounting config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>


Configures the shared key for the TACACS+ accounting server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description tacc accounting config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

ID for TACACS+Server

<key> Shared Key for Server

When using this command, the corresponding TACACS+ server must exist.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# tacc accounting config-server id 0 share-key authkey tacc accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44.6

tacc accounting delete-server id <0-4>

Deletes a TACACS+ accounting server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands tacc accounting delete-server id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

ID for TACACS+ server

OSM6508(config)# tacc accounting delete-server id 0 server-ip

192.168.0.133 tacc accounting add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44.7

tacc authentication [enable|disable]

Command

Enables and disables TACACS+ authentication. tacc authentication [enable|disable]

44-3

Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client* Part 9 Security Configuration

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables TACACS+ Authentication

Disable Disables TACACS+ Authentication

By default, TACACS+ authentication is disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

In order to use TACACS+ authentication, the NAS must be configured.

OSM6508(config)# tacc authentication enable

44.8

tacc authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1

Adds a TACACS+ authentication server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples tacc authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

ID for TACACS+ Server

Default Setting


TACACS+ Server

<key> Shared Key for

TACACS+ Server manufacture

OSM6508(config)# tacc authentication add-server id 0 server-ip

192.168.0.133

OSM6508(config)# tacc authentication add-server id 0 server-ip

Related

Commands

192.168.0.133 share-key authkey tacc authentication delete-server id <0-4>

44.9

tacc authentication config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>

Command

Configures the shared key for the TACACS+ authentication server. tacc authentication config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>

44-4

Part 9 Security Configuration Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client*

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description


<key> Shared Key for Server


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# tacc authentication config-server id 0 share-key authkey tacc authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44.10

tacc authentication delete-server id <0-4>

Deletes a TACACS+ authentication server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands tacc authentication delete-server id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description

ID for TACACS+Server

OSM6508(config)# tacc authentication delete-server id 0 tacc authentication add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44.11

tacc authorization [enable|disable]

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Enables and disables TACACS+ authorization tacc authorization [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

44-5

Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client* Part 9 Security Configuration

Parameter

Description

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables TACACS+ Authorization

Disable Disables TACACS+ Authorization

By default, TACACS+ authorization is disabled by default.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

In order to use TACACS+ authorization, the NAS must be configured.

OSM6508(config)# tacc authorization enable

44.12

tacc authorization add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key <key>}*1

Adds a TACACS+ authorization server.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands tacc authorization add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description


Default Setting


TACACS+ Server

<key > Shared Key for

TACACS+ Server manufacture

OSM6508(config)# tacc authorization add-server id 0 server-ip

192.168.0.133

OSM6508(config)# tacc authorization add-server id 0 server-ip

192.168.0.133 share-key manufacture tacc authorization delete-server id <0-4>

44.13

tacc authorization config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Configures the shared key for theTACACS+ authorization server. tacc authorization config-server id <0-4> share-key <key>

Configuration mode

44-6

Part 9 Security Configuration Chapter 44 TACACS+ Client*

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<0-4>

Description


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<key> Server Shared Key


OSM6508(config)# tacc authorization config-server id 0 share-key authkey tacc authorization add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44.14

tacc authorization delete-server id <0-4>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Deletes the TACACS+ authorization server. tacc authorization delete-server id <0-4>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<0-4>

Description


OSM6508(config)# tacc authorization delete-server id 0

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands tacc authorization add-server id <0-4> server-ip <A.B.C.D> {share-key

<key>}*1

44-7

Chapter 45 COPS* Part 9 Security Configuration

45


45.1

cops authentication enable

Enables and disables COPS authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description cops authentication [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables COPS Authentication

Default

Status

Disable Disables COPS Authentication

By default, COPS authentication is disabled

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops authentication enable

45.2

cops authentication security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures a message send-key for COPS authentication cops authentication security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Security Send-Key ID

<secret> Send-key

Configuration will be effective only after COPS authentication is re-enabled.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops authentication security send-key id 100 secret client

45-1

Chapter 45

COPS*


Related

Commands no cops authentication security

45.3

cops authentication security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures a message receive key for COPS authentication cops authentication security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Security Recv-Key ID

<secret> Recv-Key

Configuration will be effective only after the COPS authentication is re-enabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops authentication security recv-key add id 100 secret authkey no cops authentication security

45.4

cops authentication security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Sets a message receive key for COPS authentication cops authentication security recv-key config id <1-65535> s ecret < secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description


<secret> Recv-Key


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops authentication security recv-key config id 100 secret authkey

45-2


Related

Commands no cops authentication security

45.5

cops authentication security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

Chapter 45 COPS*

Deletes a message receive key for COPS authentication

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines cops authentication security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

Configuration mode


<1-65535> Security Recv-Key ID


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops authentication security recv-key delete id 100 no cops authentication security

45.6

cops backup-server <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configure the COPS backup server IP address cops backup-server <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode


<A.B.C.D> Backup PDP Server IP Address

Configuration will be effective only after COPS authentication or PIB is re-enabled.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops backup-server 192.168.0.252 cops primary-server <A.B.C.D>

45-3

Chapter 45 COPS*

45.7

cops pep-id <identity>


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the COPS PEP identity. Use the “no” form of this command to delete the COPS PEP identity. cops pep-id <identity> no cops pep-id

Configuration mode


<identity> PEP Identity


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops pep-id test

45.8

cops pep-ip <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the IP address of the COPS PEP client. The “no” form of this command is to delete the IP address of the COPS PEP client. cops pep-ip <A.B.C.D> no cops pep-ip

Configuration mode


<A.B.C.D> IP Address for PEP Client Port


Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops pep-ip 192.168.1.1

45.9

cops pib enable

Command

Syntax

Enables and disables the COPS PIB cops pib [enable|disable]

45-4


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

Enable

Description

Enables COPS PIB

Disable Disables COPS PIB

By default, the COPS PIB is disabled

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# cops pib enable

45.10

cops pib security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Chapter 45 COPS*

Configures the message send key for COPS PIB function.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description cops pib security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description

Security Send-Key ID

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<secret> Send-Key

Configuration will be effective only after COPS PIB is re-enabled.

OSM6508(config)# cops pib security send-key id 100 secret authkey no cops pib security

45.11

cops pib security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Adds a message receive key for COPS PIB. cops pib security recv-key add id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description


45-5


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

<secret> Recv-Key

Configuration will be effective only after the COPS PIB is re-enabled.

OSM6508(config)# cops pib security recv-key add id 100 secret authkey no cops pib security

45.12

cops pib security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Sets a message receivie key for COPS PIB function.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description cops pib security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description


<secret> Recv-Key


Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops pib security recv-key config id 100 secret authkey no cops pib security

45.13

cops pib security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Deletes a message receive key for COPS PIB cops pib security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-65535>

Description



Usage

Guidelines

45-6

Part 9 Security Configuration Chapter 45 COPS*

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops pib security recv-key delete id 100 no cops pib security

45.14

cops primary-server <A.B.C.D>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Configures the COPS master PDP server IP address cops primary-server <A.B.C.D>

Configuration mode


<A.B.C.D> PDP Server IP Address


Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config)# cops primary-server 192.168.0.252 cops backup-server <A.B.C.D>

45.15

no cops authentication security

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Configures the default key for COPS PEP authentication no cops authentication security

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# no cops authentication security cops authentication security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret> cops authentication security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret < secret> cops authentication security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

45-7

Chapter 45 COPS*

45.16

no cops pib security


Configures the default key for COPS PIB

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

45.17

show cops

no cops pib security

Configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# no cops pib security cops pib security send-key id <1-65535> secret <secret> cops pib security recv-key config id <1-65535> secret <secret> cops pib security recv-key delete id <1-65535>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Shows the COPS configuration and status show cops

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show cops

45-8

Chapter 46 LOOPDETECT Part 9 Security Configuration

46

46.1

loopdetect show stat

Shows which slot LOOPDETECT is enabled on

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands loopdetect show stat

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# loopdetect show stat loopdetect enable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

46.2

loopdetect disable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

Chapter 46

LOOPDETECT

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Disables LOOPDETECT loopdetect disable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

All

Description

All Slots

Default

Status

<1-8> Specific Slot

By default, LOOPDETECT is disabled on all slots.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# loopdetect disable

46.3

loopdetect enable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

Enables LOOPDETECT.

46-1

Chapter 46 LOOPDETECT

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Loopdetect enable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

Configuration mode

Parameters

All

Description

All Slots

Default

Status

<1-8> Specific Slot

By default, LOOPDETECT is disabled on all slots.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# loopdetect enable

46.4

show loopdetect portstate {[all |<1 -8>]} *1


Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Show the LOOPDETECT port status. show loopdetect portstate {[all |<1-8>]} *1

Configuration mode

Parameters

All

Description

All Slots

<1-8> Specific Slot

OSM6508(config)# show loopdetect portstate

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands loopdetect enable {[all|<1-8>]}*1

46-2

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 46 LOOPDETECT

Part 10

Reliability Configuration


47

47.1

config vrrp enable

Chapter 47 VRRP Commands

Chapter 47

VRRP Commands

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Enables and disables VRRP config vrrp [enable|disable]

Configuration mode

Parameters enable

Description

Enables VRRP disable Disables VRRP

By default, VRRP is disabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Examples

47.2

debug vrrp

OSM6508(config)# config vrrp enable

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

Enables and disables VRRP debugging messages.

{no} debug vrrp

Configuration mode

By default, VRRP debugging is disabled.

This command will take effect only when VRRP is enabled.

OSM6508(config)# debug vrrp config vrrp [enable|disable]

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 47 VRRP Commands

47.3

show running-config vrrp

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

47.4

show vrrp

Shows the VRRP configuration in the running-config show running-config vrrp

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show running-config vrrp

Shows detailed configuration and status information for VRRP

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands show vrrp

Configuration mode, interface configuration mode


OSM6508(config)# show vrrp config vrrp [enable|disable]

47.5

show vrrp {<1-255>}*1

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Shows detailed configuration and status information for a VRRP ID show vrrp {<1-255>}*1


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Virtual Router ID


OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#show vrrp 1

47-2


Related

Commands config vrrp [enable|disable]

47.6

vrrp <1-255> ipaddress


Create a new VRRP Group with the specified VRID or modifies the virtual IP address for the VRRP Group corresponding to the specified VRID.

The no vrrp <1-255> command is used to delete a VRRP Group.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D> no vrrp <1-255>


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Virtual Router ID

<A.B.C.D > Virtual Router IP Address


OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 ipaddress 192.168.1.1 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.7

vrrp <1-255> advertise-timers

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Default

Status

Configure the VRRP advertisement interval for the Master router of the

VRRP Group corresponding to the specified VRID vrrp <1-255> adv-timeout <1-255>


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Virtual Router ID interval VRRP advertisement interval

By default, the Master router sends VRRP advertisements every 1 second.


Usage

Guidelines

This command will take effect only when VRRP is enabled and the specified

VRRP Group is already created.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 advertise-timers 2 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.8

vrrp <1-255> authentication md5 <key> spi

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Confi gures the MD5 authentication parameters vrrp <1-255> authentication md5 <key> spi <0-4294967295> no vrrp <1-255> authentication


Parameters

<1-255>

<key>

Description

Virtual Router ID

Authentication KEY

<0-429496729> SPI

By default, MD5 authentication is not configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines



Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 authentication md5 test1234 spi 56 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.9

vrrp <1-255> authentication text <key>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the text password authentication key vrrp <1-255> authentication text <key> no vrrp <1-255> authentication



47-4


Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

<1-255> Virtual Router ID

<key> Authentication password

By default, no authentication is configured.



Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 authentication text test1234 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.10

vrrp <1-255> priority

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures the priority of the virtual router <vrid> vrrp <1-255> priority <1-254>


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Virtual Router ID priority The priority value (0~254), which is 100 by default

The priority of the virtual router <vrid> is

255. Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines



Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 priority 200 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.11

vrrp <1-255> preempt enable

Command

Syntax

Enables and disables the preemption mode of the virtual router <vrid> vrrp <1-255> preempt [enable|disable]


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-255> enable

Description

Virtual Router ID

Enables preemption disable Disables preemption

The preemption function of the virtual router <vrid> is enabled.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines



When preemption is enabled, if the Master router goes down, it will become

Master again, when it comes back up.

Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 preempt enable config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.12

vrrp <1-255> track ethernet <slot/port>

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures a VRRP port track. Use the no form of the command to delete the VRRP port track.

{no} vrrp <1-255> track ethernet <slot/port> <1-254>


Parameters

<1-255>

Description

Virtual Router ID

<slot/port> Port to Track

<1-254> Priority of port track

By default, no port tracks are configured.

Default

Status

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Examples

This command will take effect only when VRRP is enabled and the track port is a Layer 3 interface, and the specified VRRP Group is already created.

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 track ethernet 1/1 20

47-6


Related

Commands config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>

47.13

vrrp <1-255> track vlan <vlanname>


Command

S yntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Configures a VRRP VLAN track. Use the no form of the command to delete the VRRP VLAN track.

vrrp <1-255> track vlan <vlanname> <1-254>


Parameters

<1-255>

<vlanname>

Description

Virtual Router ID

VLAN to track

<1-254> Priority of the VLAN track

By default, no port tracks are configured.

Default

S tatus

Usage

Guidelines



Usage

Examples

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-vlan-vlan1)#vrrp 1 track vlan vlan2 20 config vrrp [enable|disable] vrrp <1-255> ipaddress <A.B.C.D>


Part 11

ACL and QoS Configuration

47-8


48

48.1

absolute

Chapter 48 ACL Commands

Chapter 48

ACL Commands

Command

Syntax

Function

Description absolute start <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm> end <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm> no absolute

Configures an absolute time range with a specific year, month, day, hour, and minute.

To delete an absolute time in the corresponding time range, use the no form of this command.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Time-range configuration mode

Parameters

<yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm>

Description

Specify the year, month, day, hour, and minute for a specific time period.

OSM6508(config-time-range)#absolute start 2006/05/01:12:00 end

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

2006/05/20:15:20 time-range

48.2

access-list <1-5000> time-range

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description access-list <1-5000> time-range <time_range_name> no access-list{<1-5000>}*1

Bind an Access Control List (ACL) to a specific time range and apply it to the specified interface.

To remove an ACL (time-based or time-independent) on an interface, use the no form of this command. To remove all the ACLs on an interface, use the no form of this command without specifying an ACL.


Parameters

<1-5000>

Description

Index of the ACL.

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 48 ACL Commands

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

<time_range_name> Name of time-range.

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# access-list 101 time-range tr1 time-range

48.3

access-list global <1-5000> time-range

Command

Syntax

Function

Description access-list global <1-5000> time-range <time_range_name> no access-list global{<1-5000>}*1

Bind an ACL with a specific time range and apply it to all interfaces.

To remove a globally bound ACL (time-based or time-independent), use the

no form of this command. To remove all globally bound ACLs, use the no form of this command without specifying an ACL.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

<time_range_name>

Description

Index of ACL.

Name of time-range

OSM6508(config)# access-list global 101 time-range tr1

48.4

access-list global <1-5000>

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples access-list global <1-5000> no access-list global{<1-5000>}*1

Apply an ACL to all the interfaces.

To remove a globally bound ACL (time-based or time-independent), use the

no form of this command. To remove all the globally bound ACLs, use the

no form of this command without specifying an ACL.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

Description

Index of ACL.

OSM6508(config)# access-list global 101

48-10


48.5

access-list ip


Command

Syntax

Function

Description access-list <1-5000> [permit|deny] ip dip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] sip

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any] {precedence <1-255>}*1 no access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Configure an ACL independent of the specific IP protocol, that is, TCP, UDP or ICMP. In the command, the precedence parameter is optional. If the

precedence parameter is not specified, the ACL will have the default precedence of 0.

To delete the ACL, use the no form of this command. To remove all ACLs, use the no form of this command without specifying an ACL.

Configuration mode

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Parameters

<1-5000>

[permit|deny]

Description

Index of the ACL.

Permit or deny packets that match the parameters

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any] Destination IP address, in the format of

A.B.C.D/M. M indicates the mask length. any means match all destination IP addresses.

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any] Source IP address, in the format of

A.B.C.D/M. M indicates the mask length. any means match all source IP addresses.

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

{precedence <1-255>}*1 The precedence of the ACL, which is optional. Range is 1 to 255.

OSM6508(config)# access-list 100 deny ip dip 192.168.1.0/24 sip

192.168.2.0/24 precedence 25 show access-list {<1-5000>}*1

48.6

access-list udp

Command

Syntax

Function

Description access-list <1-5000> [permit|deny] udp dip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] dst-port

[<dst_port>|any] sip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] src-port [<src_port>|any]

{precedence <1-255>}*1 no access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Configure an ACL for UDP packets. In the command, the precedence parameter is optional. If the precedence parameter is not specified, the ACL will have the default precedence of 0.

To delete the ACL, use the no form of this command. To remove all ACLs,

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 48 ACL Commands use the no form of this command without specifying an ACL.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

48.7

access-list tcp

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

[permit|deny]

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any]

Description

Index of the ACL.


Destination IP address in the format of

A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask lengt h. any means match all destination IP addresses.

Destination UDP port number. [<dst_port>|any]

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any]

[<src_port>|any]

Source IP address in the format of A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask length. any means match all source IP addresses.

Source UDP port number.

{precedence <1-255>}*1 The precedence of the ACL, which is optional.

Range is 1 to 255.

OSM6508(config)# access-list 101 deny udp dip 192.168.1.0/24 d st-port 8000 sip 192.168.2.0/24 src-port any precedence 35 show access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description access-list <1-5000> [permit|deny] tcp dip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] dst-port

[<0-65535>|any] sip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] src-port [<0-65535>|any]

{precedence <1-255>}*1 no access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Configure an ACL for TCP packets. In the command, the precedence parameter is optional. If the precedence parameter is not specified, the ACL will have the default precedence of 0.


Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

[permit|deny]

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any]

Description

Index of the ACL.



A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask length. any means match all destination IP addresses.

48-12


Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

[<0-65535>|any] Destination TCP port number.

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any] Source IP address in the format of A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask length. any means match all source IP addresses.

Source TCP port number. [<0-65535>|any]

{precedence <1-255>}*1 The precedence of the ACL, which is optional.

Range is 1 to 255.

OSM6508(config)# access-list 102 deny tcp dip 192.168.1.0/24 d st-port 80 sip 192.168.2.0/24 src-port any precedence 65 show access-list {<1-5000>}*1

48.8

access-list icmp

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples access-list <1-5000> [permit|deny] icmp dip [<A.B.C.D/M>|any] sip

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any] type [<0-255>|any] code [<0-255>|any] {precedence

<1-255>}*1 no access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Configure an ACL for ICMP packets. In the command, the precedence parameter is optional. If the precedence parameter is not specified, the ACL will have the default precedence of 0.


Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

[permit|deny]

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any]

[<A.B.C.D/M>|any]

Description

Index of the ACL.



A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask length.

any means match all destination IP addresses.

Source IP address in the format of A.B.C.D/M, of which M is the mask length. any means match all source IP addresses.

ICMP Type, in the range of 0 to 255. type [<0-255>|any] code [<0-255>|any]

{precedence <1-255>}*1

ICMP Code, in the range of 0 to 255.

The precedence of the ACL, which is optional.

Range is 1 to 255.

OSM6508(config)# access-list 120 deny icmp dip 192.168.1.0/24 sip


Related

Cmds

48.9

access-list

192.168.2.0/24 type 3 code 3 show access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Command

Syntax

Function

Description access-list <1-5000> no access-list{<1-5000>}*1

Binds an ACL to an interface.

To remove an ACL bound to an interface, use the no form of this command.

To remove all the ACLs bound to an nterface, use the no form of this command without specifying an ACL.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters

<1-5000>

Description

Index of the ACL.

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# access-list 101

48.10

config access-list default-action

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config access-list default-action [permit|deny]

Set the default action of the ACL.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<deny>

Description

Deny packets

<permit> Forward packets

Usage

Examples

OSM6508(config)# config access-list default-action deny

48.11

config access-list service

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

48-14 config access-list service [enable|disable]

Enables and disables the ACL service.


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

48.12

periodic

Configuration mode


Parameters enable

Description

Enables the ACL service disable Disables the ACL service

OSM6508(config)# config access-list service enable

Command

Syntax

Function

Description periodic <1-64> weekly

[monday|tuesday|wednesday|thursday|friday|saturday|

Sunday|weekdays|weekend|Daily] <hh:mm> to <hh:mm> no periodic {<1-64>}*1

Configures a periodic time range.

To delete a periodic time range, use the no form of this command.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters

<1-64>

[monday|tuesday|wednesday|t hursday|friday|saturday|sunda y|weekdays|weekend|daily]

Description

Index for periodic time. Each time-range can have up to 64 periods.

Specify one day or several days in each week. Weekend indicates Saturday and

Sunday. Weekdays indicates Monday to

Friday. Daily indicates everyday in the week.

Specify the start time of day <hh:mm>

<hh:mm> Specify the end time of day

OSM6508(config-time-range)#periodic 1 weekly weekend 09:00 to 18:00

Usage

Example

Related

Cmds time-range <time_range_name>

48.13

show access-list

Command

Syntax

Function

Description show access-list {<1-5000>}*1

Shows configured ACLs.


Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters

<1-5000>

Description

Index of the ACL. To display all the configured ACLs, do not specify an index.

OSM6508(config)# show access-list 100

48.14

show time-range

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description show time-range {<time_range_name>}*1

Shows configured time-ranges. To display the configuration information of all time-ranges, do not specify a time-range.

Configuration mode

Usage

Examples

Parameters

<time_range_name>

Description

Name of the time-range node.

OSM6508(config)# show time-range tr1

48.15

show access-list global

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples show access-list global

Shows globally bound ACLs.

Configuration mode

OSM6508(config)# show access-list global

48.16

show configuration

Command

Syntax

Function

Description show configuration

Shows configuration information for the specific time-range.

48-16


Command

Modes

Usage

Examples


OSM6508(config-time-range)#show configuration

48.17

time-range

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds time-range <time_range_name> no time-range {<time_range_name>}*1

Creates a time-range.

To delete a time-range, use the no form of this command. To remove all the time-ranges, use the no form of this command.

Configuration mode

Parameters

<time_range_name>

Description

Name of the time-range node.

OSM6508(config)# time-range tr1 absolute start <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm> end <yyyy/mm/dd:hh:mm> periodic access-list <1-5000> time-range <time_range_name> access-list global <1-5000> time-range <time_range_name>

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 49 QoS Commands

49

49.1

class-map

Chapter 49

QoS Commands

Command

Syntax

Function

Description class-map <class_map_name> no class-map {<class_map_name>}*1

Creates a class-map for packet classification.

To delete a class-map, use the no form of the command. To delete all class-maps, use the no form of this command without specifying a class-map name.

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples

Configuration mode

Parameters

<class_map_name>

Description

Class-map name

OSM6508(config)# class-map c1

49.2

class-map priority

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Examples class-map priority <0-255>

Sets the priority of the class-map packet classification. If no priority is specified, the class-map will have a priority of 0 (lowest). If two class-maps have the same priority, the class-map that was last configured will be matched first. It is recommended to use class-map priorities when it’s possible that packets might match two different class-maps.

Class-map configuration mode

Parameters

<0-255>

Description

Priority of the data flow

OSM6508(config-cmap)#class-map priority 20

49-18


49.3

clear counter

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description clear counter {<0-511>}*1

Clears the counters on an interface.


Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

Parameters

<0-511>

Description

Counter ID

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)#clear counter set counter show counter

49.4

config congestion-limit

Chapter 49 QoS Commands

Sets the congestion limit per COS.

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description config congestion-limit cos <0-7> <0-100>

Configuration mode

Usage

Exampless

Parameters cos <0-7>

Description

COS value

<0-100> Percent value

OSM6508(config)# config congestion-limit cos 2 20

49.5

config port-queue-mode

Command

Syntax

Sets the queue scheduling mode for the interface egress queues. config port-queue-mode fifo config port-queue-mode pq config port-queue-mode wrr

<weight0,weight1,weight2,weight3,weight4,weight5,weight6,weight7>

Part 11 Security Configuration Chapter 49 QoS Commands

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description


Parameters fifo pq

Description

Sets the interface egress queue as a First In First Out (FIFO) queue

Sets the interface egress queue as a priority queue (PQ) wrr Sets the interface egress queue as a Weighted Round Robin

(WRR) queue weight0-weight7 Indicates the weight of each queue, in the range of 1 to 15.

The default queue scheduling mode for all interface egress queues is FIFO.

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Exampless

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# config port-queue-mode fifo

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# config port-queue-mode pq

Related

Commands

OSM6508(config-if-eth1/1)# config port-queue-mode wrr 3,5,6,7,3,3,5,6 show queue-mode

49.6

config queue-mode

Command

Syntax

Command

Modes

Parameter

Description

Usage

Guidelines

Usage

Exampless

Set the queue scheduling mode for egress queues. config queue-mode fifo config queue-mode pq config queue-mode wrr

<weight0,weight1,weight2,weight3,weight4,weight5,weight6,weight7>

Configuration mode

Parameters fifo

Description

Sets the egress queue mode as First In First Out (FIFO) pq Sets the egress queue mode as Priority Queue (PQ) wrr Sets the egress queue mode as Weighted Round Robin

(WRR)

Weight0-weight7 Indicates the weight of each queue, in the range of 1 to 15.

The default queue scheduling mode is FIFO.

OSM6508(config)# config queue-mode fifo

OSM6508(config)# config queue-mode pq

49-20


Related

Commands

49.7

drop

Chapter 49 QoS Commands

OSM6508(config)# config queue-mode wrr 3,5,6,7,3,3,5,6 show queue-mode

Command

Syntax

Function

Description

Command

Modes

Usage

Examples

Related

Cmds

49.8

match

drop

Sets a policy-map to drop packets that match the class-map.

Policy map-class configuration mode

OSM6508(config-policymap-c)#drop policy-map

Command

Syntax

Sets the class-map’s classification rules. To delete a rule, use the no form of the command. match class-map <class_name> match destination-address ip <A.B.C.D/M> match destination-address ip <A.B.C.D> <A.B.C.D> no match destination-address ip match destination-address ip <A.B.C.D/M> backward no match destination-address ip backward match destination-address mac <mac_address> no match destination-address mac match destination-port <0-65535> no match destination-port match dscp <0-63> no match dscp match ethernet-type <0-65535> no match ethernet-ty

MRV OSM6500 networking device Command Reference

Assistant Bot

OSM6500 Command Reference

Part 1 System Configuration

Part 2 Interface Configuration

Part 3 Link Layer Protocol Configuration

Part 4 IP Service Configuration

Part 5 Routing Protocol Configuration

Part 6 MPLS Configuration

Part 7 VPN Configuration

Part 8 Access Configuration

Part 9 Security Configuration

Part 10 Reliability Configuration

Part 11 ACL and QoS Configuration

OSM6500 Command Reference

How to Use This Manual

Target Readers

Outline

Conventions

Table of Contents

Part 1

System Configuration

System Management

backup

clear

config backup period

config hot period

config ssh auth_timeout

config syscontact

config syslocation

enable

enable-password

erase

exit

help

hostname

idle-timeout

kill session

list

logout

no ssh session

reboot

save configuration

service ssh

set time

set zone gmt

show backup period

show hot period

show module

show run-configuration

show ssh session

show ssh version

show start-configuration

show time

show zone

switchover

config syslog [enable|disable]

System Monitoring and

Diagnosing

config syslog monitor-terminal [enable|disable]

config syslog server [add|delete]

config syslog server [enable|disable]

config syslog server lowest-level

config syslog server type

monitor lowest-level

monitor timestamp

monitor type

ping

record command-line server [enable|disable]

show monitor configuration

show syslog configuration

show system resource

terminal monitor

traceroute

traceroute mode

debug sntp

service sntp-client [enable|disable]

service sntp-server [enable|disable]

SNTP

show sntp-client

**sntp-server mode {[unicast]}1 {[multicast] broadcast ipaddr <A.B.C.D/M>}1 {[anycast] subnet**

**<A.B.C.D/M>}*1**